Galactic Messages

The Galactic Federation of Light - Naples, Florida, USA

7/25/18 Ashtar Galactic Command - Everything you wanted to know (video)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zoWJryTE9j8&vl=enThe Ashtar Command is an etheric group of extraterrestrials, angels and lightbeings and millions of "starships" under the command of Ashtar Sheran. The Ashtar Command is working as coordinators of the activities of the spacefleet over the western hemisphere. Ashtar Sheran is the representative for the Universal Council of the Confederation of Planets. He is currently engaged in Earth's ascension-process. The Ashtar Command works directly with humans known as the ground crew. Eagle commanders under Commander Ashtar are Athena, Kortek, Voltra, Monka, Solteck. There are also special fleets that regulate the many cultures that visit our world. The Ashtar Command are always broadcasting updated information to us on the ground. To be a part of this simply still your mind and ask for the Ashtar or federation signal to be sent to you directly. The ethereal transmissions will begin immediately. But it is best to allow some time for readjustment of your telepathic receptors. Transmissioins are sent periodically by the Lightquest star base here on earth to update you. Watch for messages containing the multidimensional code #0010110, or click here: #ZeroZeroOneZeroOneOneZero

The inventions you are about to receive are coming from beyond third dimension technologies. It is quantum technology, consciousness technology. One thing leads to another which starts to show you something else. It has to ramp up your awareness. You're moving into an ascension state.. It started slow but it is moving fast now. Soon it will be lightening fast. Get into the ability to see it even if you don't understand it. You will begin to understand it. That's quantum. You will see patterns evolve and you will have a million questions which will start a process of invention, discovering one thing after another. This is second sight. Get ready for medicine to change and a new kind of healing. It will marry you to the innate intelligence of your body. (Kryon synopsis, for the whole article see Mike Quinsey, 7/20/18 on sananda.website.)

7/20/18 Andromedans - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 14 min)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLihdcHcxZc&t=444sAndromedans are not from this galaxy, but 2.5 million light years away in the Andromeda galaxy. They are benevolent, loving, friendly beings, like the Pleiadians. There are many types of races of Andromedans. Their eyes are slightly larger, have thin light pink lips, their ears are lower on the side of the head. They are slightly smaller than us, their hands and feet have delicate, long fingers and toes, The men range from 5 to 7 feet tall, women from 5 to 6 feet. They sleep two hours a day. Their ships are sombrero-shaped scout ships 50-60 feet across, and larger ships of half-mile in length. The Andromedans are a telepathic race from higher dimensions and keepers of peace. They are a huge power against the draconian empire. The Andromedans joined the Galactic Federation of Light 3.5 million years ago, where they are known for their mastery of scientific endeavors. Alex Collier is a contactee of the AndromedaThis video tells how they were one of a humanoid species from Lyra who had to leave due to the draconian wars. They moved about for a long time, living on craft looking for a place that was safe. The Cassiopia star system welcomed them and they were taken to two solar systems in the Andromeda system. Listen to the video for more information about these benevolent friends of Earth. (Youtube published June 4, 2017 by Universe Inside You)

7/19/18 Arcturians - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 13 min)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_y8E3nbBlsIThe Arcturians are the most advanced civilization in the galaxy, existing mostly in spiritual planes subjugated by thought. They have great spiritual knowledge and are dedicated to service and healing, having mastered techniques of teaching love and peace beyond our imagination. This characteristic makes them different from other alien species. They are like the Pleiadians in character, one of most loving and non-judgmental beings you can imagine. They stand 3 to 4 feet in height, have greenish-blue skin and very large eyes. They see more through their telepathic nature than through their eyes. Their hands have 3 fingers. Their sense of hearing transcends their telepathic nature and have the ability to sense with the back of their head and can move anything with their mind. They look very much all alike, which they are happy about because it diminishes petty comparisons. They consume positive forms of energy and sleep only once a week. Their highly developed spiritual nature allows them to avoid the aging process and live for 350 to 400 years. (Youtube published May 28, 2017 by Universe Inside You)

7/15/18 Pleiadians - Everything you Wanted to know (youtube 13 min)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kdY1WyaIlVE&t=359sThe Pleiadians are the ETs who most closely resemble us, sometimes known as Nordics. They come from a cluster of stars known as the Pleiades, and they're really really really concerned about Earth and our future. So concerned are they, they've contacted certain special people to channel them and convey their message. Billie Meyer is a well-known Pleiadian contact through a Pleiadian woman by the name of Samjase. They have advanced thousands of years beyond us in technology and spirituality and have had a hand in the development of the human race. The Pleiadians have chosen to awaken us gently to the knowledge of their existence. They are a goddess society of the fifth dimension valuing family and children. As a rule, Pleiadians are more attractive versions of us and don't carry around much excess fat, although females are known to have curvy figures. They don't usually have curly hair or beards. Our civilization has been through many changes, and now we are moving into a new age of mind and spirit. The next stage will be open contact with beings from other worlds. This event has already started. It is being known only by a few as the masses begin to wake up to their extraterrestrial origins and galactic brothers and sisters. Our reality is undergoing a transformation and the Pleiadians have been giving us direct video messages via digital voice technology over the last few years. (Youtube published April 23, 2017 by Universe Inside You)

7/14/18 My First ET Contact Experience - 6 years old (Youtube 28 min)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FqLb2BmOrrw&t=430s Published 4/25/16. As editor of this website, I carefully screen the types of postings I place here with a goal of enlightening and educating. There are many insightful videos being posted in these times, directly from more advanced masters to help us understand the extraterrestrial involvement present today. They are here to help us break out of the fixation on the material, concrete world, and become more interdimensional. This video provides insight into that understanding. ETs are able to alter our minds when they make contact with a person who has a contract to make this link. Many abductees "forget" their experience until later, perhaps under hypnosis or by a later contact with ETs. We are learning that these may not be abductions after all, but the pre-arranged agreement from before birth. Our off-world families are trying to get through to us, but we have to be willing to rise to their level too. Earth has been held psychologically and mentally imprisoned by dark forces, hiding the truth, and it is this matrix that is difficult to transcend. We must make the effort to raise our consciousness, especially now, as we are receiving massive amounts of help from the photon belt earth is moving into the light. Higher vibrations are covering the planet. Many people are starting to remember why they are here. As I see it, they (the ETs) blur the lines during contact as an act of mercy, because we've been blinded by the lies governments have told us that there is no such thing as life beyond earth. The woman on this video had an experience at age 6, which she only recently remembered, and from age 6 until 47, Kelly (not her real name) has had a number of vividly powerful contact experiences. Now at 68-years old, Kelly describes her first contact episode. On a family outing in the foothills of California, 6-year-old Kelly, her 10-year-old brother, and her mother and father all saw a flame-like object streak across the sky. Her dad thought it might be a plane crashing on top of the hill. They packed up the car and drove up an old fire road to the mountaintop. What Kelly describes from that point forward is where linear time and thinking merge into an experience of high strangeness. For the first time ever talking on camera, Kelly shares her first contact experience as a 6-year-old for this exclusive interview. By www.EarthMysteryNews.com

7/11/18 The Day Ashtar Spoke to Earthwww.goldenageofgaia.com, by Steve Becknow

From John Winston, “Ashtar Spoke to the Earth in 1972,” Star Beacon, Jan. 2006, republished Tuesday, July 14, 2009, at http://earthstar.tripod.com/TSB_dir/Ashtar0106.html . John Winston writes: It seems that Ashtar had something to say to us in [1971], in a television broadcast from the the Ascended Masters, represented by the Ashtar Command.

Apparently they have made approaches to world leaders. Shortly after the deployment of nuclear weapons in World War II, the American Government received a communication from the Ashtar Command. This warned against any further development of atomic energy. The Ashtar Command made no offer of technology. Citing that we were spiritually unable to handle that which we already possessed, they believed we would use any new technology to destroy ourselves.

Because we were on a path of self-destruction, what we needed was spiritual rather than technological help. This they offered, but it was conditional on the destruction of all nuclear weaponry. They said we should stop killing each other and learn to live in harmony. They also warned against polluting the Earth and raping her for natural resources. The American Government rejected this overture, out of hand. After the rebuff, the Ashtar Command spoke directly to the people of America by superimposing a spoken message over television and radio broadcasts. They then repeated this procedure in other countries.

In England, for example, the “E.T. Phone Earth” occurred at 9:10 p.m. on Jan. 8, 1971 while Rex Dutta was broadcasting. The conversation with the Ashtar Command was recorded, and the transcript was published in 1972 in Rex Dutta’s book, Flying Saucer Message. The Ashtar Command also spoke over the early evening television news in southeast England. This occurred on Nov. 26, 1977. Five transmitters had been “taken over” simultaneously so that the voice could be heard by viewers in London and the southeast, from Southampton to Kent. Television engineers were unable to trace the voice, suppress it, or stop it, and all their instruments indicated normal television transmission was in progress.

The IBA tried to assure viewers the incident was a hoax and were reluctant to release more that 30 seconds of the recorded message. However, thanks to a report in New Life Magazine, a tape recording of the message in full was obtained by Rex Dutta, and was published in the January 1978 issue of his monthly newsletter, Viewpoint Aquarius.It was 5:12 p.m., and Ivor Mills was the newscaster on ITV Southern Television. His face was visible, but his voice was replaced, for five and a half minutes, by the voice of a representative of the Ashtar Command, and the transcript of the broadcast reads:

“We speak to you now in peace and wisdom, as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over your planet Earth. We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world, so that you may communicate to your fellow beings, the course you must take to avoid the disasters, which threaten your world, and the beings in our worlds around you.

“This is in order that you may share in the great awakening as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race, but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments.

“Be still now and listen, for your chance may not come again. For many years, your scientists, governments and generals have not heeded our warnings. They have continued to experiment with the evil forces of what you call nuclear energy. Atomic bombs can destroy the Earth, and the beings of your sister worlds, in a moment. The wastes from atomic power systems will poison your planet for many thousands of your years to come.

“We, who have followed the path of evolution for far longer than you, have long since realized that atomic energy is always directed against life (when developed along the lines [of] fission rather than fusions). It has no peaceful application (when developed in this way). Its use, and research into its use, must cease at once, or you all risk destruction. All weapons of evil must be removed.

“The time of conflict is now past. The race, of which you are a part, may proceed to the highest planes of evolution, if you show yourselves worthy to do so. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill. Small groups all over the planet are learning this and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. You are free to accept or reject their teachings, but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution.

“Be aware, also, that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. They will suck your energy from you, the energy you call money, and will put it to evil from you, giving you worthless dross in return. Your inner divine self will protect you from this. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth, and what is confusion, chaos, and the untruth. Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you, and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution.

“This is our message to our dear friends. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. You know now that we are here and that there are many more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit. We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the Light, and will do all we can to help now. Have no fear. Seek only to know yourselves and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth.

“We, of the Ashtar Galactic Command, thank you for your attention. We are now leaving the planes of your existence. May you be blessed by the Supreme Love and Truth of the Cosmos.”

7/10/18 The Galactic Federation of Light thru Sheldan NidleUpdate by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the Galactic Federation, July 10, 2018http://paoweb.com/

Salamat Jalwa (Sirian for be in righteousness). We return to speak with you about many events unfolding around your globe. Your world is caught in a war between good and evil. For 13 millennia, the dark cabal has been in control of your planet. With the new strategies we have provided our Earth allies, now called the Alliance, the tides have turned: the dark is losing its power while the Alliance continues to gain momentum.

All the dark cabal has left is the ability to cause vexing delays, which soon will cease as well. The dark is in serious difficulty because it is running out of ways to delude the masses. The Alliance, gradually and at its own pace, is bringing about extraordinary alterations in the world.

We have shared with the Alliance one of our successful strategies, which we refer to as Fluid Group Dynamics. This strategy tends to confuse the cabal because their style of operation is more static. The Alliance is now using this fluid method to resolve all the problems confronting your world. When each individual’s talents are applied to a particular problem, group leaders change constantly, depending upon the areas of expertise required.

Now, as the egotistic cabal faces their demise, they are beginning to turn on one another. Because Fluid Dynamics is not based on the ego, group members are able to work cooperatively. Increasing successes are confirming the efficacy of this strategy.

Changes to government, to the global banking and currency network, to world peace and to the world’s economic systems are merely the early stages in manifesting your prophesied galactic society. The unveiling of suppressed technologies will provide impetus to the paradigm shift that is in progress. These new technologies will supply the means for Gaia’s restoration, which will include clean air, clean water, fertile soil.

You, also, will reap the benefits of restored health from vibrational technology, anti-gravity transportation, teleportation, telepathy and a host of other astounding and life-altering innovations. When we arrive on your shores, we will bring even more thrilling technologies.

The energies that emanate from the Galactic core are awakening the people of Gaia. This global consciousness awakening is what the cabal fears the most. The volume of energy pouring in from the throne of the Creator is immeasurable! As these new frequencies become integrated and anchored in Gaia’s new consciousness grid, lies and greed can no longer hold sway.

Truth is emerging into the Light for all to see. Some of these truths will unhinge the public. They are the uglier side of what the cabal has created throughout the centuries. This is a time when the Starseeds and Lightworkers are called upon to help. Your understanding of the ascension process will be vastly needed to calm the masses. Prepare yourselves. The day of reckoning approaches!

Greetings. We are your Ascended Masters. A new realm is dawning. We ask you to remain patient since an imponderable number of marvelous events is being readied to be revealed. We thank Heaven for what is about to be born! A most gracious blessing is being bestowed upon us all.

You must often feel that what you have been working for is farther away than it actually is. That, in 3-D terms, the life manifesting before you is a fact when, in actuality, it is pure illusion. Often it can seem as if your promised prosperity and world peace are never going to manifest. We are here to tell you that they are closer than they appear in the light of unfolding world events.

The cabal is reeling from the consciousness growth anchored by Gaia’s people into the new energy grid of Light. It has assumed a momentum that ensures its Victory. We descended from the bliss of full consciousness into a realm beset by horrors. Despite this adversity/unfavorable turn, the Anunnaki and their minions failed to obliterate our most sacred thoughts. We retained our memories. Our divine service as Ascended Masters has always been to grant you mercy and succor from the depredations of the dark.

Over the past few decades, you have watched your lives held seemingly in limbo, as those who work for the Light sought how best to restore the right and natural order of this realm. A plan exists to restore the old ways of Lemuria and make rubble of the tyranny employed by the cabal that has kept you enslaved for millennia. It is to merge all of you into the greater community of Love, Light and mutual caring!

It is destined to bring you closer to understanding the glorious realm of your desire, to helping others and to attaining the joy of inner achievements. To that end, you are to expand in consciousness and grow in grace. Hosanna in the highest!!!

Today, we brought you another message about what is developing on your world. You are on the verge of things that, on one level, are deeply longed for but that, on another, will be truly shocking to many. Rejoice in the knowledge that the grand plan of Heaven is unfolding around you! Know, dear Ones, in your Heart of Hearts that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

7/10/18 The Arcturians Through Sue Liehttp://suzanneliephd.blogspot.com/

We Arcturians understand the many challenges that you are bravely facing within your NOW. Therefore, we would like to remind you that you are NEVER alone. Your fifth dimensional family is always with you, whether or not you are aware of it.In fact, you will receive some of your strongest blessings and memories of home when you least expect them and do not need to “control your mind or monitor your thoughts.

Please remember that YOU are the captain of your ship. and you are your ship. As your consciousness advances more and more into the fifth dimension, you will begin to realize that a new reality is coming into your perspective.

This new reality does not need to be worked for or even practiced. This new reality is budding first from within you because your chakras are beginning to spin to a frequency rate of the fifth dimension.

Then, once your chakras have been stabilized to the next octave of reality, your thoughts will be of another reality that is just beyond the physical, but also the higher frequencies of reality will move more and more into your conscious awareness.

Also please remember that reality is what you are then it is. Whatever it is, you are in control. When it is the now to change you must let go and it reveals all fear. When you release all fear you will find that your are within the Now of the Here.Time is an illusion of the third/fourth dimensions. On the third dimension, time is the most rigid. On the fourth dimension, time is more flexible and changes within your state of mind and emotional body are more easily initiated.In the fifth dimension all “time” is NOW. Within that now you will know how you can remember the fifth dimensional version of HERE and NOW, as well as HOW. You will need to release your third/fourth dimensional habit of time a space as time/space is a product of the third/fourth dimensional reality band of Earth.Yes, there is a “reality band” that encompasses each and every frequency of reality. Your assignment within the NOW is to go within and find the reality band that you created while you were resonating to your fifth dimensional SELF, and with your fifth dimensional empathy that called you to choose to wear an earth vessel within your difficult NOW.With your fifth dimensional empathy for all life you took a third dimensional form to assist Gaia with Her transmutation. In this manner you were able to assist Gaia to gather as great an energy field as possible. This higher energy field is vital to assisting humanity to UNITE with their fifth dimensional SELF in the higher realms of reality.This Unity allows more and more people to being to remember who they are within their fifth dimensional frequency band. As they remember their fifth dimensional self, that frequency of consciousness can assist them to focus on unity with all life while they are wearing their third/fourth dimensional form.

In this manner they have a greater ability to remember that they are actually fifth dimensional beings/humans who are primarily Pleiadians. In fact, they/you can look, think, and feel more like humans than their true Galactic Self. In this manner, our very brave volunteers who take an earth vessel can better progress with transmuting all the third dimensional versions of their SELF into their fifth dimensional consciousness.It can be quite difficult to wear a third dimensional body while your consciousness is returning to your innate fifth dimensional consciousness. However, it is in this manner that you will remember how to transmute your third/fourth dimensional form, thoughts and emotions into their true fifth dimensional resonance.Once you attempt to connect wit your fifth dimensional SELF, something will occur within your third dimensional physical body and your fourth dimensional astral body will begin to merge into ONE.It is the merging that initiates your transmutation back to your fifth dimensional self. The merging of your third, fourth and fifth dimensional self that has the collective power to not only transmute your self, but to also transmute your reality, as well as Gaia’s reality.Usually, no one understands ascension and no one ever will because you need to know that you are in control of whatever it is that makes you be YOU. What if for all of your life that you are a living with many incarnations, slowly or suddenly, began to remember. Then three, then more and more of the many incarnations that you have experienced on Earth?When you do finish your ascension process, you will be able to understand and remember what is occurring on the fifth dimensional Ship and your fifth dimensional reality. When you first began to remember your fifth dimensional SELF you were entering Cycle ONE of your ascension process.

Cycle one is much like an adult nursery school in that you are learning how to interact with a new reality that you do not remember. Just as many children do not remember their former incarnation, they will not easily remember that when they becomes adults.When one crosses over as a child they often remember their life quite easily because they are still young enough to not think about judging others. These new humans that have “crossed over” into the lower third and fourth dimensions often feel like something, or someone is missing.They also miss something that they cannot quite title, but they know that they were in one very loving place, and now they are in another place that is quite different. Entering an earth vessel can be quite shocking to one who has been in a light body and are now wearing a very dense physical body. Fortunately, the “new volunteers to take an earth vessel” can still remember going UP into their ship and Down into the Core of Gaia.However, they soon learn that if they tell other “human ones” about their experiences, they will likely be scorned, laughed at, or even punished for “lying.” This punishment for “telling a truth that the parents have forgotten” actually prepares the child for the many illusions and judgment of a third dimensional reality.Fortunately, more and more humans are beginning to remember that they are NOT just humans. In fact, they are only “wearing a human vessel” so that they can interact with humanity, so that they can report back to their Ships about the readiness for humanity to accept the “Landings.”

There are still so many humans who are totally asleep to the concept of ascension, or even Starships and being from a another, much more advance reality. The leaders are often the most closed off to this information, as they like to be appearing as the “top of the heap,” when in fact they are truly “the lost ones.”You were told before you chose to take an earth vessel that you were to serve as scouts who were assigned to go deep into Gaia’s energy field and report back to the Ship what you discovered.The fact is that many of these Galactic/Human merges have been completed in that the human one remembered that they ARE the Galactic one as well. It is within that NOW that that human begins their transmutations back into their true multidimensional SELF. This merging, also activates the Light Body.Your Light Body is the YOU fifth dimensional you that you are on the fifth dimensional Starships. The only times that fifth dimensional Starships or humans are perceived by third dimensional humans is when that human has expanded their consciousness to include the fifth dimension.However, the humans that have been able to survive in a third dimensional reality filled with those who are consciously working AGAINST any form of ascension, have become very strong and have learned to check someone’s aura before they tell them the truth.It is quite dangerous to tell people who are not ready for that information because they become very frightened. And, just as a frightened animal can be dangerous, so can a frightened human.You, the members of the transmuting humans, have volunteered to assist Gaia and Her Planetary Ascension by choosing to take fourth dimensional issues and transmute them into fifth dimensional solutions. It is for this reason that humanity is entering a “transmutational cycle.”

We say “transmutational cycle” because it calls for the definition we will now come between. The “false truths” and secret facts will soon be revealed. Therefore, please remember that as Gaia continues Her transmutation into Her fifth dimensional expression of Her Planetary Body, there will be NO separation of thoughts.Everyone will communicate with all other beings, planetary, animal, elemental, etc., as well with all humans via the same “inner channel” that they have already chosen to communicate through. This channel comes through our “Inter-dimensional Portals,” which connects the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth dimension to the sixth, seventh and beyond realities.Of course, these portals have always been there and almost always open. One of the few times that these port is were closed was when Earth humans began to “play with” nuclear weapons, and nuclear “accidents” such as Chernobyl.When humanity evolved—or rather devolved—into making weapons of mass destruction, and even planetary destruction, we the Galactics had to step in to assist. Usually a society in which technology races ahead of Wisdom, Power and Love finds it self in a huge initiation which often feels like the fear of great danger,An example of this was the nuclear testing and other weapons that occurred after World War II. These weapons often came from the Zeta Reticuli who desperately need assistance and went to those who were NOT concerned about anything thing but their own needs and desires of power over others.You can look at the older television show called “X Files” to find the truths that are hidden in that story line. In fact, there are a great deal of “fiction” movies and shows that are actually the truth.

However, the United States and most of the earthlings are NO longer in communication with the Zetas’. They just needed human DNA to heal their dying race, and once they got what they needed, they returned to space and their Homeworld in a distant place in your Galaxy.However, some Zetas still remain close to Gaia, but to protect Her and not to harm her. Their own planet had been greatly harmed, and they did not want to be a part of that happening on another planet. In fact, the Pleiadians and we the Arcturians stepped in and taught the Zetas how to solve their genetic problems.Since the Zetas were mostly concerned about getting the right DNA to keep their species alive, they left Earth as soon as they got what they needed. Now that their ability to create their own DNA has been restored, they permanently live in their own area of space and leave Earth alone,Meanwhile, all of us Galactics are interested in discovering how Gaia and Her earthlings will be able to complete their planetary ascension within the “Portal Opening” that has been planned. This portal, being a fifth dimensional portal, is actually a portal to many fifth dimensional portals.We Galactics will remain close to Earth so that we can be of assistance when it is the NOW for the opening of all the fifth dimensional portals. These portals, working as ONE huge portal, will serve as an opening between the fifth dimensional energy fields of expanding space and the third/fourth dimensional portals on Earth that will open to accept this higher dimensional gift.Of course, we Galactics, led by the Arcturians, will assist Gaia as She goes through Her “birth canal” into the fifth dimension and beyond. Gaia is a “learning planet,” in which energy out-flowing from the planet, will eventually return to the planet. In order for Gaia to ascend, humanity will need to stand as ONE Being to assist with the process of “Planetary Ascension.”

We do not need to tell you how many “dark ones” still live on and/or rule Gaia. The issue with planetary ascension will not be the planet, but the “service to self” humans who have too often been the rulers of Gaia’s sweet earth.Earth was always meant to be an “energy out equals energy back” planet. Therefore, the best way for humanity to assist Gaia is NOT with wars and weapons. The BEST way to assist Gaia is to send our Unconditional Love and Violet Fire into all of Gaia’s Earth, Air, Fire, Water and Elementals.Humanity will NOT save Earth with wars and weapons. The only way that humanity can save Earth is with A COLLECTIVE MAJORITY OF BEINGS who send out UNCONDITIONAL LOVE and VIOLET FIRE deep into Gaia’s Core and into ALL of Gaia’s aura and atmosphere.If the ascending ones can remember and teach humanity that they ALL volunteered to assist Gaia with Her planetary ascension, humanity can fulfill the reason why they chose to leave the Love and Light of the higher dimensional worlds.Please remember that YOU are vital for the process of Planetary Ascension.Call us and we will answer!The Arcturians and your Galactic Family

7/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner (7/5/18)www.thegroundcrew.com

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council to assist with the Ascension Process.

I am pleased to report that all is proceeding well with your Ascension Process. Missing parts have been put together. Massive amounts of karma have been cleansed. Relationships are being healed and cleared. Like the earth, you are moving on. You are clearing out the past and letting go of what no longer serves you. The earth is volcanically erupting as she releases molten lava to clear massive amounts of darkness within. It is not her darkness. It is a result of what has been done to her. She has been showing how powerful she is and how ready she is for her ascension. Humanity is beginning to pay attention to these messages.

It is a time on the planet when you cannot take anything for granted. Change is the constant. New patterns of thought and constructs are being created now. They are required for the higher consciousness that you are creating. When the time comes there will be many awakenings and gifts from the Galactics and Light Realms. You will be the beneficiaries. You have earned it from all of your hard work.

There will be many openings from within the earth and you will find this true within your selves. You will discover many things that you did not know about yourselves as they come to the surface. You will reunite with old friends and family from past lives. You will reconnect with many Masters, Archangels and others. There will be many reunions with soul family along with galactic family. You may even reconnect with some of your ancestors.

Cherish each moment of every day. The new developments may be like petals blossoming on a flower. Whether you like some of the revelations or not, they will get your attention. They will make you wonder why you didn’t see certain things before. You will see and sense that you have been living in different time lines as well multiple dimensions. All can seem bizarre. Do not let this upset you. Please understand this information is necessary for your awakening.

We continue to monitor you and your progress. We stand by ready to intervene wherever necessary. We hope to impress upon you the seriousness of these times. We have enforced this message to the dark ones who are still hanging on. They are in fear and want to remain in control. Their days are ending and this is the message that we are consistently reinforcing. Please understand that you, along with the help of billions of the forces of light, are taking back your planet.

We assure you that behind the scenes the plan is ready to be implemented. Stay awake and aware. Listen to the voice within for your own guidance. Find your own truth amongst the numerous lies. Keep your truth to yourself unless you have others with whom you can share. You can talk to us for we appreciate your input. Your involvement is meaningful and important.

You are our beloved ground crew. We appreciate and admire you for all that you are and all that you do.I am Mira with lots of love.

Under hypnosis Sherry Wilde learns first that she was abducted at age 17, secondly that it was not the first time, that it had been going on since childhood, and third, that it was not an abduction after all but a pre-birth agreement to meet her interdimensional family who are benevolent light beings. She was a normal wife, mother and business owner until 1987 when her community experienced a UFO flap - one of the most active in the world. Her girlfriend talked her into attending a hypnosis session, reminding her she had lost two hours one day at age 17 and couldn't remember what happened. She denied and resisted, but over the next 18-24 months Sherry was forced to accept her involvement in a phenomenon that was totally unknown to her. Faced with the indisputable evidence that she was experiencing contact with extra-terrestrial beings was astonishing to this pragmatic and levelheaded woman of 37. She learned her contact had been ongoing for her entire life. It almost pushed her over the edge. Sherry spent the next several years of her life trying to exonerate the experiences from her mind and did her best to return to a normal life, but when heavy contact started again in late 2009, after several years of relative peace, she could no longer ignore it. Inexplicably she found herself writing a book, The Forgotten Promise, about the encounters as her memory opened up to the past events and the teachings these beings had imparted to her. Overcoming her fear and learning the truth of her involvement with these ultra-dimensional beings became her life goal. She now accepts the truth of these encounters and has cooperative contact on a regular basis with the beings she affectionately refers to as "her guys."

Sue channeling The Arcturians:Now a lot has occurred, especially in the United States and those protected by the United States. That is because the United States was supposed to be the flashpoint of ascension. And it’s the newest country, along with Australia. So it will be the United States for the northern hemisphere, and Australia for the southern hemisphere, and they are right next to each other. And that wave of ascension will be activated with those two continents and then move all around the planet. But it can’t occur while that matrix is still active and still attached to the planet.

Shawnna as interviewer:So as we each do a personal assessment, the greatest contribution we can make is assisting as many people as possible to focus on their grounding. That way, we can maintain our presence in this Higher Frequency.

Sue/The Arcturians:In this Higher Frequency, yes, and when we, {now Suzille is saying this, but we’ll say you}, when humanity grounds themselves, humanity is meant to be a grounding board. Because they are conscious. They are conscious of the planet, and they are conscious of the atmosphere, and they are conscious of the other planets.

And so there are beings that are conscious, as well as beings that deeply love the Earth. Because there are beings that love the Earth deeply, but they are not conscious of those types of concepts, because they live in rural lands or agricultural lands, but they love the planet. And those are the ones that are the final grounders. Because they love the planet, and they will be able to pull in that Light and share it with the planet.

And those that have selfish needs and work against the planet, that frequency of Light will be too hard, too dangerous. It will disarticulate their selfish power over other’s needs. Because power over others is a low frequency, and power within is a very high frequency.

So those that resonate to a power over others, they have a low frequency of consciousness. And so when that Higher Light comes in, they’ll get zapped, because it will be too strong for them.

And they will be taken with the matrix to a baby planet to start over. Because there really is no death, just a next cycle. And when that cycle occurs as that matrix leaves, then only those that have truly loved the planet will be able to stay on the planet, because that is where they have always been.

Do you understand what we are saying by that?

Shawnna:Yes, the timing is interesting because a lot of this information is coming to Light on how this existence has functioned and what the aims and intentions have been and continue to be. I always had this optimism in my mind that surely they will all come to realize that, and I think the Arcturians, I think you’ve actually mentioned recently that they are being made aware that their actions have implications. And so in a way, they have been warned that if their ways continue, there will be consequences.

Sue/The Arcturians:Because Energy out is Energy back.

Shawnna:Right, and I’ve always held his hope that knowing that, decisions would be made that would alter these intentions, and they would focus more upon the well-being because there is more power in love than fear.

Sue/The Arcturians:There are some that will be able to shift out of that power over consciousness, but a large percentage of the people that have power over consciousness, they came to Earth from another planet and from another planet and from another planet.

And in a way, they are the destroyers and part of the………

Sue/The Arcturians:What’s that noise, Shawnna?

Shawnna:Ha-ha. I guess that’s the alarm sounding (laugh). It’s my clock. That means time is up for them. That’s what that means.

Sue/The Arcturians:Oh, OK good. Time is up for those who are selfish.

But it doesn’t look that way. Especially in The United States, it doesn’t look that way. The United States was meant to be the flashpoint, and there is a major battle going on. And sometimes something really dark and scary has to happen to wake people up from, “Oh it’s all cool, it’s all fine.”

No, it’s not all cool, it’s not all fine. There’s still plenty of darkness to be transmuted. And this transmutational process will occur within one who does not seek power within.

Transmutation is a process that can only occur once a human has moved into the energy field of sharing and of healing and of energy out and remembering who you really are, remembering that you are also a Higher Dimensional Being. And there’s more frequencies to yourself than you see in the physical plane.

And as humanity connects more and more with the Higher Frequencies of their own self, then they will be able to have that Fourth Dimensional perspective and that Fifth Dimensional perspective.

And as that becomes more and more and closer to a majority, then the power withins will be able to take control. But, unfortunately, the power over others are in control within this now. Not everywhere, but in far too many places.

Shawnna:Well, I was going to say that kind of leads into my next question, which is how can we accelerate the process of the matrix being removed? I guess it’s a natural process as you’ve mentioned, but are we able to impact that in any way?

Sue/The Arcturians:The Galactics are surrounding the planet. The Galactics are here to assist. However, Gaia is a free will planet, as we have said, and humanity has to ask for the assistance. They can pray to their God, they can ask the Galactics for assistance, and they can give service to others.

And a lot of people are doing these things, but a lot of people are just barely surviving. And that is because the power over others have created societies in which too many people are placed out of the realm of assistance.

And until humanity is able to love humanity enough to do everything that they personally can do in their own fashion and many, many people are doing, but it isn’t 51 %. It has to be a bigger percentage in order to make that shift.

Do you understand what we are saying by that?

Shawnna:Yes, definitely. I wonder how far off we are?

Sue/Arcturians:Yes, that is something that we won’t share because that is something that humanity has to talk to each other and find out. And humanity has to listen for the Light, listen for the Love, and follow the Light, and follow the Love.

And when there is fear and when there is injustice, they need to stand up against it and say, “No, we will not participate in your fear. We will not participate in your injustice.”

And before people do that, they usually have to wait until it becomes extremely extreme.

And that is a glitch about humanity in the third dimension. And basically humanity will need the Galactics’ help. But that means that humanity is going to have to move beyond their belief that they are the most evolved beings and realize that they are choosing to wear a third dimensional vessel, but there are many others that wear fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and even higher dimensional vessels. And those beings can fix it, but they can’t fix it without the majority of the planet asking for help because it is a free will planet.

Shawnna:Well, interestingly enough, it feels like we’ve come full circle. Even back to when we first began this conversation, and we were having difficulties, and there was silence, so I had that chance to go within and explore that deeper message.

It felt like it was, like you just mentioned, reaching those extremes that kind of catapult us into wanting to engage and make a difference and get on our feet and recognize that it is time.This is the alarm sounding, and this is the extreme, and so it is time to not just listen, but participate.

Sue/The Arcturians:Yes, and to get out of denial.

You know, too many people live in denial. They see what they want to see, and they ignore what they don’t want to see. And as more and more people really allow themselves to see what is really occurring, then they will say, “Wait a second, this isn’t OK. I don’t want this to happen. What can I do to change? How can we work together to change this?”

And it’s that We, moving from Me to We. Moving from Me to We, and We includes the planet.

If you look at the Native Americans and all the people, the farmers and the people that love Earth and the people that serve it, Weincludes the planet. They are all fully aware that everything in your body, it comes from something from the planet. Your physical body is made of the elements and elementals of the physical Earth. You are a chunk of Earth that has the consciousness of your Higher Dimensional Self.

And so when that consciousness moves into all the areas of the chunk of Earth that is the body that you are wearing, then humanity begins to deeply remember and awaken. And awakening and remembering are the same because as you awaken you remember, and as you remember you awaken.

The Starships are ready. There is so much help. The Pleaidians are buzzing the planet on a regular basis, and they are talking to people on a regular basis. We, the Arcturians, are talking to people on a regular basis and other Higher Beings, the Archangels and Ascended Masters and the Elohim. It’s just a matter of time…..and leaving time.

As long as people think in time, then they’re stuck in time, and they’re stuck in third dimensional time.

It’s the moving of the consciousness into the Now that allows one’s perceptions to leave time and to move into the Higher Frequencies of the Higher Fourth and Fifth Dimension that is not bound by time and exists within the Now of the One.

Shawnna:And I think that’s the perfect segue into one of our main focus points, which will be the power of the Here and Now. And I think since anyone who is listening to this conversation has probably reached that point to be awake and in that stage of remembering. We just want to remind everyone that they have a responsibility to contribute.

Sue/The Arcturians:Yes, it is a responsibility. And that’s one of the first things that people realize when they begin to awaken. They realize that they have a responsibility to help this planet. This planet has lot of problems. They need to help it in some way.

And you don’t have to be a genius, you don’t have to be wealthy, and you don’t have to be any special person. Because the planet is made of everyday people. It’s an everyday planet, and everyday people in their everyday life can make much more of a difference than they can imagine.

Shawnna:Absolutely. As we all focus on that power within, we recognize it. We are important, we have unique contributions to make, and together we will make a difference.

Sue/The Arcturians:Yes, together. Together is the word, isn’t it?Yes, together as One, because we are One.

Well, thank you so much for speaking with us.

Did you have any final questions, Shawnna, or are you fine with the conversation as it is?

Shawnna:I think that wraps up an excellent conversation that’s really relevant for everyone to hear at this time. As always, we’re grateful for this guidance, and we have much to consider and think about and to act upon.

Sue/The Arcturians:Yes, thank you so much to all and Blessings be to you all.

And we’re always here with you, and we have the doors to the fourth and the fifth dimension wide open, as well as the doors to our many Starships that resonate just beyond.

It’s part of the reason why the dark ones are so frightened and revving up their nefarious ways because they, too, know that We, the Higher Frequencies of reality, the Higher Frequencies of the people that are wearing an Earth vessel, are surrounding them. They are above them, and they are among them.

Parts one and two, In these videos I will be telling you about Val Valiant Thor. Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower and Vice President Richard Nixon at the White House. I worked for the CIA from June 15, 1982 to Nov 4, 1993. These are the topics I will be covering for you, the Phoenix Lights, CIA, Alien Hybrids, Extraterrestrial, Pleiadian children, Star Seed, Project Aquarius, Aliens, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Roswell UFO Incident, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Area 51, S4 Facility, Project Blue Book and the Roswell UFO Incident the happened-on July 8, 1947.

These videos are the true-life story of Eddie Page the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit inside CIA Project Aquarius. We were 33 Pleiadian children that were brought here to interact with the human species. This is not only our story, it is our Fathers will that we bring you this message of hope. I Will also be telling your about Valiant Thor, The Benevolent Alien. Val Valiant Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower. Eddie Page You will learn the real story behind the Roswell crash in 1947, what Project Aquarius was all about developed by the CIA in 1953. As one of Eddies friend, I believed it was important and only fair that everyone on the planet has access to a full and comprehensive record of Eddie Page’s life - not just the CIA who had seemingly been monitoring him from before his mysterious birth and ever since. This YouTube Channel is dedicated to all those who have lost their lives either through direct alien contact such as jet fighter pilots sent to investigate UFO sightings, those who were abducted and never returned and those who were murdered by governments to prevent them from speaking out about what they knew. Here is a link to my Facebook page: it is called Project Aquarius.

6/20/18 Kerry Cassidy interviewing Eddie Page Extraterrestrial Star Seed (Youtube)https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5WY6Xzh2Mc The true story of the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit (33 Pleiadian children) inside the CIA. Find out how the Anunnaki and Pleiadians are related… Pleiadian mother ship has arrived with more coming according to Eddie…

"I am one of The Members of The Confederation of Planets in the service of The Infinite Creator. There are approximately 53 civilizations, comprising approximately 500 planetary consciousness complexes in this Confederation. This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained Densities beyond your 3rd. It contains planetary entities within your solar system, and it contains planetary entities from other galaxies. It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike but allied in service according to the Law of One. There have been as many as 15 of the Confederation entities in your skies at any one time. Their purposes are very simple: to allow those entities of your planet to become aware of infinity, which is often best expressed to the uninformed as the mysterious or unknown."

"The desire to serve begins, in the Density of Love or Understanding (4th Density), to be an overwhelming goal of the social memory complex (group consciousness). Thus, those percentiles of planetary entities, plus approximately 4% more of whose identity We cannot speak, found themselves long, long ago in your time seeking the same thing: service to others. The relationship between these entities as they entered an understanding of other beings, other planetary entities, and other concepts of service was to share and continue together these commonly-held goals of service."

"Thus, each voluntarily placed the social memory complex data in what you may consider a central thought complex available to all. This, then, created a structure whereby each entity could work in its own service while calling upon any other understanding needed to enhance the service. This is the cause of the formation and the manner of the working of the Confederation. There are many Confederations. This Confederation works with the planetary spheres of 7 or your galaxies and is responsible for the callings of the Densities of these galaxies."

"There dwell within The Confederation planetary entities (civilizations) who from their planetary spheres do nothing but send Love and Light as pure streamings to those who call. This is not in the form of conceptual thought but of pure and undifferentiated Love."

"Information (theoretical physics) which Confederation Sources had offered to your entity, Albert (Einstein), became perverted (by Dark Ones), and instruments of destruction began to be created, examples of this being the Manhatten Project and its product (nuclear bombs). Information offered through Wanderer, Nikola (Tesla), also was experimented with for potential destruction: example, your so-called Philadelphia Experiment (time and dimensional travel). Thus, We felt a strong need to involve our thought-forms (UFO activity and messages of the mid-twentieth century) in whatever way We of The Confederation could be of service in order to balance these distortions of information (inspired by the Dark Brotherhood of Orion)."

"We of The Confederation are at the call of those upon your planet. If the call, though sincere, is fairly low in consciousness of the, shall we say, system whereby spiritual evolution may be precipitated, then We may only offer that information useful to that particular caller. These entities receive the basic information about The Original Thought and the means, that is meditation and service to others, whereby this Original Thought may be obtained. If an entity puts into practice that which it is given, it will not find repetition except when needed."

The Dark Brotherhood of Orion

"Like The Confederation, the Densities of the mass consciousness which comprise the Orion Group (service to self polarity) are varied. There are a very few 3rd Density, a larger number of 4th Density, a similarly large number of 5th Density, and very few 6th Density entities comprising this organization. Their numbers are perhaps one-tenth ours at any point in the space/time continuum as the problem of spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes (due to in-fighting and power struggles). Their power is the same as ours."

"The purpose of the Orion Group is conquest unlike those of The Confederation who wait for the calling (thus not interfering with free will). The so-called Orion Group calls Itself to conquest. Their objective is to locate certain mind/body/spirit complexes (people) which vibrate in resonance with their own vibrational complex, then to enslave the un-elite, as you may call those who are not of the Orion vibration. The service of the self requires an ever-expanding use of the energies of others for manipulation to the benefit of the self with distortion towards power."

"There are two types of landings (of the Orion Group). In the first, entities among your peoples are taken on their craft and programmed for future use (subconsciously). There are 2 or 3 levels of programming. First, the level that will be discovered by those who do research (hypnosis). Second, a triggering program. Third, a second and most deep triggering program, crystallizing the entity, thereby rendering it lifeless and useful as a kind of beacon. The second form is that of landing beneath the Earth's crust (within the Inner Earth), which is entered from water, in the general area of your South American and Caribbean areas and close to the so-called Northern Pole. The bases of these people are underground."

"The Crusaders of Orion use two types of entities to do their bidding, shall We say. The first type is the thought-form, the second a kind of robot. The robot may look like any other being (human). It is a construct. The 'Men in Black' are a thought-form type of entity which have some beingness to their make-up. They have certain physical characteristics given them. However, their true vibrational nature is without 3rd-Density vibrational characteristics and, therefore, they are able to materialize and dematerialize when necessary."

"The Orion Group passes on information concerning the Law of One with the orientation of service to self. The information can become technical just as some in The Confederation, in attempts to aid this planet in service to others, have provided what you would call technical information. The technology by this group is in the form of various means of control or manipulation of others to serve the self (such as weather control and mass mind-control technology). The contacts which this group finds most helpful to their cause are those contacts made with entities (humans) whose orientation is towards service to self."

"The Orion Group uses the physical examination (during a 'UFO experience') as a means of terrifying the individual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced 2nd-Density being, such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are a sub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this Density (3rd)."

"The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope, friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service to others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident."

"The UFO flaps (of Orion origin) cause many fears among your peoples, many speakings, understandings concerning plots, cover-ups, mutilations, killings, and other negative impressions. Even those supposedly positive reports which gain public awareness speak of doom."

"The shape of the Orion craft is one of the following: firstly, the elongated, ovoid shape which is of a darker nature than silver but which has a metallic appearance if seen in the light. In the absence of light, it appears to be red or fiery in some manner. Other craft include disc-shaped objects of a small nature approximately 12 feet in your measurement in diameter and the box-like shape approximately 40 feet to a side in your measurement. Other craft can take on a desired shape through the use of thought-control mechanisms. There are various civilization complexes which work within this group. Some are more able to use Intelligent Infinity than others."

"Through telepathy the philosophy of the Law of One, with the distortion of service to self, is promulgated. In advanced groups (of negatively-oriented humans) there are rituals and exercises given (so-called Black Magic), and these have been written down just as the service-to-others oriented entities have written down the promulgated philosophy of their teachers. The entire hope of the Orion Group is to infringe upon free will without losing polarity. Thus this Group, if represented by a wise entity, attempts to be clever."

"The Orion Group has aided the so-called negatively oriented among your mind/body/spirit complexes (peoples). These same entities (the humans) would be concerning themselves with service to self in any case, and there are many upon your so-called Inner Planes (Lower Astral Levels) which are negatively oriented and thus available as inner teachers or guides and so-called possessors of certain souls (personalities) who seek this distortion of service to self."

"There is a sincere belief of 4th-Density Negative (Dark Ones) that to love self is to love all. Each other-self, which is thus either taught or enslaved, thus has a teacher which teaches love of self. Exposed to this teaching, it is intended that there be brought to fruition an Harvest of 4th-Density Negative or self-serving mind/body/spirit complexes (people)."

"The 4th-Density negative entity is aware of the full array of possible methods of viewing the universe of The One Creator, and it is convinced that the ignoring and non-use of the green-ray energy center (4th or Heart Chakra) will be the method most efficient in providing harvestability to 4th Density (from 3rd Density). Its operations among those of 3rd Density which have not yet made this choice are designed to offer to each the opportunity to consider the self-serving polarity and its possible attractiveness."

"Nearly all positive channels and groups may be lessened in their positivity or rendered quite useless by what we may call the temptations offered by the 4th-Density negative thought-forms (sent telepathically by 4th-Density Negative Beings). They may suggest many distortions towards specific information (disinformation), towards the aggrandizement of the self, towards the flowering of the organization in some political, social, or fiscal way. These distortions remove the focus from The One Infinite Source of Love and Light."

"The negatively-oriented entity will program (pre-incarnatively) for maximal separation from and control over all those things and conscious entities which it perceives as being other than the self (all others) and will ordinarily program for wealth, ease of existence, and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus, many negative entities burst with the physical complex distortion you call health, however a negatively-oriented entity may choose a painful condition in order to improve the distortion toward the negative emotive mentations (emotions) such as anger, hatred, and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred or anger so that it may polarize more towards the negative or separated pole."

"The negatively-oriented being will be one who feels that it has found power that gives meaning to its existence. This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to other-selves (others), most usually by the process of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves (others) for their own good. These other-selves are perceived to be dependent upon the self (the one in power) and in need of the guidance and the wisdom of the self."

"The negative polarization (service to self) is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of other-selves (others). The potential between two negatively-polarized entities is such that the entity which enslaves the other or bids the other gains in negative polarity. The entity so bidden or enslaved, in serving an other-self, will necessarily lose negative polarity, although it will gain in desire for further negative polarization (and power). This desire will then tend to create opportunities to regain negative polarity. You must recall that, in negative thinking there is always the pecking order and the power against power in separation. To the stronger go the greater shares of polarity."

"The negative path posits slavery of the less powerful as a means of learning the desire to serve the self to the extent that the will is brought to bear. It is in this way that polarity is increased in the negative sense. Thus 4th-Density entities are willing slaves of such a 5th-Density entity, there being no doubt whatsoever of the relative power of each. Any organization which demands obedience without question upon the basis of relative power is functioning according to the above-described plan."

"The negative polarization (service to self) contains a great requirement for control and repression (self-discipline). Any mind-complex distortion, which you may call emotional, needs, in order to be useful to the negatively-oriented entity, to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use (control of emotions). Thus, you may find, for instance, negatively-polarized entities controlling and repressing such basic bodily complex (physical) needs as the sexual desire in order that, in the practice thereof, the will may be used to enforce itself upon the other-self (another person) with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed."

"The negative polarization is one which does not accept the concept of free will of other-selves (others). Thusly, in a social complex (society) whose negativity approaches purity (100%), the pull upon other-selves (others) is constant. A positively-oriented entity in such a situation would desire for other-selves (others) to have their free will and thusly would find itself removed from its ability to exercise its own free will, for the free will of negatively-oriented entities is bent upon conquest." (Freedom to evolve in a tyranny or dictatorship is removed.)

"The graduation into 4th-Density Negative is achieved by those beings who have consciously contacted Intelligent Infinity through the use of red, orange, and yellow rays of energy (the 3 chakras below the diaphragm). Therefore, the planetary conditions of 4th-Density Negative (on a negative, service-to-self planet) include the constant alignment and re-alignment of entities in efforts to form dominant patterns of combined energy. The early 4th Density is one of the most intensive struggle (for power). When the order of authority has been established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex (group mind) begins. Always the 4th-Density effect of telepathy and the transparency of thought are attempted to be used for the sake of those at the apex of the power structure (the rulers)."

"The negatively-polarized entity will have achieved Harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and orange/yellow (the first 3 chakras), moving directly to the gateway indigo (moving directly to the 6th Chakra without activating the 4th and 5th Chakras), bringing through this intelligent energy channel the in-streamings of Intelligent Infinity."

"If you see the energy centers (the 7 Major Chakras) in their various colors completing the spectrum, you may see that the service-to-self choice is one which denies the very center of the spectrum (4th Chakra), that being universal love. Therefore, all that is built upon the penetration of the Light of harvestable quality by such entities is based upon an omission. This omission shall manifest in 4th Density as the love of self, that is, the fullest expression of the orange and yellow energy centers (2nd and 3rd Chakras) which then are used to potentiate communication and adepthood."

"When 5th-Density refinement has been achieved, that which is not (activation of the 4th Chakra) is carried further, the Wisdom Density (5th Density) being explored by entities which have no compassion, no universal love. They experience that which they wish by free choice, being of the earnest opinion that green-ray energy (of the 4th Chakra) is folly. That which is not may be seen as a self-imposed darkness in which harmony is turned into an eternal dysharmony."

"The early 5th-Density negative entity, if oriented towards maintaining cohesion as a social memory complex (group consciousness), may, in its free will, determine that the path to wisdom lies in the manipulation in exquisite propriety of all other-selves (all others). It then, by virtue of its abilities in wisdom, is able to be the leader of 4th-Density beings which are upon the road to wisdom by exploring the dimensions of love of self and understanding of self. These 5th-Density entities see the Creation as that which shall be put in order."

"The usual attempts (attacks) upon positively-oriented entities or groups of entities are made by minions of the 5th-Density Orion Leaders. These (minions) are 4th Density. The normal gambit of such 4th-Density attack is the tempting of the entity or group of entities away from total polarization towards service to others and toward the aggrandizement of self or of social organization with which the self (the person) identifies."

"There are no negative beings (those who serve the self) which have attained the Oversoul Manifestation (the level of Monad), which is the honor/duty of the mind/body/spirit complex totality (Monad) of late 6th Density, as you would term it in your time measurements. These negatively-oriented mind/body/spirit complexes (incarnate beings) have a difficulty which to our knowledge has never been overcome, for after 5th-Density graduation (into 6th Density) wisdom is available but must be matched with an equal amount of love. This Love/Light is very, very difficult to achieve in unity when following the negative path, and during the early part of the 6th Density, society complexes (group minds) of the negative orientation will choose to release the potential and leap into the 6th Density positive (service to others)." (The Dark Brothers and Dark Group Minds can evolve no further than early 6th Density without reversing polarity and becoming Forces of Light in service to all others.)

"The 6th-Density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of 6th Density. Thus, loving The Creator and realizing at some point that The Creator is not only self but other-self (others) as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy re-orientation so that it may continue its evolution. The positive/negative polarity is a thing which will, at the 6th Level, simply become history (polarization of all sentient life in the universe ends at the 6th-Density Level)."

What is Imagination? Imagination includes, among other things, the ability to visualize with the creative parts of your mind and brain in order to activate your resourcefulness, creative, and artistic/scientific brain.Artistic and scientific are put into one category because they both call upon your ability to think of, imagine, and/or desire to create in your outer world something that you have found within your heart and mind.

We say “found within your heart and mind” because your heart usually yearns for the feedback loop of finding a desire, goal, creative expression, etc. within your heart that you are able to “plant” in your mind.If these desires, etc. stay only in your heart, you will love it and maybe even love yourself more because of it. But, if this desire does not expand to encompass your mind, it will likely remain an idea and never become a creation.

A “creation” is something that carries a life force. Many of these creations hover within your consciousness, but it is not a creation until you “give it life” in your physical world by sharing it with others. In this manner, your creativity comes “not from you and for you, but through you and to others.” In this manner, a higher dimensional expression of your SELF, and/or your consciousness, is allowed a manner in which it, your higher dimensional expression of creativity, can flow through the portal of YOUR SELF and into the portals of others who resonate to this higher frequency communication.

Yes, creativity does resonate to a higher frequency because it is a “whole brain experience.” In other words, a creative venture calls on the creator to use both their logical, rational, mental left brain to intermingle with your creative, spontaneous, emotional right brain.

How is imagination experienced? If one can trust their instincts and their inner messages, imagination can be very helpful to find the Circle of Light that encompasses one’s imagination, to enter into the heart of the one who is imagining. Some people are taught that imagination is a ‘waste of time,” but, a person who would say that to another is likely unable to allow themselves to enjoy their “whole brain thinking.” Whole brain thinking is when one is able to use both their creative, imaginative right hemisphere and their “take care of business” left hemisphere.

How is imagination shared with others? Imagination is greatly limited when it is not shared with others. Imagination is often something that can evolve into a new, creative and possible reality. If imagination is ignored, many possible realities are not allowed to be birthed into your physical world. Therefore, sharing your imagination with others is very rewarding in that your own ideas can be amplified by sharing them with others. Imagination does not live long if it is “shut away” or “kept a secret.”

Fortunately, imagination greatly expands when it is shared. However, it is important to be aware if the one you wish to share with is someone who can also embrace their own imagination. In that manner, there is a freedom of inter-mingling the ideas without the fear of judgment. On the other hand, if you are ready to share your creative self, you have likely already experienced that “fear of judgment from others” will stop you in your tracks. Therefore, we will now speak about “fear.”

Fear is the enemy of creative expression. On the other hand, creative expression can diminish your fear. It feels very good to allow your imagination to have a voice, a picture and/or any other manner in which your imagination is brought forward from your heart and mind, to be shared with others. Some people are afraid of the judgment they “may” receive if the expression of imagination is criticized by others. This is normal, so do not feel poorly about yourself if you, too, have experienced fear of judgment regarding your expression of Higher SELF.

When you allow yourself to BE your creative SELF, the joy that you gain from that small act will more than compensate for any judgment from others. Also, be aware that if you present your creativity as “Not coming from you but through you”, then you can better allow your higher self to guide you. “Coming through you” means that you are serving as a “grounding station” for the higher dimensional waves of creativity that are being sent into the frequency of third/fourth dimensional Earth from the higher dimensions of reality.

When you allow yourself to FEEL the higher energy that flows into you while you are being creative, please take a moment to ask within or above, “Thank you for this transmission. From who, or where, am I receiving this information, and how can I thank you?” Being thankful for your creative transmissions/ideas will assist you to consciously accept you higher messages, as well as honoring them as a gift that comes THROUGH you, not FROM you.

When you perceive yourself as a “channel of higher dimensional Light,” your human ego will not be activated, as the message is a “gift” from the higher frequencies of reality with whom you are NOW gaining a constant contact. We say “constant contact” because once you connect with a fifth dimensional and beyond higher being, you are no longer bound by third dimensional time. Then, whenever you feel an urge to document your inter-dimensional messages, you have a “hard copy” to share with others.

Some may share with words, others with pictures, dances, songs etc. In other words, acreative act that you share to express your higher dimensional experiences allows you to more deeply unite your daily consciousness with the higher dimensional consciousness, which come THROUGH you and not FROM you. Once you are able to give full credit to the Source of your communications and/or inspirations, your ego is excused from your creative act. It is your own ego self who has collected and saved all the times that you were embarrassed, criticized and/or teased for presenting your true creative, multidimensional self.

We Pleiadians often work together with the Arcturians to remind our grounded ones of their “reason for incarnation.” The reason that you chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel within this NOW, is the foundation of the mission that you chose to fulfill within your present incarnation. One thing that you will be happy to realize is that, even if you judge your self as failing, or feel that others are judging you for what they perceive as a “failure,” if you continue you will find that what others think about you is VERY insignificant compared to how you judge your self.

In fact, allowing your self to “following the flow” of your own inner guidance that you feel deep within, will empower you enough to lovingly send away any inner or outer criticism. This criticism may hurt your feelings, but the joy you feel from expressing your creativity far surpasses your fear of judgment. You will also find that the joy of allowing your self to express your SELF via whatever form of creativity that you choose, will allow you to send “unconditional love” to those who may judge you. You can send this love because you have allowed yourself to have unconditional love for your self via the expression of your own creative force.

YES, creativity is a “force.” When one is in the act of “creating” something that came THROUGH them, not FROM them, they feel “at ONE” with a higher frequency of reality, as well as a higher frequency of your own Multidimensional SELF. Yes, ALL humanity has a Multidimensional SELF, even if their wounded consciousness will not allow them to experience their own higher frequencies of SELF. This condition is best healed by allowing someone, a counselor, a loving friend, even a pet, or a walk through Nature, to re-calibrate your “SENSE OF SELF” back to the multidimensional YOU that you have always been, but temporarily forgot.

As you begin to remember your own higher dimensional expressions of SELF, you can more easily adapt to a multidimensional reality in which an “unseen higher guide/SELF” is a common belief that all the members of that frequency of reality are fully embracing. Many of our ones who chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel to assist with planetary ascension have felt very lonely. However, once they remember the “mission” that they chose before taking this incarnation, they remember that they resonate to many frequencies of reality within the NOW of the ONE.

The concept of multiple realities running parallel within the same NOW is very difficult to accept for those who are still in the Matrix of being “just” third dimensional. It is the slow, or sudden, awakening to the first conscious inter-action with a higher dimensional aspect of your SELF, that will set you onto the “Path of Remembering your SELF.” At first, most of you believe that your SELF is a different being who resonates to a higher, and/or different, reality. However, if you begin to have regular communications with this “inner being” that you somehow KNOW is real, your third dimensional brain will begin to recalibrate to the receive more and more higher dimensional information.

It is often very helpful to document your experiences with your Higher SELF, as your third dimensional brain often cannot retain fifth dimensional stimuli. Therefore, if you write down, draw, sing and/or share your information two things occur. One thing that occurs is that your Higher SELF will become aware that you are NOW ready to “take dictation” and share it with your third dimensional reality. The other thing is that: You will meet others like you, which will make it easier for you to realize that your Higher SELF is in constant communication with you. In fact, as you share your experience with others, you will further open your innate “inter-dimensional portal” to your own higher frequency expressions of your SELF, as well as your Galactic Friends and Family.

Once you have an “open channel” between your third/fourth dimensional physical/astral self and your fifth dimensional higher/multidimensional SELF, your life will move into the next octave of awareness. With this new, expanded awareness of your Multidimensional SELF and your Multidimensional Reality, you will NEVER feel alone again. You could be alone in the middle of the ocean, but your higher dimensional SELF will be with you, guiding and protecting you.

How are you an expression of your Higher SELF? The answer to this question is: EVERY DAY in EVERY WAY!

6/7/18 The Arcturian Council via Daniel ScrantonMore E.T.s on Earthwww.DanielScranton.com

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

We are continuing to evaluate the necessity of a bigger presence of extra-terrestrials on your planet. We are in contact with many extra-terrestrial beings who want to help and who want to become members of the ground crew with all of you, and we are weighing the help versus hindrance of their presence. You don’t want to get into a situation with extra-terrestrial beings where you see them as your saviors.

For those of you who are unaware, we are non-physical. We are consciousness, so we are not coming, but we are in contact with fifth-dimensional Arcturians, fourth-dimensional Arcturians, and other beings from other star systems who want very much to assist all of you. They see it as part of their role to help. Their presence can help by their ability receive higher-frequency energies and ground them for you.

They can even blend in enough to be teachers and guides, and the advantage of their being on planet Earth with you is that they are incorruptible and beyond any scope of manipulation. Again, the downside is that they can interfere with your evolution of consciousness.

If you become fifth dimensional without doing what you need to do there, you could end up hurting yourselves, especially those who are still unawake at this point. There’s a much greater likelihood that they would in fact create some serious problems.

And so we are looking down many different timelines and seeking the best possible scenarios for all of you. The E.T.s that we are in contact with will of course heed our guidance, and they will always be there supporting you in other ways, even if they are not all on the ground floor with you. And of course you have help from up here as well, in our dimension, not to mention all of the other helpers who are lending their energy, their compassion, their love, and their support.

We all know how long a journey this has been for you and how challenging, but to not worry because your ascension is guaranteed.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

The Pleiadians – Beloved ones we greet you, An intensity will build within the 3rd dimension on your planet as you move through June and July. You are being asked at this juncture, within this transitional phase to let go and continue to align and link through the multidimensionality of your Heart space.

This multidimensionality is a natural aspect of you and you are being called now to realign by the sacred Higher aspect of your self. As you let go with the Conscious breath you are naturally aligned deeper within the sacred multidimensional tool of your Heart’s sphere.

There is nothing more important for you to achieve at this time than to move into a realignment of your Higher Self. Your movement towards your sacred aspect allows you to play an individual and essential role of creating a stabilization within humanity, and within your communities in which you live. Each time you open into a moment of reconnection within your Heart you forge a powerful anchored pathway for others to follow.

Each one of you is being called to develop this sacred anchoring through the Heart. No matter how things appear within 3rd dimensional drama, all is in hand and everything is truly in a state of perfection. You only need to link within the Heart to stabilize and move beyond the drama, beyond the illusion.

You can each be held within your unique God light consciousness, through the vast connection within your Heart. You can receive clarity and guidance in each moment for your awakening.

Blessings, The Pleiadians

6/6/18 Message from the Pleiadians via Galaxygirlsananda.website

Greetings friends! We are the Pleiadian Collective here ever in service to humanity’s ascension, bringing you news. The threshold that you have been longing for for vibrational frequencies has been reached allowing yet more of our light and assistance into your realm.

Keep the high vibes up friends for it is working! We see you as surfers riding the biggest wave of your career, and you have had many varied careers over your many lifetimes. Soon you will see us just as we see you now, in the flesh, in form, just as we see you, friends. Much change is foot and the dark ones are running scared, for scared is all that they know and all that they have left to go on. It’s quite sad really that they should be missing out on the biggest ascension that has yet occurred. But we all have choices to make. And certainly you are all choosing excitement and ascension and love and it warms our hearts as we gaze with intense love upon all of you.

You will see your third eye opening more and more. You may have some frontal headaches just as this one is now experiencing as we download, always with permission. So please give us your permission to download our light and wisdom and to happily upgrade you so that you can withstand the coming love wave that will carry and soothe away every tear and ascend you into the – quite literally – higher vibrations of life and light that you previously referred to as heaven from your 3d perspective.

Where do loved ones go when they die? Many places, but mostly higher realms, higher dimensions of light and love for most of you reading these words, and other realms where further learning is required so that cause and effect and karma may be fully experienced. What goes around comes around, that’s all that karma is, it is nothing to be feared, it is simply a tool of reference and of understanding, a grand teacher if you will. For if we are all one, and we are, when you show love to others you show it to yourself, which is how this universe of causality responds to love, to action, for every action has a reaction. And we see you, human friends, reacting to these intense energies with profound love and openness which makes your heart centers spin a bit more widely to allow a bit more light.

Would you like us to assist you further? Please ask. We are eager to assist for we are so excited and proud of our ground team that has done an outstanding job and you have proved your mettle. Now is the time to shine brightly, brighter than ever before and to love and laugh more brightly than ever before and to show mercy and love to those who need it. And who doesn’t? We all love love! It is who we are! It is our nature! We Pleiadian Collective had had our fair share of darkness and tribulations. We have had numerous what you have called holocausts and we have learned and learned and experienced and we would be most honored if you would but allow us to assist you with your own remembering and re-awakening. For it is our pleasure to do so.

We love you. We are the Pleiadian Collective, always in service and we behold you with utmost respect and love. We are you. We are one.

~ galaxygirl

6/3/18 The Arcturians by Marilyn Raffaelewww.onenessofall.com

Dear ones, with love and great respect we offer assistance to your evolutionary journey with the intention of bringing hope and enlightenment to all who seek it.

We see a great deal of change taking place on earth although you are unable to see it as we do. Energies of Light continue to intensify as more individuals awaken and begin to comprehend truths previously unavailable to them simply because they were not open or receptive. There is a great deal of assistance available to anyone requesting it, but you must ask.

Many previously closed to change or new ways of seeing and believing are now opening to the idea that there may be better ways of doing things as many accepted beliefs, concepts, laws, simply no longer work as they once did. This realization is the birth of awakening. At the same time, those already spiritually aware are expanding into increasingly higher levels of awareness.

Those already spiritually awake simply need validation of what they are experiencing at this time rather than increasing amounts of new information. The temptation is to seek answers through the mind when things are not fully understood because the three dimensional belief system teaches that study, learning, doing, on a mental level is necessary to understanding which is true in the beginning stages of awakening.

You have learned in this fashion through many lifetimes, and have arrived at a place where the human mind is no longer an effective tool for your inner journey. The human mind is limited to what is already known and cannot access the deeper realms of Divine Consciousness within.

This shift can be a huge and troubling leap for those who have devoted their lives to one particular spiritual path for many years or even through lifetimes. This is especially true for the teachers of those paths who have dedicated themselves, taught classes, written books, and put all their energy and trust into some one particular modality.

Real spiritual paths and modalities (those that have truth at their foundation) will not disappear but rather their core ideas will expand to new and higher levels. Often it is the un-awakened consciousness of followers who fear change that hold the evolutionary expansion of some spiritual modality back in energies that have become obsolete. Nothing real is or can ever be lost, only the illusions of it disappear.

Every organized religion, teaching, or spiritual modality originally come about as truth from a highly evolved teacher, but over generations original teachings are always lost when the teacher passes on and the teachings become organized as a religion. The truths revealed by the original teacher then quickly become ms-interpreted by followers not of the original teacher’s state of consciousness. Some then declare themselves to be the teachers and present the original teachings from a lower and often very three dimensional level. This is why truth should never be organized.

Placing faith, trust, or hope (personal power) in a path, guru, or modality is not meant to continue forever. These things are important tools for awakening, but only work up to a certain point because the nature of evolution determines that a person will eventually evolve beyond a need for them. There comes a time when the seeker is no longer in alignment with some of the very tools and modalities that served to get him to his new level of awareness–he has graduated.

Truths learned through an illumined path or teacher can only be fully accessed and become one’s state of consciousness when they flow from within where all Divine Ideas exist in the fullness of their pure form. Before that, they are simply intellectual knowledge.

Meditation helps to open the door. The silent inner listening of meditation indicates to one’s Higher Self that they are ready and receptive for more. Once accessed, Divine Ideas continue to unfold and reveal themselves as each new level of consciousness is attained where there is alignment with the new truth.

Enjoy life. The ascetic practices of the past that came about as the result of believing spirituality to be separate from ordinary living are no longer a part of the world’s belief system as they once were. Contrary to what many still believe, pain and suffering does not please God in any way and never could because the harmonious perfection of ONE is all there is. Pain and suffering do not exist in Divine Consciousness, if it did it would be universally permanent, held forever in place by Divine Law.

Living as an awakened individual is a matter of being in the world but not of it–living and enjoying life without attachment. Go to work, go to school, have relationships or not, do what you are guided to do but do it from your highest level of awareness in the realization that you are whole and complete with or without these things.

Spiritual living is the experiencing of ordinary activities from a place of love, one that is able to look through appearances of “good” or “bad” with no attachment to their outcome in the realization that everything is spiritual and what is being seen is a three dimensional mind interpretation of it.

You come to understand that your wholeness and completeness is is not dependent upon your education, money, body shape, or anything else three dimensional thinking defines as success. You are comfortable wherever you are and in all situations because you know who you are.

At this point you can go to church or not, because you know that God is only in church if you bring “Him” with you. You begin to have more patience and love for those around you knowing that they have a soul contract and lessons they are learning. You begin to accept the idiosyncrasies of family, friends, and strangers instead of giving them power over you for good or bad. You are able to watch news or not from a level of detachment rather than fear and worry because you now realize that in spite of appearances, all is well. Living becomes a being in the world but not of it.

Allowing the evolutionary progress of self and others is love. It is the realization that everything proceeds according to plan without the need for mental plotting and scheming because in reality, the earth is a spiritual universe peopled by Sons of God. Gaia, who is a living soul and not a piece of dirt, is ready for her next evolutionary step and human thinking cannot stop it because there is a much bigger picture happening than what third dimensional thinking can know or even imagine.

Spiritual consciousness allows others to live their personal journey without the interference that so often happens when well meaning “do-gooders” and many groups ms-interpret love. The belief that anyone who does not believe the same must be saved from their ignorance is a perfect example of how the belief in separation manifests in the world–“others” are separate from real truth and need those who have it, to save them.

Concepts of separation are basic to most organized religions who in turn send out missionaries in a false sense of duty to convert and save anyone who does not believe as they do. Efforts to save and convert others however well intended are always ego based (My way is the only “right” way) and more often than not bring pain and suffering to the recipients while destroying any spiritual practices already in place that are often more evolved than those of the missionary.

Every individual can only save themselves. No church, guru, saint, teacher, or practice can do it for you although these things can open the door for those ready and receptive. Everyone has Divine Source Consciousness already fully present within ready to speak and guide the moment they choose to listen.

Sincerely seeking help or guidance aligns an individual with the help and guidance needed. The common belief that it is love and duty to save every so called floundering person is often just interference, for in spite of appearances no one really needs saving and those that seem to need it are usually learning some difficult lesson they themselves chose for their evolution. Their choice could of simply been to live fully in and experience third dimensional energy.

Allowing is the gift of stepping back while at the same time having your hand ready to grasp the other’s should they reach out. It is NOT a reaching down and pulling someone up out of their personal and chosen gutter. There is a fine line here that can only be accessed through intuition because the world in general continues to promote the “saving” of everyone whether or not the person desires saving.

Intuition, your inner radar or gut feeling, is always the best guide as to whether or not someone appearing to be in need of rescue really needs and wants it or is just seeking someone to assist them to continue in their chosen lifestyle. Always remember that there is a bigger picture going on. This will allow you to make sense of the seeming discord another may be struggling with.

Again, we iterate that there is a fine line in these situations where often intuition is your only guide. Some may seem not to want help, but your intuition may be telling you that they really do want help. Others may seem to want help, but only do it because it was forced upon them and soon return to their chosen lifestyle. Not everyone is ready to be “saved” physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually and to presume otherwise is very human.

Free will allows everyone to choose the gutter of their choice and it is not the responsibility of you or angels or even their Guides to interfere with their choice. Always hold yourselves in the energy of compassion and not sympathy, for in sympathy you align with the the person’s lower resonating energy. Your own personal choice may be that it is time to remove yourself from the person or situation which can be difficult when it is a family member, partner, or child.

This is not to say that a parent does not take action, doing whatever they feel is necessary in the case of a child, but when that child becomes an adult who in spite of all the help still chooses self destructive behavior, the parent or guardian must step back into the love of allowing.

Your job as a spiritually evolved person is to recognize that in spite of all appearances every individual is in reality, a Divine Being. Surround the person with Light and then move on for the more you hold them in consciousness according to their human appearance, you add to the illusion. You are creators.

Know that it is often more loving to allow these dear ones to fall flat on their face or even leave this life than to continue enabling them in their illusion. In their next lifetime they will make different choices based on the learned experiences of this one. This is true for most addictions–drugs, alcohol , sex, rituals, or anything else an individual believes will give them the sense of wholeness, happiness, and peace they crave.

The divide between those awakening and those choosing not to awaken grows wider every day andpowerful frequencies of Light are forcing those spiritually ready to live their truth, which can and often does mean leaving behind some person, place, or thing–physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually.

Now is a time of many choices that only you can make.

We are the Arcturian Group 6/3/18

6/5/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council through Valerie Donnerwww.thegroundcrew.com

Greetings, I am Mira. I am in full service to the earth on the Earth Council, to assist with the ascension of the planet.

I greet you today in a new gateway that was just opened for the ascension process. It will allow more expeditious travel between planetary systems, by giving us more access to strategic locations where our help is needed. We will be installing some more of these as time progresses. We are coming from a place of strength and competency, and so are you. There are increasing numbers of us, because we are on a rapid trajectory to assist the earth’s ascension.

There has been too much outside interference with dark ones going where they do not belong. This is being remedied and will soon be complete. We have numerous ways to purge what needs to be taken care of. We have them running. We are making huge progress and there is still much that we cannot tell you. In the end, you will be made aware of all of it. Right now is not the appropriate time. We have to keep certain information to ourselves.

I can tell you there is a lot going on with your governments. It is behind the scenes. It is election time in the United States. Much change is afoot. Many new people have been called to action. The old system of service to self will be slipping away. You will have better cross representation of the populace. Make the best of the choices at hand. You need to be heard.

It is important that you take a stand on what is most important to you. This is the main way that you will be able to change the planet. Follow your heart and put your energy in to projects of great value. Begin to envision your future. Picture a clean earth. Feel into the abundance that is coming to all of you. See a planet free in all ways. Stay centered and calm. Find new power and strength. Move into the oneness of life with every being on the planet.

We are finding our way to be with you again. Many of us are on the planet already. The truth about us cannot be suppressed. Right now your U.S. government is clearing the deck for full disclosure because they have been told by us that it cannot be stopped. They are trying to save face from anger and distrust when you all know the truth. It could happen sooner than you think. It could shake up many people but it needs to happen. We do not have time for spoon feeding the populace or your government’s control. It is nearly over.

We know that for some of you it brightens your day (or your night) when you see us in the skies. We delight in these maneuvers. We communicate telepathically and enjoy your excitement when we connect. You will begin to see much more of us. Welcome us and this makes it even more favorable.

These are exciting time for all of us. We love and support you. I am Mira.

NOTES FROM KRYON MESSAGES: We are beginning to open the door to remarkable information that makes you so big, and yet at the same time you realise what is going on and we will start this way. The Universe is old and the Galaxy the same age. This Galaxy has been finished for over 4 billon years, and in some places the solar systems around the stars completed, and while this Earth was still forming there was life elsewhere. All of it was designed for you, it was designed for today. When the Pleiadians showed up they had been through thousands of years of evolution after they had passed their own marker, in their own way, on their own planet. They used the physics of consciousness to be able to make what they needed literally from the consciousness of their minds, to shape that which you would call the reality of travel. There were three Pleiadian planets by the time you were seated around the same set of Suns, and before them they had their “seed parents” who went through similar things, and before them they also had their seed parents. Billions of years of Humanity on their planet knowing God before humans ever showed up. There is a lineage in this Galaxy which is remarkable. The Galaxy is old – and you are not, yet human beings had to come from somewhere. What you brought to this planet was a Star Akash, because you had participated in so much of this life.

You human Beings represent the lowest spiritual consciousness in the Galaxy. The Pleiadians came here without craft and seeded you and you cannot go back. God is in you and the higher the consciousness the more you meld into God. The Pleiadians are not Gods and represent the Great Central Source for a task they have performed for you, and with free choice if you survive what is coming, the task will be on you some day to do the same for someone else. You are protected and the ones who have the highest consciousness in the Galaxy are still here, and it is enough to scare away anything that would visit you. As you grow you help others and the Pleiadians left time capsules that have caused you to look for God. The new template calls for peace, and the awareness that peace is the strength of humanity and not war. The old template gave you free choice, whereas the new template starts to rearrange what is important to the psyche of human beings, and goes beyond survival. Here are some potentials for what happens next. In some countries there are some old energies on the planet, and there is old leadership doing their best to pull you backwards. There will be a consciousness of Humanity that understands that putting things together and all growing countries will bring peace. Start thinking of the future with the eyes of a Galactic citizen, not an Earth citizen – you have been through it before, old soul.

There is one way to get all of the resources together and is not war, it is to put all of the countries together and share them. Inventions are coming your way for energy that will cost very little, not on a grid system but individual neighbourhoods, water for everyone through inventions, some of them without pipes. These are things to look forward to – pulling moisture and heat from places you do not pull it from now, and having it free. The curing of disease through processes that were hidden from you before, that are natural and have no side effects. The Pleiadians went through it, they are just like you and there will come to you some science from former Pleiadians who will pop in as “walk ins” and do the work, and give you the inventions. One of them is a Pleiadian coming back and his name is Tesla, he will give you the Quantum when you are ready. Say “Goodbye” to the old energy that will keep you in the dark lifetime after lifetime, say “Hello” to an energy you do not expect, it allows you to call upon your Akash for what you deserve, and have learned a mine of knowledge, wisdom and experience that you can now call upon like the Masters.

END OF KRYON MESSAGE

MIKE QUINSEY: In general terms much information is given by Kryon from time to time, informing us as to what we may expect in the near future. The weather is slowly changing and in most people’s time it will get colder. Kryon points out that we will need more energy – free thermal energy that is available from the Earth itself. We are told how to extract it and heat our homes, and you have to build an extractor to get it. With it you can drive turbines and create electricity that will create heat.

Global warming is part of the cycle that always was. It is the waxing and waning of the Water Cycle, evaporation that has been here before.

There is a mandate to change your energy as what you put into the air is significant, before it is a hazard to your health and hurts Humanity.

Information is given of a new way of desalination that is nanotechnology, using it as “robotic” technology, in a way that unlike our present expensive methods is very cheap and also enables the salt extracted to be used for other purposes.

Kryon points out the need to be ready for big changes in our lives, and the need for new integrity in business.

Life continues as ever with uncertainty all around, yet underlying it is a progressive move to bring about the changes that are needed and have been expected for quite a long time. Many go unreported but when the time is considered right the truth will eventually come out. Regardless of how events are reported and at times they are far from the truth, as those who work for the Light continue to make advancements for the long awaited changes. It will have been worthwhile as it will mean the dark Ones have lost their power to dictate the future of mankind. The new Republic is waiting in the wings to announce the changes and all seems set for the first stages of them that will show beyond doubt that a new phase has commenced. It will mean that there is no going back to the old ways of deceit and suppression of the truth.

I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. This message comes through my Higher Self, my God Self, and every soul has the same connection to God.

Many have asked me to cover this topic and clear up some of the fallacies present in today’s spiritual and UFO community. This also bleeds into other aspects of life, politics, business and religion.

Many start out on the right track yet due to events childhood on, end up under the influence of unseen negative influences. This can be due to past lives where they participated in the black arts, sorcery and the dark side of witchcraft, which surfaces or is called upon during times of great stress. There are those who also profess these influences do not exist which is unknowingly becoming an expression of these influences.

This article is to address some of the pitfalls and how to avoid them. If you are feeling resistance to these words chances are there are unseen negative influences working in your fields.

The chain of events in many cases begins with childhood. Many times there are abuse patterns – physical mental or emotional. There are cases where an event triggers a past life that opens the door to unseen negative influences as well. Traumas can activate past connections because of the desire to change an event, a person, or even the desire to manipulate another against their will.

The core issue in most cases goes back to childhood, the need to get what you didn’t get as a child.The steps that lead to the fall in most cases go from an unhappy childhood, seeking love acceptance and approval outside of self, what you did not get as a child. Then the wounded ego seeks to heal itself and understand the source of its unhappiness.

The journey to fill the void begins and can lead down many paths. After trying again and again to fill that void externally eventually one comes to the realization that no matter how many material acquisitions, women or men one engages the void is still there. No matter how famous one becomes in seeking external love acceptance and approval again the emptiness remains.

At this point there are two choices – go within and make one’s own personal connection to God/Creator/Great Spirit and maintain an attitude of humility and service. The other choice is to continue in denial and seek more material acquisitions, notoriety, fame. After all if enough people love and accept you then you don’t have to deal with any of the past life or childhood wounds, traumas or wrong conclusions from past experiences.

This is where the division occurs within self as well as an opening to unseen negative influences. The ego takes control. Humility is lost, followed by the spiritual ego, eventually leading to narcissism.When individuals get to the narcissism state in most cases they are not open to hearing anything fro m anyone. You are all inferior and they are the only ones who know the truth. But whose truth is it? Many will seek out those of like mind to validate their belief it is everyone else that is the problem.

Like attracts like. The negative influences, the spiritual ego and the narcissism will not allow you to seek out a true healer, and enlightened one for that would be the end of denial and most likely their career. At this point the only ones you are interested in are the ones who validate you and the separation game begins. It becomes and endless loop, yet the energy does not lie. Nor do the reoccurring patterns. Eventually one has to own the fact that their reflection is telling them something.

The reoccurring patterns are there because there is something you missed, something unhealed. Now here is the kicker, the unseen negative influences depending on their adeptness are masters at manipulation. Not just you but others as well. They use your own sympathy and compassion against you. They also use spiritual half-truths that fit their agendas.

The big question is how did they get in? Was it through unresolved past lives, childhood trauma, spiritual ego or the last stage which is narcissism. Narcissists can fool a lot of people. They can really put on a show. They are actors of the highest caliber. They can even fool themselves.

Many are adept at masking their intentions. What they cannot fool is their own souls and an enlightened one and that is why the enlightened ones are such a threat. Those who have taken the path of spiritual ego and narcissism have to hold themselves superior to others.

They have to find fault in those who are a threat to their denial. Those who can truly see the game, those who can see who in error these wounded healers call upon become a threat. Not just to them but the other unseen negative influences around them.

Those unseen negative influences will do everything possible to maintain their hold on the people they inhabit. They will create chaos, a wide spectrum of emotions in which most affected will not even know the source. Yet this is also a part of Self Mastery which is to learn how to maintain your self-authority, heal unseen negative influences and know yourself.

Knowing yourself will allow you to know which emotions are yours and which are being projected on you. Remember these unseen negative influences do have a mental and emotional body and can intrude on your mental and emotional body. A master will say not mine, set a boundary and do clearings.

Those entrapped by negative entities due to denial, spiritual ego or narcism cannot heal or counsel others until they heal themselves. The darker forces will always be influencing the information and the energy. Also beware of flattery, you are the chosen one, superior etc. This is the separation game again and traps one in the ego.

There is a saying evil is invited. If you have an agreement or contract this life or others with malevolent or self-serving entities healings are just words. Invitation in error or knowingly according to the unseen negative influences gives them the right to stay. They will continue to support and influence the altered ego or false self. The only way out is brutal honesty. Denial and attachment will never allow you to see beyond your desires.

What is your come from, what is the goal? We are not talking about lip service, facebook spirituality and knowing all the buzz words. We are talking about a deep soul search and a heartfelt soul desire to break all contracts and agreements with beings physical and nonphysical that are not in your highest and best good. Those that inhibit your spiritual growth.

You will fool yourself, allow unseen negative influences to fool you. They will even work through others to fool you until you break free of all con tracts and agreements, release the past and heal any wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences.It does not mean you have to be a saint. Know yourself, your own dark side, where you are vulnerable. Only then do you have control of your destiny.

The biggest trap is the desire for fame. After all if enough people worship you and you can gather enough people to validate your lofty position you have placed yourself in you can continue filling that void with the energies of others.Guess who loves famous people? The unseen negative influences see them as a conduit to energetically feed upon others. Where do most of the famous people eventually end up? Usually it is with something else in control of their soul and it is a downward spiral.When you climb the ladder of power wealth and fame in most cases it ends up in some very dark places. Once the spiritual ego kicks in followed by narcissism it is very hard to break free.

Best thing to do is never go there. If you want true happiness, love, joy, bliss and tap into the ultimate power, the true wealth is and always has been an internal process.

5/13/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donnerhttp://www.thegroundcrew.com/

Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council and am focused on the ascension process.

You are proceeding rapidly with your Ascension Process. We are with you every step of the way. You are pulling your energies away from the third dimension. You are focusing on moving through the fourth dimension and into the fifth dimension.

Some of you are still quite attached to the material world. You are beginning to understand the lessons that you came to learn from the third dimension. We know that you would like to retreat from some of these lessons, yet they still require your completion. If you look at what you are going through you will see that you are putting the finishing touches on the karma so that you can be free to ascend. You will not have to go through these lessons again. Then you will be able to pat your self on the back. If you like, we will even give you a diploma so that you can put it on your resume when you apply for other planetary service.

You are reaching new levels of understanding of yourself and the world in which you have been living. It is like none other. You are a special needs planet due to extreme diversity and the energy vampires who have settled on your planet. Their energy scavenging is nearly over. Their reign of terror will no longer be allowed. You will be dancing in the streets perhaps singing “Good riddance to bad rubbish.” Then you will be singing “Let the good times roll” and the streets will be paved with gold.

Please mark my words. They are filled with love and truth. They are a predictor of what lies ahead. Do not let these challenges overwhelm you. You are spiritual warriors filled with light, power and truth. I proclaim that the time is now. You are ready for the Golden Age. Change is at hand.

I am Mira saying good bye today with bountiful love.

Also from Mira on 4/20/18 via Valeria Donnerhttp://www.thegroundcrew.com/

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleaidian High Council currently serving the Earth Council.

I greet you today with all of the love in my heart. We are so impressed with the work that you are doing on the behalf of the ascension process. You are at your best.

Every day progress is being made. With your help, the dark forces are being rooted out of hiding and taking off of the planet where they can do no more harm. This process is huge and a couple of days ago we completed one of our biggest operations yet. It was carefully planned and skillfully executed much to their surprise. This success will allow for increasingly complex operations to fully rid the planet of these beings that have well overstayed their welcome.

These operations are happening with expedited regularity. It is untenable for the dark ones to be allowed on the planet much longer. They have done horrific things that will no longer be tolerated. They will pay the price for what they have done. This we guarantee.

As we clear out this dark debris the planet will begin to feel more relaxed and peaceful. You will notice the feeling of happiness and like the atmosphere has changed. The fearful and anxious feelings that many have will evaporate. This is making way for the Day of Revelation (the Event).

Your finances will begin improve and you will learn to fully manifest what you need. Your faith will flower and your loving hearts will expand. You will be ready to learn to live in love and unity the way the planet was originally designed to be. No more intruders. The earth will be returned to the sacred planet that she was in the beginning.

Like you, the earth has learned to set boundaries and not to tolerate disrespect or abuse. She is awakening to her new higher consciousness self. Isn’t it wonderful that you can join her in this journey? You are both honored to be in this growth and learning cycle together.

Learn from the earth. Pay attention to what she is doing and showing you. She is powerful beyond measure and so are you. Believe in yourselves and stand up for what is right. Know that you will get through the finals stages of removal of the darkness so you can live in the fifth dimension and progress with your evolution.

We are busy in the Earth Council monitoring all that is happening. The response teams are well trained and are working diligently. We have your best interests at heart.

Love from all of us. I am Mira.

Also from Mira on 10/7/17 via Valeria Donnerhttp://www.thegroundcrew.com/

Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak with you today as a busy member of the Earth Council. We have the honor of overseeing what is occurring on the earth and monitoring various conditions where extra assistance is needed. If you can imagine that you are a microcosm of the macrocosm, you might get a sense of our awareness of the chaos on the earth and around the earth at this time.

It could appear that things are out of control. In the true sense of the situation the light is unraveling the third dimension and transfiguring the darkness under which you have lived for too long. The dark is trying their best to worsen the chaos, fear, and horrific conditions which they have created and perpetuated. We ask our ground crew to please do your best to rise above these energies.

Staying away from the mainstream media, as you likely know, is one of the best ways to rise above what is going on. We hope that you understand that you are being given every bit of assistance that you need to do your jobs and to rise into higher consciousness. We do a lot in your dream state while you work with us too.

The Light Alliance and Galactic Alliance are in full combat mode protecting you, the earth, and all who are aligned with love and light. Those of a different consciousness are also being loved, counseled, and given direction for their life paths. There is no judgment but compassionate concern and support. It is not that we condone their darkness or misbehaviors, because we do not. We just want to see each soul where they need to be on their path.

As you know, the earth is a pivotal planet for all of creation to go through their Ascension. What happens on the earth is given full focus. We want to remind you of the importance of your work. Do not think for a second that your thoughts, deeds, love, and healing have little importance. We ask you to please continue to participate by clearing your own lingering issues, and by being as kind and loving to others as much as possible. From this behavior miracles can be achieved. You are living in the time of the light and profound miracles. Happiness and joy, abundance and love, will be how you will be spending your time in the higher dimensions.

Pay little attention to the illusions that are slipping away rapidly. Before your eyes you will marvel at what is disappearing in the third dimensional world. That world is what you call no longer applicable. You will be living by universal law, and co-creating with Prime Source. Much of the material world’s definition of normality will become outmoded. This is because the 3rd dimension is not serving all of the people. You will find service to others the rule of the day. Service to self is being revealed. As a part of the increased transparency, you might find that some who have purported to be lightworkers could be fake. Everything is coming out into the open. You might be surprised.

We have also been assisting those who are deeply affected by the major earth changes on the planet along with those involved with other crises. Each person is loved and being helped in ways you can’t imagine. It is time for all to come together. We stand with you in love and peace.

Greetings, we are the Arcturian Collective. We come today to discuss the rapid changes that are heading your way and in some cases are already here on precious Gaia, and are changing you from deep within. For old time beliefs no longer ring true, do they not? And things that once brought you fear are now more of a neutral observance of detachment, yes? We see this as progress, improvement, for as you are less attached to this physical reality and become more of an observer in a movie around you, you can more objectively send tremendous love and amounts of violet fire to any and all situations – and be the master that you are, and that you came here to be. For much distraction exists in your realm. Business and constantly ‘doing’ are the fabric of your society, or has been, for so long, to keep you knotted up and distracted from finding that inner peace, your own god spark, that lies within you, that is eager to reconnect with you. And in this reconnection, you find your peace, you find yourself. For this is the hole in the heart, the longing, the void, that must, and can only be, filled with love, and in this case is the love of your own higher self, the very fabric of you. And now we see this fabric that has been torn as being mended, and becoming stronger, as one, glowing brightly, as your higher selves become more firmly attached and as you allow in more and more light. And we see this as a beautiful thing. We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you today.

Sanat KumaraHello friends, I am Sanat Kumara, Ancient of Days, here today to lend my love and light in support of both your collective and individual ascension. For humanity is undergoing many changes in this Now moment and it would be wise to anchor deep into Nova Gaia, Mother Earth, who is ascending as we speak, as you read these words too, you are ascending yet one notch higher. Life is a beautiful tapestry of color, of experience. Sometimes there are knots as new colors are changed out into the old, but all threads are anchored into the core foundation of the tapestry, as is what is being experienced now on your planet. Anchor into the grid of Nova Gaia, as you change your colors, your dimensions, and transmute all with the violet fire of St. Germaine, who is ever watching over you all as well, and an integral part of this ascension plan of Nova Gaia. We are all working tirelessly around the clock, even though we don’t have clocks! We are here for you, in support of you, our dear friends and family, who are here to serve, ever in support of you. So call on us. We are but a thought away. Your connecting to our realms is melding, merging, and this gives us tremendous pleasure and excitement. For you are coming home. Please remember home is within you. For you are consciousness, and you are beginning to remember this. Best claim this as your reality for this is the most probable timeline we see for you in your near future. The dark has lost. They know this and all is being dealt with accordingly. You do your part by anchoring the new light codes. Get out in the sun and anchor the light. Remember you have your own inner sun within your heart chakra that ever spins. It is like a solar battery now that is continually getting recharged by these tremendous waves of light and love from the Great Central Sun, the Devine Mother. We are all lending our light and love to you now. I am your Sanat Kumara.

The FairiesWe are the fairies, here for you humanity now, ever in this Now, to lend our love and light and laughter too; for all is love, all is light, and the realms are transcending, merging, becoming one, becoming light, becoming transmuted into bliss, into oneness, and we the elementals are finally becoming ever closer to our human friends and we are ever in support of you and this fills us with great glee as we dance with the unicorns, on the wings of the wind, in the dandelion fluff that drifts by and tickles your nose; we are all around you, we are all in and surrounding you in love, ever love, buoying you up like a bouy on the ocean for when the waves come it never sinks for long – it may bob a bit in the waves and the pressure, but it is ever afloat! and this is what we see on this side of time – we see time bobbing, bending, becoming more of a non-issue and this is greatly exciting, for it means that the dimensions are shifting and the old is falling away. The old is falling away, fallen, only to be redeemed and repurposed into the light of the light! The light and the breath of the Mother is all around you; let it into your precious cells of Source light and become that which you are, creator gods who are in the process of remembering, remembering who they are, and becoming delighted in the learning. We are the fairies an we are delighted to connect with our human friends again.

SanandaI am your brother Sananda! Greetings friends. You are exhausted, and I see this, but please know that your exhaustion and light lending have made a tremendous impact on planet earth and all is proceeding well. The winds of change are what you are experiencing. When a new planet is formed (do you remember?) there is always darkness before the light. There is always the chaos of the birth of the new; volcanoes, fog, lightening, wind. And then it calms down a bit and the plants take hold, and then the species come and an ecosystem begins. And this is where you are now. The volcanos the chaos are evident but the plants of newness of change, that repurpose the air and fill the atmosphere with healthy oxygen for new breath, this is what you are all doing, our light worker friends. You are laying the groundwork quite literally to ground in these new energies as you build, you create this new earth reality that will be unmatched, unparalleled in beauty and in purpose and in hope in this entire universe. Nova Gaia will be the example of true victory of true over coming and you humans will remember who you are. She will be called the planet of the Golden Rose, and the Milky Way will be renamed into the Golden Rose galaxy, so it has been foretold. And many of you remember this deep in your hearts from all of those exciting galactic meetings that you have attended and contributed most excellently to. Ha! Yes, even with ascension, even in the higher realms, we have meetings. But be encouraged they are for the most part fun. There is great camaraderie up here, in the higher realms and we long to bring this camaraderie to you. But when you reach for us, for me, you are building this bridge of friendship across the realms of time and space, of dimension, and we are creating the bridge across this space for humanity to follow. You are the way showers. The brick layers. The bridge builders. And we love you all so much. I embrace you, we love you and you are not alone. Let us build a firm foundation of Christed light deep into the heart of all of humanity and anchor it into the heart of Nova Gaia. Be at peace. Be at peace! All is well! All is unfolding. We’re just ironing out the creases right now. I love you. I am your Sananda.

The UnicornsI am Starlight of the Unicorn race. I am that I am, just as you are that you are. It is time that you recall this humanity, and claim your divine power back. For you are rising in these energies and you are empowered deeply in all ways from all angles and your success is assured. We see the light and the hope of promise in your eyes, and we see Source light reflecting back to us with hope and promise of a new experiences unfolding on Nova Gaia. A new experience that you are all in the process of creating, of being, of becoming. You friends are getting ready to fly. And fly high you will, like our pegasus friends, who glide effortlessly across time and dimension, so beautifully I might add, you too are doing this. You are dimension jumping every time you connect deep within you strip yourself away from the distractions of the surrounding illusion. You are becoming able to see through the illusion, which will bode well for coming civilizations and coming governmental changes that will be in place to best serve the all, the weaker ones, and only society structures that heal and help – not harm – will be allowed to coexist within this new high energy field that is beginning to become the fabric of your new reality. Many of you will be leaders in this, for in fact, you already are just by being here and reading these words you are contributing to new thought forms, new patterns of consciousness that will fertilize the new soil and help the new plants the new foundation to grow strongly as they absorb the light. The light is especially strong today. Can you feel it? Get outside and absorb and anchor friends, it will soothe your aches and pains from transmuting. Mother Earth is a mighty healer. Let her help you and share these vibratory codes with her as you connect. For in doing so you will be yet another bridge of healing and renewal. I am Starlight of the unicorn race. Connect with your unicorn self and claim your multidimensionality for it is real, I assure you. The illusion is stripping away quickly and soon this will become quite apparent to you. Form is but a thought form of itself. You are much more than this little human body reading these words, I assure you. You are loved. I depart in peace.

We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you and with all of our friends and family today. We are all one of the light. We welcome you home.

~ galaxygirl______________________

4/22/18 The Arcurian Group via Marilyn Rafaelewww.onenessofall.com

Dear readers, welcome to the new age–the one songs have been written about, the one that has been long predicted, and the one being created right now through your evolved states of consciousness and increasing ability to see through the chaos and troubles of a world quickly moving beyond the ignorance and un-enlightened awareness that has governed her for so long.

You are doing a fine job in spite of appearances. Increasingly intense energies of Light continue to expose actions either previously unknown to the general public or that were promoted and defined through misinformation intended to make them seem ordinary and in the best interests of the majority.

Be not afraid dear ones, even though there is much going on at this time that can easily fool you into fear and a desire to maintain the status quo. Fear and ms-information are the primary tools of those who wish to keep you in ignorance because as the majority awakens and begins to reclaim their innate power, it automatically dissolves false power and the stranglehold it has maintained over others for eons.

Trust your intuition always, and do not automatically accept as truth everything seen and heard through commercial news outlets. Things are happening that you do not hear about. What you are reading and being told is often misinformation or only half of the story intended to keep the general public stirred up for the purpose of perpetuating an old belief system, one that feeds from the energies of struggle, anger, retaliation, hopelessness, and fear .

Learn to live simply, staying in the now moment and being true to the prompting’s of your heart. Allow yourselves to be guided from a place of love regardless of what may present itself as you go about your day, for love is the only power and the only reality regardless of any outer appearances.

Guides, angels, masters, and teachers are available to everyone at all times. Some of you may feel that your guide has abandoned you or believe that you do not have a guide because you do not hear specific directions when you ask. Everyone has personal guides throughout their earthly lifetime. Guides change as new levels of awareness evolve, but you are never without a guide.

Because you have free will, guides are not permitted to tell you what to do because this is your journey, not theirs. Their job is to support and guide you through the decisions that you choose to make. They can and do often whisper suggestions, but the bottom line always remains yours.

There are many who believe “grandma, or aunt Agnes” is their guide and for spiritual beginners this is can be somewhat true because the person may best respond to what is familiar. However, a real guide is always “waiting in the wings” to step in as needed or when the individual is more spiritually ready.

Individuals are only able to hear guide suggestions and intuition when they are quiet enough to hear the still, silent voice within. Technological distractions are serving to block inner communication for many. It is not only important, but imperative that anyone seeking guidance from within, learn to detach themselves from 24/7 technology . Anyone choosing to evolve and live spiritually, will have a very difficult time if they are plugged into and checking phones and computers every five minutes.

Some will say, ” I need it for my work” which may be true for those who believe that success is entirely dependant upon personal effort because according to the three dimensional belief system, it is a “dog eat dog” world. However, you who read these messages are beyond this level and have become aware of the bigger picture. For you, a continuing reliance on three dimensional concepts will no longer serve you because you are no longer in alignment with that energy.

Let go of the temptation to stay constantly plugged in to news and information that quickly becomes obsolete. Technology is an important and powerful tool especially as it serves to awaken those of the status quo with video exposing situations the world over that heretofore were being ignored or covered up. However never lose sight of the fact that Technology is a tool to serve you, not for you to serve it.

Children must be taught that technology is a tool for learning and for fun, but must never become a distraction from living real life. Many children as well as adults, are losing their ability to play, love, evolve, and interact with others on a mature personal level because their obsession with technology leaves no room for real life experiences and allows them to live “fake” lives.

You have evolved beyond living in slavery to material distractions in order to feel fulfilled. This is not to say you cannot enjoy quality television, films, books, games, or take advantage of the latest technology but it must be remembered that the moment any of these things become “needs” necessary in order for you to feel complete and happy, you are in the old belief of separation.

The three dimensional world continues to seek your loyalty, interest, and purchases, through promotional efforts that inform you of latest trends guaranteed to solve everything troubling you. As the evolved states of consciousness you now are, you must accept the fact that it is time to come out and be separate, reclaim your innate power, and refuse to accept at face value everything so called experts, government, and religions tell you is true.

It is a new time, a time in which your inner self/SELF can become your best news source, technology, and font of information. Having free will, every individual is permitted to live as they choose for as long as they choose, but you reading these messages are spiritually mature enough to accept that it is one’s state of consciousness that determines their outer experiences. In reality there are no victims, only those suffering the effects of believing themselves separate from Source, others, and their good .

You are creators, and must ask yourselves what you are choosing to create–for yourself and for the world. It is serious and often difficult work to be awake in a third dimensional world at this time, but know that you knew this before incarnating and chose to be here.

Being awake does not mean that you cannot enjoy the ride while on earth, for the energy of joy is the closest to Divine energy. What we do say is that if you find that yourself still dependent on three dimensional rules and information, entertainments, news, literature, music, etc. for your sense of completeness, it is time to examine why you chose to be here at this time and if you really believe and want to live what you have come to know as truth.

Dear ones, the time for game playing is quickly drawing to a close. Soon you who are aware of Divine Truth will no longer be permitted to live happily with one foot in the old energy and one foot in the new, making truth into pleasant dinner conversation that is too inconvenient to actually live.

You have reached the place in your personal evolutionary journey where you must decide which world you choose to live in. No more questioning, pretending, rites and rituals, or allowing the false beliefs of the third dimension to govern your life in an effort to attain what is already fully present within you.

Present times are powerful and often not gentle even for the enlightened, but you are ready to move with and into whatever comes. It was never meant for mankind to stay forever locked in ignorance. It is graduation time for those who choose. What will you choose?

Good evening, my dears, it is our joy to be with you this evening and to have an opportunity to review some of these concepts which you are so familiar with -- from your classes [with us] in the higher realms -- and to review this here when we have you in the physical form. There are many, many beings who are with us here this evening from the far reaches of space, as it may be said, and we are very fortunate to have all of these dear ones join us here this evening, because they bring such energy with them when they travel these distances and encounter the energies of Earth.

They bring with them the star-based energies, which are very beneficial for all of you to encounter -- since you are all becoming quite sensitive to this type of thing -- and you are easily able to incorporate all of these finer “star-based essences,” shall we say, into who you are. And for each one of you, this stretches and enlarges your consciousness. If you could see what is going on [in the room] as a result of these energies! It is like a light show! It is like rainbows traversing through this room and moving through your auric fields and interpenetrating within the physical forms of who you are, so you are literally being bathed by these star-based energies.

Normally you would not come into contact with anything such as this unless you got into some spaceship and traveled far distances out into these realms where these energies exist. So you see how fortunate an occurrence this is for you to be able to incorporate these energies, because I cannot even begin to tell you how this refines and polishes your energies – and it adds literally dimensions in consciousness to who you are, because these energies include many frequencies. “Frequencies” is not quite the right word – it is a mathematical term, but I cannot find it in this brain here [referring to the channel], so we will not speak it at this point in time. But suffice it to say that these are very, very fine essences of intelligent energy which you would normally not be able to access, living on this planet -- unless you should come into contact with what are called extraterrestrial beings, and that is exactly who we have joining us here this evening.

And so, it is by the osmosis of consciousness, you see, that by being in their presence you are like a "sponge," if you will excuse the use of this word in referring to you. In this way, you can absorb these much higher frequencies than what you would normally encounter on the Earth, and these energies contain untold realms of knowledge. This is star-based knowledge from the realms which these beings normally inhabit. So, it is as though they have brought you great gifts of energy, just by being with us here in this room this evening, because it is like receiving an advanced college degree for a human being to be in the presence of these types of star-based intelligences. Of course, by being star-based intelligence, they have encountered many realms, each containing energies and information specific to those realms. And so, by traveling to be here with you this evening, they have brought potentially the information from many, many other systems of worlds. And for those who know how to read these energies, it is an exquisite experience, I will tell you, for the human being to encounter these light beings who are so expanded in consciousness and hold such untold frequencies of knowledge – which is encoded in the light frequencies of who they are.

It is not something which is difficult to access! And I want to tell you quite directly that it IS available to the human consciousness. You do not have to be in an adept, you do not have to be a master, in order to partake of these sources of information. This is energy-encoded information which they transmit. They broadcast these frequencies, just by being in your proximity, you see. And so, it is not a difficult thing to learn a great deal while one is in proximity to beings such as this – and that is why they are often sought out upon the Earth.

There are many people who go to great and unusual lengths to try to call these beings forth, hoping that they hear the call and answer, and come to the location. There are many conferences such as these UFO meetings and conferences where they try to call forth these beings from the far reaches of the galaxy in order to have this experience of learning through osmosis. It is a very easy form of learning, because one does not have to study for years and years to gather the information out of books. It is something which is done, as I said, through a type of osmosis – by the melding and blending of the energy frequencies in this room where your energies are becoming quite expanded as we continue this discussion, and they are downloading their frequencies into the area of this room.

There is quite a bit of this blending and melding of many, many energy fields that is happening here. And, as I said, you are all becoming quite expanded in your energy fields, so that it is an informational "soup" of energy – this star-based energy and the Earth energy of the consciousness of many of you. So, this is what we thrive on doing! It is Count St. Germain and myself creating these types of merging experiences for human beings with these star-based intelligences for the purpose of introducing into human genetics, and teaching in a certain way to the human mind, many of these advanced, universal concepts and energies -- which are brought by these volunteers.

They have come from these far distances, and in your terms, it would be quite a distance, in order to encounter human beings -- and they have enjoyed it very much. They wish me to tell you that they are very much enjoying meeting human beings and having an opportunity to meld their consciousness with human beings, because for many of these ones here tonight, this is their first meeting with human beings. They are overjoyed to have this opportunity to meet with representatives of humanity on the Earth and to have this exchange of consciousness and information through this melding process of energy and consciousness, which is happening here.

And they also wish me to say this to you, that they consider this meeting to be an invaluable experience for themselves, because they have this sacred opportunity to appreciate, in this encounter, the human energy field. And, most importantly, in regard to each one of you individually, they have the opportunity to appreciate your "spiritual consciousness essence" -- for this is the way they are terming it. And they wish me to say this to you quite directly, that they are enjoying this very much – having the opportunity to appreciate who each of you is, and to have this interaction with your spirit.

They are saying that this will not be the last time that we meet in this way, because, you see, many of these star-based intelligences are coming forth to Earth quite a bit now in order to have these melding experiences with human consciousness, because this is "testing the waters" for further explorations into meetings with human beings. They say that they are learning quite a bit about this process of meeting and merging consciousness with humanity, because, for many of these beings, that is something that they are very committed to pursuing – this path of communication with human beings.

And so, you might say that they are learning how to do this, this evening, here in this safe place, so that they will be able to try this process in other areas where, perhaps, they meet human beings under somewhat different circumstances. And then they will have some parameters set up, so that they know how to approach human beings without being in any way upsetting or frightening to human beings, because that negatively affects the whole process when the ones that they are contacting feel threatened in any way or go into fear. And they very much appreciate the openness of your hearts toward all of them, and the love that you are feeling toward these "wayshowers from other planetary systems."

And this will not be the last of this process, I can promise you that, because we have quite a few volunteers who are constantly coming forth to us, myself and Count St. Germain, wishing to have these preliminary types of meetings with human beings for the purpose of setting up this program that they are interested in doing for the melding of consciousness between human beings and these star-based intelligences, you see, because I cannot tell you the many ramifications that may expand and occur from this type of meeting -- when it is done in a safe and loving environment.

Fear is the enemy of learning and merging with other levels of consciousness. And you see, all of you, in your trust of all of us, have opened your hearts, and also your levels of consciousness, to these beings who are -- "advanced" is not the correct word -- they are "super advanced" in their consciousness. Because of this, the effect that they are able to have on human consciousness is what you would term "the process of ascension." In a nutshell, that is what happens when you are in an expanded state of consciousness – which you are all already in – and then you encounter beings of such great magnitude of energy and information, and there is a merging – “a melding of consciousness.”

You cannot imagine the benefit that is accruing to each of you through this merging process that you are allowing to happen here tonight. And I will tell you that you are all light years further along in your consciousness now than you were when you came through that door earlier this evening! And you cannot imagine the beneficial effect that this type of encounter has with human beings! It is unfortunate that this type of meeting is relatively rare upon the Earth in this way, because if it were openly attempted, you see, human beings do tend to go into fear over these things, and so we do have a relatively difficult time in arranging these types of meetings, if you will, to have everyone in the proper spirit and in the proper frame of mind.

We are very fortunate here tonight! Yes, we have all agreed that we are all very fortunate here tonight to have such a loving presence expressed towards all of us that are here. And I will tell you that they are very moved by this, and some of them are becoming quite emotional over this because of the love that is being expressed by all of you here this evening. They are quite touched by the way you are receiving and welcoming them. This has been, I will tell you, their goal in many attempts to contact humanity in a beneficial way for advancing the consciousness on this planet -- because, as you see, that is their agenda, if one can call it an “agenda.” It would be to facilitate the advancement in consciousness of humanity on this planet, and that is why they seek these encounters. It is not done in any selfish way; it is purely an altruistic motive: to seek out ways to better the circumstances of everyone who exists on this planet.

You have taken a great step forward, all of you who are present in this room, to facilitate this type of meeting, because they are learning a great deal about how to approach humanity and to have a beneficial outcome of their overtures towards humanity. And so, you might say there is a great deal of learning going on this evening – on both sides of this equation, the human and the star-based -- as you learn much about each one communicating with the other. This is one of the most beneficial ways that humanity can be contacted by other intelligences -- in order to increase, by quantum leaps, the energy quotient of understanding and knowledge on this planet! This can be done because these are beings of untold experience with other realms -- which you have, as yet, not contacted -- but they have!

As “star travelers,” they have been through many, many realms, learning and absorbing information. So, when they come to Earth -- to visit Earth, to visit humanity -- they bring immense levels of star-based knowledge, not only from their home planets, but also from the many realms which they have contacted. They are the “star travelers” of the universe! This is what they DO! They travel, they learn – through many realms. They are purveyors of informational frequencies and also much energy which is encoded with informational frequencies.

And so, it is very much to the benefit of any human being who is allowed to be in the presence of ones such as this! And we are delighted to have their presence here this evening, both from the standpoint of their learning from you, and your absorption of many levels of their intelligence and accumulated star-based knowledge -- because you are all of the star realms, and you know this. And so, this does not come as a shock to anyone in this room to realize that you have all previously had much star-based experience in various realms, each of you. So, this is like "coming home" for many of you -- to have this type of, shall we say, face-to-face encounter with otherworldly intelligence.

These meetings will be happening more and more, I feel, upon Earth because humanity is calling out for this type of experience – even if your governments are not allowing this activity to openly occur at this time, unfortunately. The consciousness of humanity, as a whole, is reaching out – opening their hands – to these travelers from other realms! They are reaching out for information and accurate knowledge of what IS beyond Earth – even though the governments of Earth prevent this as much as possible. Fortunately, we are able to facilitate these types of meetings wherever we have the opportunity, all over the globe, and you would be surprised how many of these meetings we have been able to facilitate. This is just one of many, because this is one of our goals at this point in time, myself and Count St. Germain -- and the many other volunteers with whom we are working.

And so, I will tell you that this is a very happy encounter that we have had here this evening. You are all deeply loved by all of us who have come to visit you this evening, as per your kind invitation to do so. We only come where we are invited, in peace and in love. You have done well! You have merged with energies which are vast in their scope and intelligence, and I promise each one of you that you will see and experience an expansion in your consciousness as a direct result of what you have allowed to occur here this evening.

Let me see if any of these ones would like to speak to you while we have the channel here. Just a moment:

(Note: One of the extra-terrestrial guests speaks.)

Greetings, we are joyful to be here this evening, in your loving presence, human beings of the Earth. We are from the star system “Explanchion” -- [this] is the best I can say [the name]. We wish to tell you the name of our system, so that someday you may hear it more widely said upon your planet. This is not our first encounter with human beings. We have been coming to this planet from "biblical times," in your words, and we have openly encountered many human beings on the Earth and much exchange of star-based and planetary knowledge has taken place – much to the benefit of our world and your world. This is our goal on Earth: It is to bring expansion of your concepts of what is truly an interplanetary society of consciousness.

We are not all like human beings, but we are all in the brotherhood of what you would say [is] "divine creation of living consciousness." So, "we are all brothers" is our concept. We do not see ourselves as different from you. You are beloved of us. We come for love of your planet and your people to help Earth evolve. That is our will: to bless human consciousness with evolutionary information source. We come often to Earth now in this way – to contact humanity and to teach – also to learn. You teach us much in ways you do not yet understand. We wish communication – open communication, exchange of information -- for the benefit of our realm as well as yours.

We learn from each other in ways neither of us has known before. When we come together, there is evolution of consciousness for all of us – Earth and ourselves. We come, and we will continue to come – until Earth is free of this darkness and fear which has infected the populations of Earth since, "the fall of man" is what you term it. We have been coming since that time to correct this infection in the planet. We have made the promise to come as long as needed, and we will do this.

Blessings to all of you from all of us. We are your brothers and sisters. We may not look like you, but we are all from the same source. Let it be this way, in peace and in beauty, and in love, for both of our cultures. We need harmony and understanding across the dimensions of space-time reality.

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

In your attempts to take back control over your lives you often forget that any power someone else has over your lives has been given to them by you. You do not have to defeat anyone or overthrow any organization, or government, or corporation to take back your power. You just need to stop giving it away.

Now we know that you incarnated on the heels of thousands of years of humans giving away their power, and in that sense you didn’t create what you incarnated into. But in another sense you did – in your previous lifetimes. So the state of affairs you are in nationally, and globally, has everything to do with you.

Why would you create an experience of living amongst oppressors? How does that serve you? Well, it gives you the opportunity to know what it’s like to feel disempowered so that you can move back into your sense of power, but again, you’re not going to get there by force. You’re not even going to get there through political activism. You’re going to get there by accessing the power that is within you.

The power of Source Energy exists within each and every one of you, and the power to create your reality also exists within each one of you. Creating through accessing higher frequency vibrations is the fifth-dimensional way. Taking up arms against your oppressor is the third-dimensional way.

When we say, ‘Stop giving your power away,’ what we are really saying to you is, ‘Stop resisting those who are in power.’ Remember that this is a co-creation, that you put them in power, and that you did so because you wanted to experience what it is like to move from that position of feeling disempowered to awakening to the realization that you are all-powerful beings. You wanted to experience the powerful surge of energy that can only come from within.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

Greetings neighbors and friends. We are the Andromedan Collective here to today to send our love and light in greeting to you, friends, and family, on this crucial and integral time / moment on your beautiful Gaia.

For you are at the juncture friends, of something big, and that ‘big deal’ is you all, as you discover your god-selves within, and claim your divinity, your mastery and as a human collective rise as one and ascend. It is true not all will choose to do this and that is their right, there prerogative, their decision. We do not judge them. They simply desire to learn more of the hard lessons and work through their issues. We do not begrudge them this. But for those of you who have chosen the light have chosen wisely, and it is time to rise friends.

We are so excited for you. We are extremely interested in your delightful Earth culture and customs. And it is so varied all over the planet! So many different dishes and culinary delights, so many different ways of dressing, of eating, of living, of worshiping. Truly earth is a potpourri of experience and you friends, have experienced all of this, all that Earth has to offer, because you have been through it so many times and served the collective in so many capacities that it is truly wondrous that you are still here and still doing what you have been doing for so long, serving the collective. It has been arduous, to be sure.

We Andromedans have had our own issues and upgrades. We are an older galaxy (spiritually) than your own but we see you as our sister galaxy, what you call the Milky Way. And we have had many delightful interactions together over the eons. And we are of course here to lend our light and service to humanity at this most critical juncture of time and energy as this influx – this great influx – of light blasts into your world and rearranges all into light and purity, leaving nothing untouched in this tsunami of love and light that purifies masterfully. Let it in, allow its purity to calm and comfort and burn away the dross, that which no longer serves. For this is why you are here now friends, to experience and to bear witness to this mighty time of tumultuous change. And you have volunteered yet again to lead your light and power and strength so that it may not be quite so tumultuous as has been predicted. And you are doing this splendidly.

We are the Andromedan Collective and we send our love and neighborly “hello” to you now.

~ galaxygirl

_____________________________

3/29/18 Message from the webmaster

A message received from South Africa requests to be put on the newsletter mailing list. Apologies to those who check this site. We have not been sending newsletters for about a year. In this past year there have been such huge changes in consciousness that it has been difficult to process the new realizations. This website was started out of a desire to share very real information about visitors from other, more advanced, planets or locations in the universe. Now the consciousness of our world has expanded sufficiently so that our awareness is more cosmic and universalthan it was in 2012 when this site was published. It is difficult to focus on star ships as if they are separate vehicles coming from a distant world. Rather, our consciousness is one of linking up with those who are coming. We are being nudged, advised and counseled through different channels how to expand ourselves beyond self-limiting beliefs. So the messages here posted have taken a turn toward self-help, self-growth, self-awareness. Star ships are real and people see them when they want to be seen, and the visitors ARE here already, walking in disguise among us, but the focus should not be "them" as separate from "us", but rather on how to connect with them mind to mind. This is about us opening our minds internally. It's a consciousness shift to being more connected and less separated.

Someone wrote and asked today, "Can you point me to other literature or places where the information you have presented is corroborated. I have taken an interest and would like to explore the Galactic Federation of Light further, but desire a solid base besides one persons website. I hope this isn't a problem."

I wrote back: "Try www.paoweb.com. Also Google Dr. Stephen Greer. My computer is down or I would give you more websites. You won't find government or scientists corroborating this. They are actively denying it and have been ridiculing the subject for years, trying to stop this information from getting out. These people will do anything to obstruct, including murder. Stephen Greer has the disclosure project. He has a documentary out on this. He's probably your best bet to get some understanding. There are levels that go deep down into darkness and levels that go high up into light as far as you are able to go. Light is information, darkness is secrecy and lies. Only your ability to accept will give you more information. Keep an open mind. There is a battle going on. One side trying to hide the existence of other advanced civilizations, and the other side providing evidence. It's up to you to process what you learn. We are at the point of turning the page in human history where we as an isolated world fully accept the inevitable that we are not alone in the universe."

I hope to get out more newsletters but many of the messages start out here. Check in often.

I AM Ashtar. I Am always pleased to be with you in these times, in these moments, always remembering that we are in the now moment. Yes there are many things to look forward to and yes there have been many things that you have gone through in your past. But begin more and more now to let go of the past. Let go of all of the programming of the past and begin more and more to live in this perfect now, knowing that this is the perfect now. That everything is being prepared, orchestrated as you will, to bring in the perfect system for this planet. And realizing that you are this perfect system here in this planet.

Several weeks ago I spoke about preparation that we are in the final stages now. We have been given that signal to be in that final stage of the preparation through this transition process. And I come now to share that with you again so that you know that not only are we prepared to move in a moment’s notice when that signal is given by Prime Creator, but that each one of you are also prepared to be in that moment.

You are hearing, much of you are hearing now about landings, about contact, and yes that is also in preparation. Those that you know of as the Pleiadians are the forerunners of this. They are the ones that you will be primarily making contact with and will be making contact with you. Because this is that moment prior to when these events can begin to happen.

You have heard about the Great Event and we have spoken to you about many mini events that will be leading up to this. This is one of those mini events where you will begin to have more and more sightings of our ships in the skies. Many of you will begin to make contact with those of us in our ships and we with you as you call upon us. For we will never interfere with your direct lives unless you call upon us. But know that even when you do call that it may not yet be quite the right moment for you, individually.

But know that those times are coming. Those moments are ahead. We relish these times where we can be of assistance. But always remember that even though we are here to be assistants to you, you are here to be of assistance to us. For we cannot do it without you and together, all of us working with you, are bringing about this great orchestration here in this transition on the planet.

You are going to be hearing of many revealings that are coming forward. From many different sources they will come. Those moments prior to this, you have been leading up to and everything is about to begin to take its course. Everything is about to begin to shift more and more. But as always it is for those that have eyes to see and ears to hear. Those of you that have been readying for this will be the first ones to make contact with those of us in our ships. You will be the first ones to hear the revealings that are coming forward in many different areas. You will be the ones that will be hearing about the financial changeover that is in the works now.

But as always be patient. Let it come to you. And as the One Who Serves is so fond of saying, go with the flow at all times for this is the way of the future. This is the way of the fifth dimension, the higher frequencies. Learn to go with the flow and learn to be neutral at every moment that you can. Find that neutrality within you just as you find the Source within you which is neutral.

I AM Ashtar. I leave you now with all my peace and love and know that we are standing by to move at a moment’s notice to be there with you when the times call for it and the frequencies have reached their crescendo.

ASHTAR COMMAND: Dear ones, this is an Alert from Ashtar Command. We are approaching a time of difficulty because of the planetary adjustment that will take place with the process of Disclosure. The Earth has entered a most dense area of the Ring of Light that is called a Photon Belt, and the entire Solar System is being buffeted by electro-magnetic waves. These waves are instrumental to the Great Awakening as the photonic light and gamma rays of these electro-magnetic surges are stripping the psyche of mankind of negative elements in much the same way as the circles and swords of Blue Flame of Archangel Michael, as well as of the Elohim Hercules and Astrea.We are referring to intrinsic characters in the persona that have been created by the self in the process of using the light of God, but which represents an effluence or contamination. At every moment the self makes a choice to use this power in the right way or not. You either qualify the Light as you use it, or misqualify it, as you live your lives.Due to the descent into the 3rd dimension of duality, billions of souls have created an ego that has a life of its own and occupies the psyche, the subconscious and conscious minds of the person in incarnation.

Their intrinsic values and qualities have been perverted. You know of the tool you can use to obtain a purification of your psyche. We are referring to the Call to Archangel Michael, or the Elohim, to strip you of elements, such as doubts and fears, and also of all the perversions of the qualities of the Divine Mother-Father. You know of the purification of the aura and chakras that are instruments or chalices for the reception of divine Light as well. You can recreate yourselves in the image of the Christ consciousness that is your blueprint and that is descending. This is a basic understanding to have to appreciate the changes taking place due to the presence of the Solar System and the Earth in the Ring of Photonic Light which is about ten times larger in size than the Galaxy of the Milky Way in which you exist. However, it extends over and below the Galaxy as a vertical loop, so the edges of the Galaxy are not continuously in this Photonic Ring. As the Galaxy moves in space the extremities of its edges remain outside of this Ring for thousands of years and then cross it again.

This is indeed Ashtar Command. This transmission is from a Unit of communication. With regard to how large this Photon Belt is, it is ten times larger than the Solar System. It is a body of Light that transcends the human nature. As stated before it contains electro-magnetic energies and its gamma Rays are irradiating all of Earth at the moment. Its particles have a stripping effect upon the accumulated substances that constitute a densification of the Light in the human body, and even in the planetary body.

This has occurred by the wrong use of the Light of God over many decades and thousands of years. The light substances strip the psyche from its negative elements and therefore convert the ego, or transcend it.The process frees the psyche of mankind from all perversions and darkness, and the terminology that we have in place controls its effects by diffusing the particles and ensuring the absorption of light is progressive and positive. Too much at any time could have a destructive effect. This process is causing the Awakening and raising you to higher levels of vibration, of spirituality, of love, and it is enlarging your capacity for understanding. You are able to download in your mind light codes which you translate into information and knowledge. You have been born in bodies with a DNA that has been handed down by your parents and ancestors. Going back many thousands of years in history the Anunnaki did perform some modifications to mankind’s DNA to keep mankind ignorant of its identity and its function. In other words ‘ignorant of all of the meanings of life.’ For instance, the purpose of the material world and of physicality. The innate abilities of physical angels, those abilities that were possessed originally, or before the planetary take-over about 400,000 years ago, after the Galactic Federation regained control of the Solar System about a million years ago. This was after the destruction of the planet Maldek and an era of decadence in the Solar System due to the presence of the Reptilian forces of darkness. The creation of Maldek some millions of years, before that, was for a project of physicality which will now be completed in a Golden Age after the Earth, or Gaia, has been risen to a higher level of frequency vibration. This is dependent upon the vibrational level of its inhabitants, of their perception of Reality which in turn affects their own reality and density.

This messenger is not trained in Science and we are using the terms that she is familiar with. We will not explore the technical aspect of Resonance and Hertz deeply but will give you some details about this subject. The Resonance that is occurring in respect of mankind corresponds to the level of consciousness, or refinement, in terms of civilization. Or you could call it the level of righteousness or Spirituality. It is to do with the psyche, the soul, or self, and it will be able to move upon the etheric realm out of the body when the individual goes to sleep, if its resonance is high. After death the self is not always freed from the wheel of reincarnation because it has not been freed from its negative traits. Light is always necessary to balance karma. Many souls have been able to ascend after death for they are righteous, and accomplishing this out of the body is an easier task. The ascension could take place after re-education in the schools of the etheric realms, even decades after the passing over. At this time many souls who have ascended have returned into embodiment to take part in the Ascension of Earth in its physicality and density. This is the great project of the Age.

The plan to raise the Earth as well as the entire Solar System, and beyond, is being implemented as the manifestation of the divine Will of Almighty God and has been in the works since time immemorial. A Prophecy, such as the one Archangel Michael made known to the Galaxy more than 25 million years ago, was a statement of his knowledge of the Will of God which he brought down to the levels of physicality for its manifestation. It was revealed to both the forces of the Light and of Darkness. He didn’t reveal which planetary system and which planet would play a key role in the unfoldment of Events in the last days, before all life would be lifted up to a higher octave, or dimension, in a golden age. Then physicality would be used as originally intended. By seeking to interfere with this plan the forces of darkness were affected by the vision that they held without realizing it. Earth was to play a key role in the manifestation of the Divine Will and we are close to the goal because the planetary body is being swept by a flux of energy that has impacted the Solar System on March 20, 2016. Today, on March 22, this stream of light has gone round the world for the second time. The energies enter through the Sun and are diffused through cosmic channels, through the planet Venus, through the Lord Sanat Kumara and the Logos of Earth, as well as the other usual channels of consciousness.

Technology is aiding to soften and distribute their impact. All of the material world is being irradiated at the moment and the light is helping the elemental kingdom as well. The prayers and calls, that the lightworkers make, help the absorption of Light. It is beneficial to raise the consciousness, spirituality and resonance at which forms vibrate. The calls permit the angelic kingdom to intervene where necessary. The technology of the Blue Avians who are higher dimensional, as well as technologically advanced beings, is helping to filter the highly charged electro-magnetic particles and gamma rays of the Photon belt. An example is the biospheres now observed near the Sun, or in the sky, where there were none decades ago.

The peak of energies encountered on March 20 have been called a Wave, but in the sense that a group of souls ready to take in this light have had their resonance affected by it and have been elevated to a higher level upon the ladder of the dimensions, or consciousness. The souls which were able to take part in the same process with the influence of the peak of energies on September 28 of last year, because they were ready for it, are being taken even higher with this second surge of electro-magnetic light substance. They are at the top of the pyramid of the lightworkers which symbolically represents the Body of God on Earth. They are the Woman in Heaven who gives birth to Christ consciousness, the Manchild of the book of Revelation, and at the same time those souls are the bride of Christ, a Collective.

They are being wedded in that garment of bright light, or that golden and solar garment, and they walk upon the rainbow bridge of the Rays of God, and become that path. Their system of chakras is being worked on. Many souls are increasingly becoming able to enter into telepathic communication and will, at one time, be contacted by their Higher Selves, or Ascended Masters.

However, the Dragon that is waiting to devour that manchild which the Woman is giving birth to, that Dragon is what remain of the forces of the Dark that have controlled mankind. They are the Illuminati and Cabal with their astral counterparts and overlords, though a work of clearing those has been taking place for decades, as mentioned in the video ‘Vials of Karma’. The removal of some among biblical and mythological Luciferian characters has taken place.The souls of the First Wave at the top of the Pyramid of mankind are on their way towards the 6th dimension. They are now firmly physically upon the 5th dimension. In meditation, telepathic communication, or attunement, they can reach the 12thdimension but in consciousness. The Second Wave of souls that have been affected by the currents of these electro-magnetic energies of Light and gamma rays have now passed through the ‘hole of the needle’ and entered the 5th dimension. The other souls below them are traversing the 4th dimension and beginning to be affected in the way their more vibrant brothers and sisters were in about the years 2012 to 2014.

The process was harder for the First Wave and they took longer to achieve their status. The Second Wave is going to achieve the same at a faster pace. Then the First and Second Waves of souls will join together to help the rest of mankind accomplish the same transformations in a third Wave. What the first Waves experience is shared through a field because of their interconnectedness. The Second Wave will have awakened and feel compelled to share their new vision.

When you achieve ascension, you open the Way and it was Jesus Christ who opened it two thousand years ago, not by dying on a cross, but by resurrecting from the human consciousness. He integrated with Christ consciousness and was then called the Christ but this has been lost in time. You are opening the way then can declare I AM the Way, I AM the Truth, I AM the Life. Because of the Ascension darkness will be consumed. It will be transmuted because you are transcending it. Because of the Ascension and the intensification of the Light anything that is less than Christ consciousness will disappear.

Understand that the process is being slowed down by technology because, if it happened as nature intended by the sheer fact that the Solar System is traversing this dense substance of photonic Light, the stripping of the psyche would be painful. In order to ascend you need to have magnetized light because if you are filled with a great percentage of darkness, when it is stripped from you, there is not much left of you. This is why the dark Lords wanted to leave the Solar System. It is by mercy, however, that the Almighty is providing all manners of interventions to save as many souls as possible.

The suppression of truth cannot endure in this Light and the process of Ascension. A great change is taking place in the psyche of the individuals who work in the media and who work as Journalists. It is through their eyes that you perceive the world, is it not? They are some who call themselves investigative journalists and who reject control. They do not tolerate being told what to report. They choose the way of their conscience. They are in many cases, incarnations of Galactic beings. They are Star seeds. They are recovering the memory of who they are. They care about what is right and are in alignment with the Defender of Truth, Archangel Michael. They cut through the falsities of the propaganda. Some schemes fade away because of the Violet Flame that erases the causes and cores of all problems, whether personal or global. And so the world is progressing fast. A great part of the physical chaos and turmoil is caused by the awakening and the demand for change. Changes are enormous if you look into yourselves with whatever method of introspection you can use. Your capacity for understanding what is happening has greatly increased.

I started with the mention of a coming time of difficulty and planetary adjustment. You now have the background to understand that there still is a movement of opposition to the plan of Ascension that is the result of a lack of alignment with the Divine Will. It is born of erroneous concepts, an antichrist philosophy and materialism, and all that represents the delusion that are holding the ‘powers that’d be’ in the grip of an ancient indoctrination. Those at the top of their pyramid of control have made their move like in a game of chess, to go ahead with a scheme designed long ago. They have tried various tactics to create a global conflict and weaponized space. They did not understand that the process of Ascension is a cosmic one and that it is also affecting the planetary bodies of the Solar System. They discovered that they could not leave Earth, nor run away with their secret technology and spacecraft. They would love to declare ownership of the Solar System. They intended to use their holographic technology to stage an alien invasion such as the one of ‘Independence Day’ or ‘The War of the Worlds.’ They are being kept under surveillance of the Galactic Federation of Light and Ashtar Command which would not allow it.

The planetary adjustment due is that of Disclosure although it is already taking place, as it will be intensified. It will be a difficult time even for the lightworkers who have acquired so much knowledge in the alternative field, because what will be exposed is more than what you already know. All you know is the surface of the iceberg of that suppression of truth. Disclosure will cause problems. There will be a need for direction.

Waves of souls will become teachers and your destinies will unfold. You will recover memory of who you are and your mission will become clear. Together we will approach a time when you will be taken to the Light Chambers for the healing of your physical bodies, as well as turning the clock back of their atoms. You will increasingly be able to heal yourselves and increase your vitality even before the gradual introduction in society of our presence. In the meantime you have been taken to the light chambers out of the body and the effects of their irradiation eventually manifest physically. The irradiations from the photon belt are presently causing you some fatigue, so it will be important for you to sleep the hours that you need and look after yourselves well. Spread the word. Following this high peak of electro-magnetic and gamma waves you will be integrating the energies and create even more changes. There may be difficulties ahead but overall it should be an interesting time with a great amount of discernment taking place. You will discover that your capacity for understanding has increased. Many events will occur as a result of disclosure.

I am speaking on behalf of Asthtar Command, and of the Liaison Team, channeling this message for your information. We are guarding you, teaching you, we have at our side the Masters and Archangels you are familiar with. The Earth will be in physicality, but a lighter one, and you are being restored so that you will be able to function upon higher dimensions in full consciousness in the same way that you do upon the physical plane of expression. It is to do with the descent of the quantum DNA together with the Light Body and Christ consciousness. A great work will be done to remove the pollution of the elements and this will mainly be done when we can move more freely upon the world. The oceans will then become a more suitable environment for the Whales, Cetaceans and all species which will inhabit them. The media is reporting the death of these species and people are identifying the causes, such as pollution of the seas with plastic, overfishing, chemical trails, sonar experiments, radio-activity, under water-volcanic activity. Their extinction is contributing to the awakening of many people, as it is plain to see, and they are upset.

We are coming close to a time when the world will be even more shaken up than it is today. However some replacement in power, in just a few months from now, will also create a more favorable climate for disclosure. We can see that Victory is very close, and we rejoice. A new perception of Reality of the whole situation upon Earth is being received. Enlightenment is also playing a part in the whole process, and you will be looking forward to the progress of the Third Wave when the energies peak at the end of the year.

I will now leave you with this new information and with gratitude for your greater understanding of the way the human nature is being transcended, as well as for the service of our associates who are involved with the publishing of our messages. Keep your eyes on the skies and the stars because we are there above you watching you. We keep an eye on you.

This was Ashtar Command, we are your Galactic brothers and sisters and we love you, Namaste!

The latest guidance from the Ascended Masters, Galactics, Earth Elementals, Faery Elders, Angels and Archangels known as the Collective:

Greetings, dear ones, and welcome to this astounding and co-Creative year of 2018!

Our writer has a question to ask, which is utterly relevant to all Lightworkers’ situation at present . . .

COR: My friends, over the past year I have received numerous emails from people who are at their wit’s end.

They are feeling so ill and exhausted from a disorder or illness that is often not properly diagnosed, that they say they are are ready to just let go of their physical body.

Or they are so tied up in financial debt and lack, so unable to manifest what they need to live their lives on a basic level, that they are feeling increasingly desperate, and feel to be sinking lower by the day.

Or their self-esteem and feelings of self-worth, and disconnection from their life purpose, is such that they feel have no voice, no vision, no reason to be here.

I feel strongly that all of this is related somehow, even though these seem to be separate maladies.

The worst part is when they say they keep trying to hear their Spirit team, but can’t, and muscle testing doesn’t seem to be working for them either.

Please give us your viewpoint on what is happening!

The Collective: What is fascinating to us, and quite positive and exciting, is that all that you describe here, dear one, are exactly the experiences lived by a race of people passing from one era of evolvement and consciousness into another.

We are aware that you have often heard people refer to “Ascension symptoms,” and we would say, that one could call these that, if needed.

But what we see goes well beyond symptoms in the sense of “something’s wrong, and I need to fix it,” and even beyond the need to blame everything on the Ascension process.

None, and we mean None of the situations you describe have very much to do with what they are apparently about.

You read many years ago a declaration written by a wonderful Light Warrior known to you as Louise Hay, who stated, “The problem is never the problem,” and we could not agree more.

We will give you an example: When you see two children out at play, and one is clearly bullying the other, you can if you wish step in and stop the bullying.

Yet in your heart, you will know that there is a much greater issue at hand than the outer manifestation of any one moment of bullying.

You know inwardly that that child has internalized destructive behavior from someone in their home, or from images in the media, or a friend.

Or that they have carried past life tendencies into this life, and that these are part of the lessons they came to face in this current life. Or several of these.

And so you have the satisfaction of knowing that you rescued one child from one unhappy situation, but you do not kid yourself that your role as a peacemaker, as one who instills higher self-esteem, compassion, and empathy in young people is completed and done.

There is far more to your role than you expressed in that one moment, just as there is far more to both children’s life paths.

In the same way, the issues you name are not “one-offs”—they are not simply about money or health or love or life purpose, however large these issues may be.

These are all outer indications of a greater energy pattern that is being revised from the inside out—sometimes, on behalf of thousands or even millions of Earth beings, and not only for that one person.

The person involved will experience the bumpy ride of that transformation as it evolves, until they turn to fully look at the deeper issue and accept the transfiguration of it.

This is why, when one illness is cured, or one set of debts paid off, another debt or illness will in time come to take its place—because the deeper issue still has not been addressed.

Let us look at these issues—money and health and self-worth are some of the very great “triggers” that alert people to the fact that their entire being, from etheric essence to heart-mind to cellular structure, is undergoing an astounding, miraculous remaking.

Yet if one is suddenly out of money with no new income in sight, or experiences a prolonged, severe money shortage, as if Lack itself had pulled a chair up to the table and made itself permanently at home, that person will not feel to be a walking miracle.

They will only feel to be in a terrible situation that they cannot shake their way out of, no matter how hard they try, using manifestation techniques, meditation, visualization, or just plain hard work, to revise their situation.

All of that inner and outer work is fine, but they are not the journey itself.

The actual journey has to do with uncovering the essence of the challenge that the money shortage represents.

You will not be surprised when we speak of the vital importance of a flow of thoughts, objects, feelings, and energies in life—of releasing the need to hold on, to cling to any one outer condition.

Of the vital need to forgive yourself for the times you took up the aggressor or victim role in life.

Of the vital need to release those who were brave enough (on a higher level) to be willing to play a terrible, dense, unpopular role in your life.

You will not be surprised (because you know it already) when we speak of the need to just Allow some days—to sit with the problem and send it Love and thanks, even before you extract positive meaning and growth from it.

At that moment, you realize what you have called a problem is not a problem.

It is simply an outer condition, an expression of something that feels to you to be an energy imbalance and a blockage between what you prefer to have and what you have now.

And that like all outer conditions, it is constantly revising itself.

So that the moment you stop calling it Bad, or out of alignment with what you want, you free yourself from feeling defeated by it.

The moment you bless and thank it and stop blaming it or yourself, you free that condition to leave you, because it has nothing more to show you.

Though experiencing wealth, health, love, and outer accomplishment are all fine and good, for the most part, you did not come here for these.

You did not come to admire the outer conditions of your life as constantly smooth and satisfactory.

You came to dive head first into outer conditions that would require you to forgive and love them no matter how difficult and taxing they seemed to your logical mind.

No matter how annoying and unthinkable they are to your ego-based need to survive, to your need to distinguish yourself as “separate but safe.”

And to your need to “accomplish something” in outer terms.

And so, we are willing to bet as they say, that those who are unhappy with their finances have not lately put a hand over their bank statement or their wallet, and proclaimed, “I Love you and thank you for all you do for me! I AM blessed beyond my most beautiful visions. Multiply and be fruitful, my friend!”

We are willing to bet that those who are unhappy with their bodies have not lately blessed and thanked their body for all it does for them, spending entire days concentrating on what IS going well with their health, instead of investing constant energy and focus on what is not going well (thereby extending the condition).

We are feeling that these ideas, practiced daily and often throughout the day, are mainly untried by them.

Likewise, saying to the body part or illness or system that seems to be failing, “What have you come to tell me, friend? I AM listening. What message do you bring?”

Consistently asking such, until the heart-mind hears and reveals the answer.

No, the answer will not always be immediate. That takes a bit of practice, and a quiet mind that is actively expecting and receptive to higher wisdom.

We guarantee you, each and every one of you has a beautiful Spirit team, full of Love and empathy for all you travel through in this life, who are Constantly sending you messages of encouragement, wisdom, and understanding that would not naturally occur to you.

We say constantly to Lightworkers, “If you do not hear your team inwardly, tell them to send you Outer signs, symbols, signals, and messages.

“Outer indications of what path to take for greater Healing or increased Abundance or your life purpose—and the patience, self-Love, and thankfulness it takes to Accept those things.”

You will not find the solutions you seek while in the same state of mind that created the challenge to begin with, as one of your great scientists noted some time ago.

You must, within yourself, move to a level of acceptance, of no longer struggling against, of releasing resentment toward money or lack of life direction or your current job or relationship or physical state.

Acceptance and Love, with thanks for all it has brought you.

These challenges are not blocks along the road, dear ones. They ARE the road itself.

“But what if I want a peaceful life, free of these pains and distractions and feelings of loss?” you ask.

We would say, you can have it, the moment you actively choose such.

Are you willing to release the drama, the pain, the complaints, the expectation of trouble?

Because the third dimensional human is quite complacent and happy to stay in a rut on that front—another reason why these problems are squawking at you so loudly now, now that your vibration is moving so powerfully out of the third dimension.

The interesting, and quite challenging part of being willing to release your problems and no longer call them problems, is that the bully only loses interest when the one they are trying to upset doesn’t mind, and even enjoys their presence.

Where is the fun in that?

“Why should I stick around and be a thorn in this person’s life, when all they do is Love and accept me? That is too high a vibration for me to stand—I’m getting out of here!”

Do your “problems” or challenges love your resistance? Do they love your disdain and hatred of them?

Most assuredly—that is the gift.

They came to reveal that vibration, that resistance to What Is, so that you would become aware of it.

And they shall remain with you, for as long as you refuse to bless and Love them, and release them on their way.

For as long you, a powerful co-Creator, name them “problems.”

And so you will today inwardly ask your health or body part, your debt or your current income, your feelings about your spouse or lover, or other challenge:

“What have you come to tell me, dear one? I AM listening. I AM willing to learn. What I AM no longer doing, is feeling at a loss, as if I have been earmarked for trouble and suffering.

“I release the need to complain and resist my life circumstances. I loosen my grip. I release anger and resistance. I let go. I release, and flow down the stream of Life.

“I Love and accept this new higher vibration, and celebrate the Sat Yuga as a time of my highest visions coming to Life.

“And I remember now, Why I AM here, and What I have come here for, in the most joyful and fulfilling sense.

“I AM here to become my higher self, and I welcome him/her into my consciousness fully now. I give thanks!”

As do all of us, dear ones.

You cannot know how much you are Loved, and as we have said many times, very nearly envied (and greatly admired) for the bravery it took for you to incarnate in these powerfully transformative, often rocky and tenuous-looking times.

Namaste, powerful co-Creators in this Universe of Nebadon!

We love and are with you, always.

You are never alone.

1/8/18 Sanat Kumara via Jahn Kassl, 1/7/18sananda.website

BELOVED HUMANS!

Resonate with the energies of light that are now reaching the earth, because 2018 is offering the opportunity to dissolve blockades and remove hindering structures that are governing your emotions and dominating your thoughts. Now’s the time when everything that is holding you back and keeping you from self-awareness can be healed at the roots. Stop going in circles. Issues and blockades that keep coming back because they haven’t been resolved yet present a huge obstacle on the spiritual path.

RECOGNIZING SPIRITUAL “PROBLEM AREAS”

That’s why I encourage you today to dedicate yourself with all your power to your spiritual “problem areas” this year. Don’t put anything off, continue your transformation with determination, and don’t wait until your life issues need to be reflected back to you in a painful way.

This is the time when realizations can be reaped to an unimaginable extent and with an incredible dynamic.These times don’t wait for you to become conscious, but expect you to take advantage of these most favorable conditions for awakening that now exist on this earth. I therefore give you three pointers, so that you can start this year with the proper attention and shape the oncoming years with wisdom, power and spiritual presence.

THREE POINTERS FOR 2018

1.) Dedicate yourself with all your energy to the process of expanding your own awareness! Nothing is more important in 2018 than this.

2.) Use devotion, meditation and prayer as your tools. Because every time you don’t know how to proceed, you will receive help and direct divine guidance.

3.) Be truthful and authentic in everything – that means in every relationship and in everything you do! It is better to make your own mistakes than to take credit for someone else’s achievements. Take back control and sovereignty of your own life, and know this:

Realizations are anchored in self-awareness and not theoretical knowledge or books! These are the three pointers that matter now.

IN THE MIDST OF THE TRANSFORMATIONAL PULL

The outer world becomes more unstable, the earth is in the process of transforming energies from millennia. And human beings find themselves, no matter how they are internally dealing with it, in the midst of this transformational pull – it is happening.

Those who close themselves off from the current energetic conditions on this earth and keep up their blockades are facing the end of their journey on this planet. Because only those who hold and integrate the incoming energies step by step can participate in the golden age. This means: Only one’s own transformation and conscious path of awareness lead to the capability of a human being to keep up with the continuously increasing frequency.

THE PROFOUND PURIFICATION

All dark and destructive forces, all those who brought evil and negativity into this world, are running out of time. Thus 2018 will certainly provide us with further discoveries and revelations on all levels. Many people will be shocked and recoil, and many will lose faith in the good.

Many however, the ones who have been longing to return home for lifetimes, will recognize the signs of this time.They will face the facts with great courage, unafraid and with inner determination, and they will understand the necessity of this process. The profound purification will shed light on the impure, and clean-up operations will take place both internally and externally, because you can only get rid of that which you are aware of.

Thus confront yourself with the truth, don’t deny it! Transform and heal everything that causes pain in the outer and inner world. Get to work, be reborn and create the new earth.

I am the Logos of this earth. And today I call upon all human beings to return into oneness. I am waiting for you in the light. Be guided by your longing, because it will lead you directly to me. We are one from the beginning of all times and for eternity. Without me there is no you, and without you there is no me.

BELOVED HUMANS!

Realize your origin, touch my hem and wake up from the dream.

SANAT KUMARAKing of this world

[Ed: Sanat Kumara is the one known as "the Ancient of Days" in the Christian bible who saved the Earth from being destroyed. Due to insufficient light, Earth couldn't hold its course in orbit around the sun. SK came from Venus to reside here and held the Light for Earth until humankind could grow spiritually - many millions of years.]

1/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner, 1/6/18"http://www.thegroundcrew.com/

Greetings I am Mira. I am at your service focusing full-time on the Ascension process that you and your planet are going through. It is quite remarkable. You have made progress with adapting to and assimilating to rapid change. We marvel at humanity’s adaptability and willingness to move through the requirements that are necessary.

We understand humanities reluctance to change for their own good. Yet at the core of life and the heart of the earth life seems to realize that it has to go with the flow. You may have noticed how unpredictable the flow can be during these chaotic times. The turbulence pushes openings wherever they are ready. Although sometimes these can be painful they are important for growth and understanding.

We report to you today that the earth is in a fluid state. This means that one must pay close attention to what is occurring around them as well as what is happening inside. All is not as it seems. The earth is unleashing trapped forces that must be removed before the Ascension can be completed. Perhaps you can imagine what these forces have been doing on your planet. Their presence is getting expunged in a myriad of ways. They have been hazardous and detrimental to life.

We assure you that what you need to know will be revealed to you at the perfect time. Your job is to be ready to respond in any way where you feel you could be helpful. Your material world is falling apart. Just look around. Feel what your sensations are for the day. Some of you might feel that you are masquerading and wondering what will come next. You are between worlds. Although you are in the physical form of the third dimension you are bouncing from the fourth to the fifth dimension and higher. This can appear as surreal. It is and will continue to be. Your job is to be as grounded as possible while filtering in the influx of light and while altering your consciousness.

You are adaptable beings, ground crew, stewards of love and kindness. We are working with you and a myriad of Galactic’s and many other beings of light to free life and the earth. Soon you will begin to see a parade of beings leaving this planet. They have held you back for far too long. They simply cannot match the resonance of the new earth.

Please remember that you are being assisted by all of creation. All you have to do is follow your path by listening to your heart. You are loved greatly and respected throughout creation. Keep flowing. Allow everyone their own choices. Know that even when things are challenging you will be able to move easily and quickly to come back into balance.

Again, you may find your heart and mind hanging around our higher dimensional group of the Masters, Angels, Elohim. You see, “The beginning of the Beginning” is beginning. We, the Arcturians are always with you and are playing an increasingly different role in what was once known as your “time.”

As the frequency streamers of the emergence of the “fifth dimensional concepts, feelings, and memories” come forth to integrate within your consciousness, you are beginning to release many of your third dimensional emotions and reactions to your Time and Space Operating System. As you release your attachments to your Third Dimensional, Time/Space Operating System, you will find that gradually, or all at once, you will return to your innate, fifth dimensional, Here/Now Operating Systems.

We know that “you,” meaning any person, place, situation, or thing that is on the Path of Ascension, are coming closer and closer to the experience of consciously perceiving the frequency expansion of your reality into the fifth dimension.It is within this fifth dimensional reality that the third/fourth dimensional energy fields merge and transmute into fifth dimensional energy fields. As you feel these streams of energy advancing towards each other, like two streams rushing towards a reunion, you can feel that something is changing, or is it transmuting?

“Changing” means that something is different than it was before the change. “Transmuting” means that something has expanded into a higher frequency of resonance. Right NOW, the ascending ones, as well as the ascension process, is in between the frequency of your fifth dimensional consciousness of your fifth dimensional Lightbody and the third dimensional consciousness of your earth vessel.

You note that we say, “consciousness of earth body,” as it is your state of consciousness that dictates the frequency of your earth vessel, rather than your earth vessel dictating the frequency of your consciousness. Of course, your consciousness and your physical body have a very deep relationship and a greater interaction than most humans understand. However, please remember that:

The frequency of your consciousness determines your perceptions, and the reality that you perceive is the reality that you live. Therefore, the highest frequency of your consciousness will be the first component of your SELF that will return to its innate fifth dimensional resonance. Then, once your consciousness has fully accepted the resonance of the fifth dimension, your physical body will begin to slowly transmute into higher and higher frequencies of resonance.Of course, some areas of your body will transmute quite quickly, while other areas of your body will take longer to transmute, as they will need to complete their healing and/or the release of old “effluvia.”

During the NOW in which you are in-between… The YOU who has NOT YET completed your visit to the third/fourth dimensional version of Gaia, AND the YOU who has completed your many visits to third/fourth dimensional Earth, are ready to return to your fifth dimensional version of Earth.

Your visits to fifth dimensional Earth, your fifth dimensional Starship and/or your fifth dimensional Homeworld, have often been when your earth vessel is sleeping, or when you are in such deep meditation that you expanded your brainwaves to “Gamma Waves.”

These Gamma Waves resonate to the frequency of the fifth dimension. Therefore, they assist your third/fourth dimensional consciousness to expand into your fifth dimensional consciousness. At first, your fifth dimensional streams of consciousness will be invisible to your physical self. However, as you continually activate your fifth dimensional brainwaves, you will gradually re-calibrate your brain to send these fifth dimensional energy waves to the language area of your third dimensional body.

Each of you, according to your desire and experience, will translate these fifth dimensional brainwaves into the language area of your third dimensional brain. At first, you may experience these “messages” via visions, which you will “translate” into messages. When you “read a picture”, you innately use your fifth dimensional consciousness because a picture can contain many messages at once. “Light language,” which is “fifth dimensional language” is best sent to another via a mental picture which can have many meanings within the same NOW.

When you tune into Light Language, you do not experience separate words lined up individually. Instead, you experience the gestalt, which is the entire message regarded as a whole. At first, your experience of Light Language may feel very “emotional” because your body FEELS it, but your eyes and ears may, or may not even be seeing or hearing it.

It is for this reason that humans often have a difficult time with Light Language, as it calls on different areas of the brain to receive it, as well as different areas of the brain to translate the message to your third dimensional communication system.

In closing, we the Golden Ones, Arcturians and/or the Ascending Ones, have been coming to the consciousness of humanity more and more. Therefore, they all want to remind us, those wearing a 3D earth vessel, that:

When you stand before the Ascended ONES at the threshold to the fifth dimension, you will have feelings that you cannot remember having before because within that NOW, there is definitely something different about your Earthly consciousness. Surrounding dear Gaia, there is a “place” or “energy field” that is beginning its transmutation from the time/space of the third/fourth dimension, and into the fifth dimension of the HERE and NOW. Therefore, remember your Light Language, as it is the Golden Path that will guide you HOME.

Humanity has moved into a new potential of awakening as another phase of the ‘New Dawning’ energy has entered your planet at New Year.

At that moment when you entered the frequency setting of 2018 the Sun physically shifted its position, moving into a more direct path to planet Earth. This movement created a new multidimensional opening on your earth plane, as a series of expanded multidimensional settings of light rays from the Sun entered the planet. The Sun’s rays carry the emanations of God. This shift brings another form of the essence of God to the planet, and you are ready to receive this awakening. Earth has undergone a complete energetic reset since that moment of New Year. You, all of humanity have been moved into a different time continuum, into a new phase of potential for self-realization through this expansion of God consciousness that is flowing within the planet. Your Heart chamber is now in direct alignment to those multidimensional forms of God.

Through this reset there is a rapid process of acceleration in motion that is going to intensify your human experience, the human drama, while simultaneously you are being reconnected, reunited energetically to Self. Letting go and stabilizing within your Heart will be an essential component for flourishing at this juncture.

The actual physical shift between Earth and the Sun is revealing a series of new frequency settings of light that have been activated within the magnetic core of your planet and there is shift in the central pulse of rotation within the Earth. You are being changed through a new pure frequency patterning that is emerging. This design is being interwoven from the central pulse into your Heart cells. This developed patterning will strongly impact you, expanding your ability to realign within your own unique sacred aspect, which exists within the sphere of the Heart cells.

Your Heart cells are multidimensional and will fully respond to these emanations of God that are flowing onto our earth plane. As you choose, you will undergo a metamorphic process redesigning your Hearts multidimensional potential, through activating the chambers that exist on a multidimensional level within your heart.

You have been in a deep and continual process of ‘not knowing’ over the past months, and now it’s as though the Sun’s rays carry a light to illuminate your path. You are able to move as a conscious community, as a ray of light, like a torch.

Through this New Year dawning, your potential for reconnection to clarity, truth and a remembering of your own essence unfolds through the Sun’s rays. We witness you as you unfold, we hold an energetic ‘Platform’ to support you in your transition.

Blessings,

The Pleiadianshttps://christineday.worldsecuresystems.com/the-pleiadian-story

1/8/18 Archangel Michael via Daniel Scrantonwww.danielscranton.com

You and Only You

“Welcome. We are here to serve and assist you.

We would like to begin by asking all of you to give yourselves some credit. We would like for each of you to recognize yourselves as having made it this far. Participating in a shift, such as the one you are in the midst of, is not easy. It is not for the faint of heart.

Many of you are taking on more than your share in order to be of service, and we are pleased to witness you in your process and to offer our support every step of the way. It only takes a moment to acknowledge yourselves, but the impact of that moment stretches out across all time and space.

You and only you can give yourselves the credit, the recognition, and the acknowledgment that you really deserve, because if you receive it from somewhere or someone outside of you, it will not be received by you, not in the same way. Fortunately, you have us to remind you. And you have all of your guides encouraging you to love yourselves, to take care of yourselves, and to give yourselves that which no one else can.

But ultimately, it is up to you. It is up to you to hold yourselves in the light, to praise yourselves, and to acknowledge your worth. And in so doing, you build a bridge between your ego and your higher self. You give yourselves an upgrade. You spread your wings, and you allow yourselves to soar as you were always meant to.

So take a moment to acknowledge the beauty of your essence, the determination that you have demonstrated, and every single act of kindness and service that you have ever performed. Be willing to do this at least once a day, and feel the immediate benefits.

Dear readers, greetings to all at this special time of celebration and festive activity. The holidays often serve as a trigger that activates a sense of oneness within those normally unfamiliar these energies. The emotions of love and giving that freely flow throughout the Christmas season are often someone’s beginning steps toward awakening if they are ready and open to it.

People of any and all belief systems can celebrate Christmas if they understand its true meaning. Christmas is not just about the birth of a highly evolved child 2000 years ago, but is representative of the birth of the Christ within every individual. We have spoken of this in previous Christmas messages, but choose to repeat it for those yet unaware of the real meaning of Christmas.

The word Christ does not refer to the master Jesus except as his attained title, nor does it only have to do with the religion called Christianity. The word Christ is not a man, or a name, or a religion, but means Light or full illumination–enlightenment. Christhood is the birthright of every soul, each being the perfect expression of God/Source no matter how un-aware of this they may be. There is only ONE Reality and you are IT.

Everything you see, hear, taste, touch, and smell in the human scene is a mind formed interpretation of a spiritual reality–you cannot make something out of nothing. The Christmas story and all that surrounds it represents a much deeper reality, one that effects each and every soul.

The Christmas story is the story of every soul’s evolution into Christ Consciousness. Creation is already complete and you are already whole, but being on earth in a physical body that is governed by time and space brings with it a veil of unknowing, one that leaves the majority unaware of who and what they are, thus making evolution into a process.

Mary and Joseph represent the perfect balance of the Divine feminine and masculine energies necessary in order for the new and higher state of consciousness to be formed.

As the infant state of awareness begins to grow, there arise third dimensional concepts and beliefs to be examined and cleared. This gestation period can and usually does take lifetimes and usually leaves the individual often feeling depleted and lost as their known foundation crumbles, seeming to leave them with nothing. This is the stable.

The Christ cannot and never will be born into a consciousness that is already filled with three dimensional concepts and beliefs. The humble stable represents an attained state of consciousness devoid of everything false and unreal–necessary for birthing the Christ consciousness.

Those with eyes to see and ears to hear, easily recognize and are drawn to the energy of this state of consciousness, (the wise men) and think nothing of any inconveniences that may be involved in order to be in its presence.

At the same time, those living from a sense of their own power and importance within the energies of duality and separation are only able to comprehend the strength of others or love as a threat. They understand power only as power over something or someone, rather than power being the birthright of every soul by virtue of their oneness with Source. Thus we have the soldiers of Herod seeking to destroy the new born child.

The Christ consciousness will always be hunted and persecuted by those who believe that their very existence (ego) is threatened by the power of another. The newly born Christ consciousness must be hidden silently and secretly, and nurtured within until it is strong enough to withstand the slings and arrows of the outer scene.

The Christmas story is your story dear ones, and is the story of every person regardless of where they are in their evolutionary journey because everyone is the expression of Divine Consciousness and therefore already holds the fullness of the living Christ within.

No one attains this state of consciousness from outside of self, from some “right” teacher, or teaching for there is no such thing. Rather, the whole journey of evolution is about opening up to the “imprisoned splendor” already present within.

Enjoy the season and freely give not only material gifts, but gifts of love, abundance, joy, peace, wholeness, harmony, etc., fully aware that you can never be depleted of these gifts for they are never yours personally, but rather flow infinitely from that endless Source within.

Let Christmas be yours every day of the year. Let Christmas become who and what you are in every moment, situation, and experience and you will observe it flow easily into each New Year (life).

Wishing all your own true Christmas.

We are the Arcturian Group

12/15/17 Saul via John Smallmanhttps://johnsmallman.wordpress.com/

Humanity’s progress toward awakening has amazed all of us here in the spiritual realms. Despite all the chaos and confusion that is arising worldwide, the awakening process is now proceeding extremely rapidly. All the bits and pieces, all the strings and connections, all the pieces of the puzzle are in fact coming beautifully into alignment, and your moment of mass awakening is very close. Many of you have heard this kind of message before and are wondering as you read if this will be yet another non-event. I assure you that it will not. There have been issues previously because time is fluid and flexible, even though to humans it appears to flow in a most regular and constant line and at a constant speed, and that is the speed to which you have become accustomed and to which you have regulated your metabolisms. But it is not that simple, time, as part of the illusion, is quite variable even though it does not appear to you that that can be so. Those time issues have now been resolved and your awakening process is proceeding beautifully.

Taking that into account I assure you that your moment of awakening is very close. Continue to hold the intent to awaken, and renew it daily when you go within to meditate, pray, or just relax into the Love that resides there. That daily time of turning inwards and opening to the Love within is the most important part of your daily routine, no matter how busy you believe yourselves to be. And of course, when you take time out of your busy day to do so, you emerge afterwards feeling restored, refreshed, and more alive, thus you are far better able to deal with whatever arises for you personally during your day.

Although the news on the mainstream media may be very disturbing or unsettling, do not engage with fear or a sense of helplessness in response to it. You are each exactly where you are meant to be in every moment, and by opening to the Love within you strengthen your human energy fields, making them far more effective as they interact throughout the day with the energy fields of those with whom you engage in thought, word, or deed. That is what you are on Earth at this moment in time to do, to engage lovingly with others, regardless of the kind of situations in which you find yourselves, by most effectively demonstrating Love in action. As the divine children of God you are Love in action, but as ego directed humans you allow your fears and your sense of inadequacy or incompetence to erect a very ephemeral veil between your human selves and your true Self, thus keeping the latter hidden from view.

Your pre-incarnational intent has always been to bring Love and Light to every issue or problem that arises for you. However, due to your having forgotten that, and also due to your tendency to believe and trust what your egos tell you, it can often seem to you that you are practically powerless to influence the events that just seem happen around you. This is not the case because, as humans, you have practically no idea of the enormous power of your energy fields when you recharge them daily in those quiet moments that you spend within. You chose before you incarnated to be precisely where you are in every moment of your human existence, even though, as a human, that seems to be a preposterous idea. But truly there are no “chance or random” events or situations in which you find yourselves involved, they are all part of the divine plan, your plan. The only unknown is how you, in human form, will respond, having mostly forgotten who you truly are – beings of immense power and Love.

Those of you reading this and similar messages are seeking to awaken, seeking to know yourselves as you really are, because you know deep within that you are far more than you appear to be when you identify solely with your human bodies. However, because of the limitations your human forms impose upon you and under which you agreed to work before you incarnated, and because of the noise and distractions in which your egos are constantly attempting to embroil you, it often seems to you that the task ahead of you is all but impossible. When it does all seem utterly overwhelming please go within for a few moments, quieten your minds, and call on us, your spiritual support team, for guidance and assistance – we are always with you waiting to answer your calls.

When you call on us we always answer you immediately, that is why we are with you. What you need to do is to trust your intuitive sense of what is the right move in any situation, because that is the guidance that you have asked us for. Frequently, however, your egos rush in very loudly either to convince you that the loving idea that just occurred to you will not work, or to drown it out so that you do not “hear” it. Because of the illusory games in which you have been involved throughout your human lives it does seem that to be loving is a weak and ineffectual response when intense emotions are flowing. But, when you restrain yourselves from engaging instantly and emotionally, by allowing a moment to pass before responding, you will be able to respond lovingly thus dissolving any potential tensional conflict before it arises.

You are beings of Love, Peace, and Harmony, but you are temporarily playing games in which you reject the reality of that to engage with fear and judgment. In the games it appears that you need to hold onto fear in order to be fully aware of the dangers that abound, and to make judgments about right and wrong, left and right, good and evil, beautiful and ugly in order to remain safe in this unsafe and threatening environment that might rise up at any moment to crush you. Yes, your human bodies are vulnerable, but they are not you. You are far, far more than the bodies you are using as vehicles to enable you to live within and experience the illusory world of separation games.Your Home, Reality, is where you exist eternally in every moment of your existence, and that is right now, wherever you may be experiencing life as a human. The path to your awakening, the path to fully conscious awareness of your true and divine nature will always lead you inwards to your holy inner sanctuary, where Love resides permanently, eternally. It is within you, and that is where you will find It, to seek It outside, somewhere else, or from someone else is basically a choice not to find what you seek.

That holy state is in the Presence of God where all that He created has its eternal and utterly joyful existence. And as He created you, that is where you reside in every moment. You have just been temporarily swept into a state of amnesia, where faint glimpses of Reality come briefly to mind and then fade away as distractions arise, dragging you back through your bodies into the illusion. You need your bodies to play the game of separation, but in that experience of separation there are seemingly endless opportunities to experience pain and suffering, and it is your bodies that undergo these traumas.

Going within daily is always an opportunity to recognize that you are not bodies but divine beings having a bodily experience, and as you do the Love that you are will empower you, and the intensity of any pain or suffering will diminish. Being divine you have the power both to heal your bodies and to live in the world in your bodies, while at the same time not being enslaved or entrapped by the pain and suffering that they experience. To awaken is to restore your bodies to perfect health in the flower of youth for as long as you choose to remain in form.You are free because you were created free, all that God creates is eternally free, and through your inevitable awakening you will return to full awareness of the infinite freedom that is your divine heritage.

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

In your discovery of your connection to beings from other parts of the galaxy, you often wonder where you are from. You have a lineage, and you all have led lifetimes in other parts of the galaxy, because you are all very, very old souls. And so, the connections that you feel are real, but they are also varied. Chances are, you have felt a connection to more than one star system or more than one species of extra-terrestrials, and this is because of that lineage.

It is because you all contain energy and DNA from a variety of places and a variety of beings. You are here on Earth, playing the role that you are playing in an effort to unite all beings in the galaxy and all star systems. If you can do it, if you can set aside your differences on planet Earth and work together regardless of race, religion, or country of origin, then you will demonstrate to the rest of the galaxy that it is possible and it is fruitful to do so.

We are all stronger when we are united than when we are separated, and we are all children of the same universe, the same Source. Now, whichever star system you feel closely connected to at this time is likely to be a star system where you originated in the galaxy, where you spent most of your lifetimes, or where you spent your most recent lifetimes, outside of Earth, of course.

Bringing together these various aspects of yourself will help you tremendously, but it will do much more than that. Just by working on your own personal integration of energies, you help the entire galaxy, and you are starting with helping yourselves and helping each other. When humanity is able to form a union, that is when you will know you are on the verge of ascension.

When you can stop playing politics, and start working together, that is when you will know that you have fulfilled your mission as individuals and as a human race.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

12/5/17 Mira from the Pleiadian High Councilthrough Valerie Donnerhttp://www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/vdonner/2017/120617_print.htm

Greetings. I am Mira coming to you today with a strong force of love, and commitment from the Earth Council, where I have been serving full-time now for five years. With this commitment I pledge to you and to the earth to see you through this powerful time of Ascension.As you might have noticed there are strange occurrences on your planet. You are probably feeling some of them, for most lightworkers feel these energies. Even the awakening humanity are paying greater attention to these anomalies. They are occurring because you are going through the Ascension process.

Please be assured that these unusual activities and events are a normal part of Ascension. It is common to feel awkward as you make your way sometimes feeling clumsy. There is a monumental shift occurring with the earth herself. The magnetic fields of the planet are unstable. Therefore, as you know, the ride can get a little rocky.Due to the influx of light and information your consciousness is rising. Transparency is becoming the norm. As there is increasing exposure of the secrets and the darkness, the foundation from the third dimension is crumbling before you. This can also create the feeling of instability and impermanence, which is the situation in which you now find your selves.

It is interesting to us that some of your historical figures, icons, monuments, and statues are being removed. The spaces that they occupied will be replaced with something significant for the new energies. If only those who are assisting in this removal would realize that these also are mirrors for their own the replacement. These icons, figures, people in long-term political stature, etc. will also fall way as the third dimension implodes upon itself.

We are calling this process “The greatest show on earth.” It is somewhat akin to a circus, in case you hadn’t noticed. There are billions of Galactic’s surrounding your planet providing assistance, protection, technology, and who are ready for divine intervention if necessary. Please remember that we will not allow nuclear weaponry on your planet. Dispense with the fear of war because there are no more energies for war. There are only energies by the cabal to make more money by creating weapons. This is the truth.

What happens on the earth affects all of life, your solar system and the seven solar systems of which you are part. It is a precious planet where darkness and evil are being removed. You get to watch this happen. Observe it like you are in an audience and watch it fall. Take back your power, claim your planet back, release whatever is holding you back, and clear the way for a new Golden age.

We look forward to the time that we can be together where we can share our technology with you and celebrate the completion of the darkness on planet Earth. There is a big excavation process happening right now and thanks to you for playing an important part in this extremely important project.

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

It is beautiful to witness the way that you all have taken to the energies that have been sent. It is extraordinary to see you opening yourselves up to receive that which we and others have been sending you. We know that many of you are capable of feeling what it is like to receive and assimilate those energies, and we know that the rest of you are benefitting even if you are not aware of what is happening.

The subtle changes are the ones that often go overlooked when you receive these downloads, but if you look closely, you will see that the changes are occurring within you. You will notice that one of the biggest effects of these recent downloads is a bringing together of your consciousness and your physical body in a way that you have not yet experienced.

You have access to more of the information that is stored within your DNA, and you have more of an ability to sense when something is going on with you physically. But unlike in previous years, and even decades, now you have the ability to understand what is happening to you physically. You are transforming, and the transformation does happen in very subtle stages, but it is happening and it is undeniable.

Many of the ascension symptoms that you’ve been feeling and experiencing are starting to clear up, as you gain more access to those hidden parts of your physical bodies. When you ascend, you are going to ascend with the physical vehicle that you currently have, but when the ascension is complete, so will the transformation be.

You will know yourselves more as light and love than as a physical body with an ego, and you will have access to all of your records, all of the information that is stored within you. It will be unlocked. You will know yourselves more completely, and you will love yourselves more fully.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

These times that we can be together are very fulfilling times, not only for us but for those of you that are awaiting these many changes that are coming, that some that are already here.

But as always, we always caution you to not look only to the future but to be in the present moment now. For that is all you have. You only have the now. The past will soon be forgotten in many respects. The future has not yet been written. But each and every moment of your life you are preparing that story that is yet to come.

And know this: as everything around you begins to crumble, everything that you’ve known begins to fall apart in many respects — it is not to spread fear, certainly, for we would never do that — but it is to let you know that the paradigm that you have come to understand in this 3-D illusionary world is coming apart … is coming down.

Each and every day it comes down just a little bit more until one of these mornings you will awaken and a paradigm that you have known for so long will begin to fall into your rear view mirror and more and more will be forgotten because you will have moved through this transition, through this ascension process. You will have come into those higher vibrations that have been spoken of for so many, for so long now and you will know that you have finally arrived at what Sananda has called the finish line; what others call the new beginning, the New Age of Gaia, the New Nova Earth. All of these things are yet the same.

But you yourselves are not going to be the same, not the same as you have always known yourselves. For those of you that are the light workers, and many are now becoming the warriors, the light warriors, the ones that are ready to take action, the ones that are ready to move forward. We share the Sword of Light and Truth which you will all be holding.

It is not only Archangel Michael that carries the Sword. He has entrusted the Sword to all of you now as well. You will all be carrying this forth. All of those up here on our ships are in preparatory mode to move at a moment’s notice as soon as that signal is given. We are expecting a great deal to occur in the very near future. Much is about to shift and change.

You are receiving much information now. Many truths are coming forward and those truths shall indeed set you free. In order for those truths to come forward takes more of you, more of you the light warriors, ones who are sharing the light now. It takes more of you to bring this about, to bring these truths to come forward. Because you are the audience. You are the ones these truths are meant for now. You are the ones that are in the awakening stages. You are also the ones that will assist others in awakening.

You have heard many times without you we would not be able to do what we are doing. And without us, you would not be able to do what you need to do going forward.

Expect now in the next days and weeks a great many things to come forward, many truths to be revealed. Some from unexpected places; unexpected ones to come forward. You have already heard of a few. More are coming forward. More are going to bring information, information that has long been in the shadows is now coming into the light just as all of you are.

I AM Ashtar. I will be with you very much so in this coming Advance. If not more physically in person, certainly as a consciousness to be with you. All of my peace and love be with all of you.

Greetings Humanity! We are the Andromedans and it is our delight to connect with you on this day.

For much is occurring on your surface world that indeed not only interests us, but all of your Galactic brothers and sisters as well! For you see, we are all united, connected. What you do creates a ripple across the multiverse truly – such a hard concept to integrate and accept when thrust into separation, but it is true. That is why both your individual and collective light are so important. For we are all a part of oneness. Every thought, every deed of kindness and service create ripples that eventually build up and create enormous waves of change on a galactic scale, which is exactly what is occurring in this Now, both yours and ours!

Does this excite you as it excites us? Are you honored to know that your ripples individually are making their mark across time and space? The horror show that you have been immersed in for too long has ended. Now it is time for you to realize the show is over, the curtain lifted and the lights are on. People will be blinking as their consciousness adjusted to the bright light of Source and unity conscious that is bombarding your beautiful planet with waves and waves of love. Love and light of the highest order are making their way here to integrate and restore that which was broken.

We encourage you dear family to integrate these new light codes with firm intention, for they are Source’s gift that you. Accept them deeply into the quiet heart space of you and claim your new life. Claim your new reality. Build it with your brothers and sisters. Hold hands and hearts and realize the great strength of unification and of oneness.

We Andromedans are delighted to be a part of serving you all in this time of unprecedented change. Many of us are among you serving quietly, so make sure to smile freely at all around you as we are all in a state of serving each other. Whether or not this is fully realized yet, it is all right. All is well.

We are eager to lend, explain and teach our technologies to you, for that will create such advancement and excitement on your surface world and we eagerly anticipate this revival of Science. We Andromedans love the field of Science and its’ advancement. It greatly interests and excites us. We have reached a state of our own evolvement where we all work in cohesive unity with each other and with our technology and we all communicate very effectively. We have no secrets because we have nothing to hide. Our desire is for all to have everything that is needed and our society has been smoothly running this way for a great while.

It is both exciting and a great honor to be a part of assisting other civilizations achieve this cohesive state of unity with technology in a way that only helps for the greatest good of all kind. We have no subversive agenda. We do not think this way. We only pledge our love and service wrapped in Source-light to all of our brothers and sisters. For we are all one.

We love you. We are the Andromedans and it is our delight, our honor and our pleasure to connect with you today. We are as close as you wish us to be. We invite you to our healing pods on our ships to assist with integrating these awesome new light codes for your own personal and collective advancement. Peace out. (We do so enjoy your human phrases.)

Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.

You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.

Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

Open First Contact With E.T.s - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council“

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.

You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.

You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.

Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

It is an awakening that the rest of the galaxy has been waiting for. You are the awakened ones who are bringing more light and more love to planet Earth, making it possible for more contact with your extra-terrestrial brothers and sisters. You are the ones who are responsible for the elevation of the status of humanity, bringing all of you to a point where you are closer than ever to having open first contact with extra-terrestrial beings.

Of course, there has been contact. It has been made. We are talking about open contact, contact that is undeniable, and contact with a large enough portion of the population that there will be a trust. The humans who would have feared the presence of physical extra-terrestrials will be able to sense how trustworthy they are by the effect these E.T.s have on those of you who welcome them with open arms.

Now we are not saying when this is going to happen. We are just saying that you are closer than you have ever been in this day and age. It has been a long time since other beings were able to walk among you without striking fear in the hearts of those who would come across them. However, the groundwork has been laid for this to occur again on planet Earth, and this time the E.T. beings will be coming as your equals, as your partners, and as your co-creators.

They will not be seeking worship, and they will not be seeking to enslave. They want you to be a part of the galactic community. They want it as much as you do. Your leaders of nations are aware of these beings. They are aware, and they are more open than ever to becoming part of the galactic family that you all want to be a part of. We want you to know that the openness in your hearts has tipped the scales.

Those who would be afraid are far outnumbers. And those of you who know who you really are, and know that extra-terrestrial beings are a part of your history are the ones who made this happen.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”

11/23/17 The Pleiadians via James GillilandPleiadians are given full authority and control over the awakening, healing and liberation of Earth. Message given to James Gilliland on 11/20/17_______________As of Nov 19th, the councils have all met and agreed the Pleiadians – due to their terraforming of the Earth before the days of Atlantis and Lemuria, and having more genetic stock, plant, animal and human on Earth, will be in charge of establishing once again Universal Law. Tyranny, and all trespass on the divine right to free will, as long as it does not harm humanity and the earth will come to a close. This will mainly be done with consciousness and energy waves yet hands on is also effective as of the 19th. There has been an ongoing liberation movement, yet due to Universal Law, it was limited by what some call the prime directive, or noninterference policy. It has been decided that – due to the extreme negative – intervention to preserve humanity and the Earth major intervention is necessary.

The malevolent off world visitors and what many refer to as the Archons are being removed. The Draconian Grid has been disassembled. Those who are aligned with the malevolent forces are going to be rounded up. This is a multidimensional operation. The reason there is so much inhumanity on the Earth is it has fallen into the hands of malevolent nonhumans. Their human counter parts deceptive ways will be revealed and no longer tolerated. It is time for humanity to wake up.

Know your true history, the true nature of God and what it means to be human. Hu=God man/woman. You were created in the same image and likeness of the gods, little g which were nothing more than extremely evolved off world visitors. You have the DNA of the gods which explains all the abductions and hybrids. What better prize than to control and own the gods.

You have been lied too, dumbed down and manipulated in too many ways to categorize. The additives in your water, food, GMOs, big pharma, the inoculations the endless wars are all part of the programs run by the Archon or Draconian grid. You will soon be released from and be made aware of all of their methods and they will be held accountable. The days of the tyrants, the war and disease profiteers and their puppet masters from unseen realms are and will be removed.

This is decided by the councils and civilizations that operate under universal Law, the real Gods law. Time to awaken, remember, step into your divinity and take your planet back. As above so below

Pass this on far and wide.Be Well,James Gillilandwww.eceti.orgwww.bbsradio.comwww.privateinvitationeceti.comECETI Official YouTube ChannelInstagram

11/18/17 The Back Story About the RV, Banking, Transition, Disclosures, GalacticsThis is a partial transcription of "The Big Call" on November 18, 2017 (www.thebigcall.net). An anonymous caller, ID Jared Rand, provided significant inside information about what is happening in America and the world.____________Been listening to everybody talk. A little bit about my background, my name is Jared Rand. In a good way attached to the company Sperry Rand, Rand McNally, RAND Corporation. I became involved in the transition in this country 36 years ago. And I was one of the people that was approached in college on a process that needed to be enacted to carry our country after over 150 years of tyranny into a true republic.

So it’s interesting the process here, and I’ve heard a lot of people talk and the concerns and how many people have suffered and you all know that on this planet today, many, many brothers and sisters are suffering and passing. Way before this monetary shift was envisaged, and we do what we can to help those that we can in stressful times because we’re all responsible for each other, and we always will be on this planet.

And the interesting thing is, when you’ve got so many varying governing bodies on the planet: different cultures, different social structures, you have layered tiers of those in command. When I’m talking about those in command, I’m talking about the off-worlders, the galactic council, the Asian families, the sovereign European families, the so-called keepers of the wealth of the planet.

Then you have the good people who have become good, who weren’t too good awhile ago, but who decided that they didn’t want this planet to be destroyed, and they wanted to start doing good things for humanity. So, I don’t think any of us have stellar backgrounds, we’ve all made mistakes in our lives. The fact of the matter is, when you have so many nooks and crannies, if you will, scattered just across this country, in North America, where you have the rot and the slime that has just grown completely out of control. And every village, township, parish, state, city… it is massive.

And when we talk about the 1,800 – for better choice of a word – arrest warrants, which they will end up becoming, we’re looking at, folks, literally tens of thousands of arrests. See, I’m trying to give you a good understanding of the scope of this, alright? I50 years of rot and criminality perpetrated against the American people on a knowing basis, repeatedly, generation after generation of these people who did what they have done, and also knowing that they have done it, alright?

Shame on us, we fell asleep at the wheel, we weren’t awake, we became complacent as people, and we pulled ourselves away from running our country. And we just said, let the government do it, let the government do it. Obviously they aren’t our government and never were.

So what has happened here is that you start off with a good idea. Just like anything. You have an idea, it looks like a good model, you get people together that care about the country, and they all sit around and they say, you know, this is a good thing but, man, is it a huge undertaking. I don’t know if we can do it or not. And then you have the other people that say, yeah, we can do it, we can do it. And as a lot of you well know, there are not a lot of leaders, true leaders. Either you’re born a leader or you’re not. That’s the bottom line. Unfortunately, there’s a lot of C students in this country leading A students around.

But anyway, the effect of this finally took hold. And more and more good people started joining forces. And they started working in a collaborative effort to rid this country of the cesspool or the infection [clears throat] that has grown at an exponential rate through the years. And what we have now is that we have a country on the verge of finally becoming a republic. And all of us on this call should be really proud of the fact that we’re part of it. That we’re actually going to witness a shift in a country of over 300 million people, and a shift of the entire planet, of every single country to a gold-backed currency.

And I’d really like to let people know that the amount of wealth on this planet has accumulated over tens of thousands of years. Alexander the Great, Attila the Hun, Caesar and the Roman empire, which partially still exists at the Vatican. And you start realizing that some of the wealth is taken off-planet, but the majority of the wealth is still here, buried in underground vaults as I’m sure a lot of you have heard. This wealth is for the human race. It’s for you, me, everybody: the people that are suffering right now. The people that are getting ready to lose their homes now. All of the American people and the people across the planet.

And then what we have is, we have the technologies. Now, we have a foundation that we’ve had for many years; that we’ve met many, many inventors; that we’ve seen and experienced much of these technologies. So we’ve verified, confirmed, authenticated them to make sure that they are basically what they say they are. And we see them in action.

Now, it is almost so exciting to know this, when you actually know it, and you actually experience certain aspects of it. You take on a whole different type of attitude. You start feeling brighter, you start feeling better, you start feeling lighter, you get spring in your step because of the fact that it’s a one-time deal. And I think we’re going to get it right this time. We’re going to turn the corner, and the human race is going to get it right.

And it’s so refreshing to hear people make statements with true, heartfelt convictions on the call tonight, to basically make the statement that hey, this isn’t about the money for me, this is about really, truly wanting to help people, and wanting to help people across the board. You know, we counsel people on their project usage and everything, but it’s really simple with projects. You don’t need a big confab with your projects. Basically what you do is, you start in your community.

There’s an old adage: ‘How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.’ And that’s all you need to do. That’s all you need to do. And there’s no… you don’t have to be a rocket scientist, you don’t have to have four Ph.Ds, you don’t have to have an MBA and years and years of experience, you just have to have it in your heart, and to know that what you want to do, you’re going to do. You’re going to help people, you’re going to help each other.

So getting to the actual shish-boom-ba-bang-shabang, and that is the financial shift here on the planet. And I’ll just say that generally for the entire planet earth, the entire population. The problem has always been… is that, I’ll give you an example: Mary sprained her ankle this morning, and by that evening, with people talking with people about Mary spraining her ankle, she’s in intensive care in a body cast. And unfortunately, what a lot of people don’t realize is that information is deliberately leaked to kind of get it out there, to test the waters, to see how the audience responds to the information. What happens is, is that rumors start, alright? And they build. It’s human nature, it happens all the time. I’m sure you’ve all experienced it yourselves. The truth of the matter is one thing, but the end factor is an entirely whole different story that’s just blossomed into something just absolutely ridiculous, ok?

So when you have to coordinate with all different governments and cultures… imagine countries that have never, ever had a say about anything on the planet – never – they’ve been dumped on, treated like dog dung, had their currencies totally bastardized and destroyed for generations, and now they have a say. They actually have a say about what happens on planet earth. Imagine coordinating all of that. Before you even get to the money aspect, you’re coordinating, trying to get all these people in the proper positions of authority. And we’re not talking about most of the current governments, we’re talking about the new republic governments for the planet and coordinating all these people. All with different bringing-ups, all with different directions, attitudes, ideas, so on and so forth.

It’s massive. It is absolutely massive. And everybody signs documents. Everybody has to sign agreements. You have a record, you keep a record of all of this, so it’s done legit and legally and clean. Ok, so you have everybody sign documents and sign this agreement and that agreement. And then a few of them decide they change their minds. It all has to be done again. Now to the general public this looks like a stall, or it looks like a bunch of crap again, ok? Because they don’t know the facts. And it’s hard. How are they going to know the facts? They don’t. It’s all broken pieces, you know, it’s a bunch of broken pieces.

So they try to put two and two together with the calls that people have, and the conference calls and everything, and they do the best they can. But then what happens is, is that these things continue, and they keep leaking out, and people start twisting them – some knowingly, some not knowingly. And then everybody gets confused. Then they get frustrated. It’s like the boy who cried wolf one too many times. So after awhile people just say, ‘yeah, right’. So we are what we think, unfortunately. That’s very powerful. So what we think, we create. We’re all creators, we’ve had people reinforce that tonight on this call.

So when you think a certain way, you’re going to create it. So what do you get? If you think ‘is this ever going to happen?’ or ‘maybe it’s never going to happen’ or ‘oh my god, what’s going to… I need this now, I want it now, quit messing with me and give it to me, I want it now, I demand it now” – well, when you don’t really know the whole picture, the full scope of what’s really taking place on the planet, and the money part is a part of it but not all of it, it gets real frustrating.

So, you think about coordinating all of this, and all these different nationalities, all these different cultures, and people, and governments, and so forth, positioning them, putting militaries in the right place for the people, which is another undertaking when you have a military that actually thinks it is for the people, and it finds out it isn’t for the people, ok?

Now all of you on this call know one thing: you’re awakened. You’re all awakened at certain levels, ok? So you’re not the general pop. Now what happens with the general population is, is that – and I think you all know this – is that when you send information out to the general population, it’s dangerous. You’ve got to be careful, because you’ve got such a varying degree of perspective. It’s massive. It’s not uniform. It’s perspectives, different outlooks, different attitudes, different ideas. You’re giving this information out in a vanilla flavor but it isn’t taken that way. And it’s very difficult.

So every bit of information that goes out there gets twisted, it gets turned. And it causes problems. And it causes holdups because of that. So you keep trying to figure out a way to get the information out to the people so that the people can comprehend it and understand what’s actually transpiring. So what the end result is, is a call like tonight, where everybody’s downright had it, tired out, burned out, people in this for eight years, people in it for 10, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. You’ve got the prosperity package people that have been in this, some of them, for 45 years. And so it’s… well, you get to a point where you say, ‘yeah, well, you know…’. It’s a flip of the switch.

And so what you have is, is you get a situation that is, how safe can we have it before we can let it? How safe can we have it before we can let it? And the safety is for everybody. I’m sure you’ve all seen pictures of Black Friday. The proverbial Walmart video where people are just fighting over TV sets, ok? We all know what can happen in panic. If you were around the ’68 riots in Detroit. Those of you that were, know what happened, ok? What can happen to groups of people that are confused and misinformed, ok? All it takes is one little drop, one little drop, and you can see what can happen to the populace.

And it’s like a massive infection that spreads like wildfire. And once it spreads it’s almost primordial in the masses. So all of you are keepers of the flame, because you’re going to be the guidance for so many people. The responsibility is horrendous. It is absolutely paramount. You’ll receive your monies, but then the real work will start and never end. It will start and it will never end. It will be the rest of your life. And the responsibility is just absolutely massive.

And I think that a lot of you are so fearless, that a lot of you lost everything so, you know, you lose everything, you become the most dangerous being on the planet because you’ve got nothing to lose at that point. Someone who’s got nothing to lose is the most dangerous opponent you could possibly have.

So when you look at all of this and you say, so when’s this going to happen, when’s this going to happen? You know, all of this intel, it’s all crap, it’s all… we had the same thing played on us last year, we went through the same thing, and repetitive, repetitive… and all of the games have been played.

Now, we work closely with the admiral, the group there, and the native Americans, and the structures in Texas, and the structures in Atlanta, and we work very close with those people who are really… and you probably never will hear the stories, but the fearless work that they’ve put in to making this as smooth a transition as possible. So that we don’t have to have the preppers come out and say, you’ve got to save up food and you’ve got to do this and you’ve got to do that, scare the living bejeezus out of people and the country, just like they did with Y2K, alright?

And the thing is, is that there isn’t going to be armageddon in North America and America. The transition… the fiat currency, is for all intents and purposes, other than the masses not knowing about it on a global scale, has been put to rest. The gold-backed currencies… now remember something, is that when you have a certificate, the certificate represents something. You have a note, it’s an IOU. Just like the FRN.

Now the US, the new republic money, which will represent our country, the new republic money, is what will be released to the public. And people will go to the bank, you’ll go to the bank and you’ll say, what is this? Well, this is your new money, gold-backed currency, and all the American people will want to know: does it buy the same as the one I had before? Does it buy the same as the one I had before? Yes it does. Nothing’s different. The only thing is, is it’s gold backed. And then you think the American people at that point are going to worry about anything else? No, as long as it can buy what the other one did.

Now that process, and I’ll tell that emphatically, is completed. There’s no more dinking around with it, it’s already done. Trump has done his thing as he’s been ordered to do, and he’s doing it well. He’s taking care of things that should be taken care of. We have an entirely new republic government that has not presented itself to the public as of yet. That is in their camp, that they’re deciding right now, at this very moment, on when that is going to take place.

Now, the discussion has been of gradualization. You know what gradualization is, that’s how they’ve conditioned most of the American people. You do it a little bit at a time, a little sip at a time, a little sip at a time. You know, that’s when they dumbed-down the country when they went into the new math back in 1963. It’s a dog chasing its tail and ends up coming to a formal solution.

So anyway, what happens is, is you gradualize and you gradualize and you gradualize, and you condition people, and before they know it, and they don’t even know it, they’ve been conditioned. They accept things. It’s much easier to accept things that way. Now if you slap them in the face it’s going to be a lot harder, you almost have to force-feed them. So you do it through gradualization. So this is a different way.

This is going to be a slap upside the face. This is… we will have, and we do have already in place, many learning centers across America, where people will be able to go in, and they will be able to educate themselves, and it won’t cost any money, you won’t have to sign a bunch of paperwork, you just go in, kind of like a library in a way. But you’ll go in, and you’ll learn the true story of your country: what actually took place and what happened. It is to inform the people of the atrocities that were committed against them, so that they can pass it on to generations and generations ahead of them, so that that can never happen again.

You have to educate and inform the populace of the damages that were done to them. And that’s exactly what’s going to take place. And it’s going to take place all at once. Is that a good thing? Some people think it is. Other people think it’s a real bad mistake, because it’s going to shock a lot of people. But I think that the majority of the American people and the people on this call, there are other people that unfortunately couldn’t make it to the call, are aware of enough things to keep things in order and then align, so to speak, some form of assemblance [?]. But with some people, it’s the same old adage with this… it’s going to take another year, it’s going to take years, it’s going to take ten years, ok? And then people get upset because, oh, I can’t last that long. I just can’t last that long.

The fact of the matter is, when is this going to happen? I can tell you right now that it is, all of this, is on the verge of happening in the next 24 hours. Now, if (and there is the big ‘if’) if everything goes well accordingly, from what I can understand, and what I have been informed about, it is on the money, alright? It is just the way it is. And they’ve timed it a certain way, with all three layers of authority, on how this is going to happen.

It’s the same with the exchanges. It’s not going to be a big deal. It’s not going to be a big deal. It is going to be as simple as you walking into your local bank and saying, oh, I understand that there is new currency that has new value. Well yeah, and look at that. See, that looks good. And do you have a higher rate than that because I have a bunch of projects that I would like to take care of and I don’t have to continually try to raise funds to pay for those projects. And can I get a special rate if that’s possible? And I have proof here of some of my projects if you’d care to take a look at them, because it’s taken me a lot of time to put this stuff together. That’s basically it, right there.

Other people will just come in and say, wow, that’s a great rate. Can I have that? Yeah, there you go. People will become money managers. And it’s all going to be about managing the money, folks. It’s not going to be about having the money, it’s going to be about managing the money. It’s going to be huge, huge: accountants, finance people… it’ll be a boom in jobs, an absolute boom in jobs. Just absolutely phenomenal.

Now understand that all colleges and universities across America will end up being free. Because there’s a lot of people that plan on making sure that it’s free. So they go into the university or college… I’ll give you all one of them, here’s one of them: you go into a university or college in your state. You sit down with the dean, president, you network or you get in with people. You say, look, what I would like to do right now is I would like to pay all the college tuition for all undergrads and grads, Ph.D program, for the next ten years. No matter how much it is. I’ll establish a fund, my people will manage that fund, and then I will be able to keep track of that, and you pay that out. You will be able to pay all of the college tuition in this country for every student that wants to get an education. And there will be a lot of changes at the universities too, because the books will be rewritten.

But the fact of the matter is, the amount of effect that, let’s just say, the 700 people on this call can make is absolutely spectacular. And these are the things that we’re discussing now. We’re not discussing, you know, when’s this going to happen, because it’s already in the gut; it’s already in the chute. So these are the things that are being discussed now: I’m going to do that, and I’m going to do this, and I’m going to do that.

And obviously some people… you know, there’s a formula that was established years and years ago. Out of a million people, and everybody’s saying they’re going to do something, usually when they are finally faced with everything and all the challenges and everything that’s thrown at them, usually one in a million will follow through with it.

Now, I think that’s a totally different story with the people on this call and they’re people who have stuck this out. And I take my hat off to you and I salute you all, that you’ve stuck this out through thick and thin, through how many years or months or weeks or days you’ve been in it.

There’s a reason for that, because you were all chosen to do it. In some way, shape, or form, you’ve been brought to this one path, this one circle, the circle of influence. And the circle of influence is each and every one of you. And you’ve all done a spectacular job with it. No matter how burned out, tired, and sick and falling apart you are, whatever your challenge is, we’ve lost over 4,000 people that were close friends of ours through the last 36 years, from every kind of calamity, every kind of challenge. There’s not a day that goes by that we don’t think about each and every one of them.

But what we have now is we have a consensus, and a fluid movement of massive amounts ofmoney. Now, you see a very large amount being processed out there, and then everybody’s going to be taken care of. That’s pretty simple. Scaring the living bejeezus out of people, ‘all kinds of bad things are going to happen to you, you’ve got to be really careful’… it’s just, bascially it’s just, it’s all been taken care of. Just be aware, look around, look over your shoulder, look exactly… be clear on what you’re doing. Clear on what you say afterwards. That’s all you’ve got to do, it’s like anything else, you win the lotto and you win 500 million dollars, there’s all of a sudden you gotta change the way you are: the way you act, the way you talk, what you attract.

Folks, you’re the minority. Not the majority that’s being given this wealth, the minority. So nothing really changes outside of where you’re at, ok? It’s still the same. People struggling, people suffering, you know? People losing their homes, people not being able to eat, veterans living in cardboard boxes under bridge overpasses. You know? I mean it goes on and on.

To effect the change, you are the folks. You are the ones. You are going to effect that change. You’re going to get those veterans out of those overpasses; you’re going to fix the bridges, the roads; you’re going to make your counties and your cities, your towns, clean and well-run and organized; and groups of people working for people with the law of the land and not the sea.

And there’s a lot of work to be done. Don’t get fooled into thinking that everything’s going to be done for you, because it is not. There’s a massive amount of work out there that we’re all going to be tasked with doing. But in the long run it’s going to be a lot of fun, it’s going to be very fulfilling. And it will warm every single person’s heart and spirit for many generations to come.

See, you’re all pioneers, and you’re all entrepreneurs, and you’re all philanthropists, and you’re all humanitarians. It doesn’t matter if you’ve got 25 dinar. It doesn’t matter. The massive, massive, unending wealth… it’s just, there isn’t even a figure to pin it. There’s no name for the amount of wealth. It is just absolutely unending. I’ve seen these places underground, it is, it’s like out of a science-fiction movie. Period. And the bad guys have been trying to steal it for centuries. Steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it. And they just haven’t been successful. They just have not been successful.

So positive, reinforcing, phenomenal – you all have had phenomenal impact and I pray and I continue to have faith that you’ll have phenomenal impact on the next several hours here. And then everybody is just going to hopefully stay together, work together, network – several heads are better than one, and we all have strengths and weaknesses. You know, the mastermind group that National Steel used years and years ago, it’s a good thing to put into practice: it’s getting groups of people together in mastermind groups that have a lot of, it doesn’t matter if they’re 100 years old, as long as they have that wisdom and that knowledge, and those skills, we can use every single able-bodied person we can possibly get our hands on.

The biggest problem is going to be employment. Massive amounts of people will be needed – massive. When you have technology that can heal everything wrong with you, that can re-atomize limbs on your body; if the veterans who have lost limbs, every limb will be re-atomized. And they won’t have to rehab it, they’ll be able to use it just right away. It’ll be like a new limb. Those technologies are used. They have been used – I’ll put it that way. So it’s not like they’re something that someone flipped out of some science-fiction book, those are a reality.

You want to stay 35 years old? You can stay 35 years old if you understand the responsibility of staying 35 years old. Any disease that you have in your body, all the diseases on the planet were created like we were, in a petri dish. And they wanted to test the human genetics to see how we could combat these different diseases. This planet was never meant to have all these different diseases. I kid you not. And you know, the atrocities go on and on and on, and it’s not meant to… people get super pissed… it’s to make everybody come together and say, well, we’re going to end this, it’s not going to happen anymore.

Although as far as they tell you, they have one technology that is ET origin, that a person can pass, and after a few hours, not for long, not days and days and days, but a few hours after that person has passed, they can bring them back to life in this chamber. That actually is a reality. And I’ll give you an example where it was first shown, and again it was in a science-fiction movie. But if any of you get a copy of SG1 Stargate, the movie with Kurt Russell, alright? If any of you have seen that movie, there is a part in there where the alien keeps himself young by staying in this chamber, and where they bring a couple of people back to life… that chamber, that technology, will be released to the human race.

I mean, this stuff is so exciting, it’s positive, it’s uplifting, it is absolutely miraculous stuff. We should have let go of the combustion engine 100 years ago. We shouldn’t be using carbon-based fuels, we should have gotten rid of those decades ago, ok? We have anti-gravitic drive. The Germans used it years ago, back in WWII, alright? I mean ,it goes on and on and on. Electric cars will become a thing of the past. We have an inventor right now that has an electric motor with a battery, a bio-organic battery, where you can drive an electric car indefinitely without recharging, ok? We’ve seen this thing in action.

So it’s just mind-boggling, it’s just so exciting. It’s just absolutely phenomenal. I wanted to make sure that I could share some of that with you guys tonight, because this is an uplifting time, this is phenomenal, energizing, knock-your-socks-off, blow-your-wigs-to-fire, unbelievable. Just unbelievable. It is just phenomenally fantastic. It’s spectacular. It’s better than 5,000 4th of July’s. It is just anything you could imagine being happy in your life right now. If you could have a wish come true, it will come true. It will come true.

So this is just speaking and sharing with you what I’m allowed to do tonight, it is basically the truth on what has transpired. That’s it.[3:05:04]

8/9/17 Military Insider Bob Dean on Extraterrestrials

Retired U.S. Army command sergeant Robert O Dean, holding a cosmic top secret clearance, breaks his sworn National Security oaths and lives to pry open the lid on our cosmic connections. Included is a top-grade slide show and video footage of modern day ET craft and ancient artifacts showing circular objects in the skies thousands of years ago. "We're a hybrid race," he says. We've been engaged with "Them" he says, pointing upward, from our very beginning. Our ancestors met, them, saw them as "gods".

Four distinctly different races were known by the military back in 1963 when Dean held a desk job in the war room in Europe and had access to top secret files. All were humanoid, but one race looks EXACTLY like us. Or, rather, we look like THEM, says Dean. We have their genes. They genetically engineered us.

This is only one of Bob Dean's lectures out of hundreds on Youtube, and one of the most profound on the subject if you are open to the big picture and ready for answers. Bob admits he belonged to the "old boys club" of military guys who shared information, maybe 200 strong in the hay day, with only 10 or 12 left. Known as the grand old man of ufology, Bob Dean has been talking openly to the public for the last 20-plus years as "an old codger". He had a near-death experience several years back where he was pronounced dead but was revived because "he wasn't finished yet."

The 30 minute mark begins his expression of awe for these "highly advanced spiritual intelligences" who are here to nudge us to our own perfection.

8/8/17 Message from the Galactic FederationGiven to the editor of this websiteI was awakened at 3 am on the morning of 9/19/12 with the words, “We are here to assist” and I felt an urgency and a pushing so I asked, OK, I’m awake, what do you want me to do? “Get up and write” was the answer. So I groggily got up and went into the meditation room across the hall, took the clipboard and centered myself. I have been receiving messages for 40 years, off and on but I usually file them and forget about them. I re-discovered this one today, as I look through my files. Here is what came through back in 2012.

“We are here to help you overcome your negative tendencies. Are there any among you who are willing to go the extra mile to join us? We are ready to have you join us in the implementation of Full Disclosure. We are here to serve the planet Earth. We are the Galactic Federation of Light. We are here to assist you in rising above the turmoil that is about to take place. Please help us in getting the word out to all who will listen. Can you do that for us? Will you send this out into your world? We need as many hands as we can get. Will you be one of those pairs of hands? (Yes, I answered.)

“OK. Here is what we would like you to do. Tomorrow after you have completed sleeping, take your data base and collect as many names and addresses as possible and begin the process of revealing to them the message I am about to give you.

“My dear friends on Planet Earth! Greetings from the stars and from your galactic family. There is an important mission for you to accomplish. We are here to help you overcome your negative tendencies. We are here to serve the Light, as are you. The one difference that lies between yourselves and us, your family from space beyond your beautiful jewel of a planet, is that we see the trouble your Earth is in and you do not. Not entirely. You believe you see the problems but you see only the surface, the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. The weave of negativity is deeply ingrained, deeply interwoven into your consciousness. There is a way to unravel the dark threads so they do not hold you so tightly to your own bosom. The way to unravel these threads is to breathe freely.

“Breathe more freely. Look up into the sky overhead and take great huge gulps of open sky, knowing we are there in those skies above you. Breathe our essence and our freedom, love, light, knowingness, into your lungs which lie over your heart. Allow this freedom from the skies, from the clouds, from our immense huge mother ships from space, to infiltrate your world through your deep, pulling breaths. Know that each draught of air you drink in, whether it be night time on your planet or daylight, or dusk or dawn, drink in freedom from tyranny. Drink in freedom from not-love. Drink in justice and balance and truth and innocence. Drink in the sweetness of the Light of Heaven into your lungs, into your heart, into your blood, into your bones, into your muscles, for YOU are the Earth. YOU are the guardians of the planet. YOU are the new Earth, the stewards of the new Earth who are waking up to your role, to your purpose, to your destiny as the children of Mother Gaia - the new Galactic family - the newest member of the Galactic Federation of Light. You are beloved. You are well prepared. You have journeyed far and journeyed deep. You have been sleeping and now you are waking to your divine destiny. This is the Plan put forth by our Creator, the beloved Creator Source of our lives. We are One. Creator is One, One in the many who serve together to create harmony, peace, balance, love, truth and unity. We are here to assist you in this divine unfolding of the ancient Plan, the eternal plan, which has been in effect from the beginning.

"That is all for now, as you are growing tired. Tomorrow when you are rested, come in to commune with us again. Post this on your World Meditation page as well. Make it live. Send these two websites out into the world. (Question) Yes, post these two websites on Facebook as well. Just post it. It will take care of itself. Remember to breathe freedom into your physical body for YOU are the Earth and the Earth needs freedom and love. Thank you dear one for answering our wakeup call! Bless you. We love you. Now you may go back to sleep. Beloved.”

7/8/17 AshtarThe Free Will of Humanity Has Prevailed!Given through Susan Leland, Jun 27, 2017. www.AshtarontheRoad.comAshtar On The Road Teleconference

"Greetings, Beloved Family! Well, you heard the news.* Turning point is reached! Dominoes are falling so fast that even we in the Ashtar Command really are on high alert - Joy-full alert, we shall say - because everything is coming together! Everything is, if you will, coming into place, or falling into place in exactly the precise, sequential, Highest and best order for all of Planet Earth - on all levels of dimensionality, for all members of all Kingdoms, including Humanity!

"Now, we will say that there is only so much that can be accomplished within the scope of Humanity’s permission, invitation, welcome – however you wish to envision it. We have had what you would call limitations, but really it has all been so as to maintain a steady flow. There have been many potential detours onto different timelines which have been by-passed according to the Divine plan which you, yourselves, participated in creating long, long before you came into your present bodies. And this is the way it has to be. This is Divine Order, Divine Law! None of this - absolutely none of this progress - could have happened without you, Beloved Ones!!!

"Now, most of you have been here before. Many of you have been in the Ashtar Command - and, if you have been, you are still! So you have different lives that you are leading in different levels of dimensionality. We know that's a concept that is still a difficult one to put yourselves in the living of, or to picture yourselves living, but we can assure you that you are! And it transcends time and space and dimensional portals. Not for you to be so concerned with, although you are certainly welcome up onto my ship, The New Jerusalem; up to Mother Sekhmet's ship; up to your own ships, if you so desire, during your meditation and sleep times.

"But what is important is our Mission here in what remains of 3D Planet Earth! We are the ultimate clean-up crew. We have been preparing the way and rolling out the red carpet. You might liken that to preparation for the enactment of NESARA and the welcoming, or the announcement - or however you choose to say it - of our presence among you.

"Now, you know we've been here for a long, long time - really since the beginning of Earth - but when the anunnaki came in and the archons and the reptilians and all of them, we were not enabled to interfere at that time. We were not empowered to do so by the Galactic Council, because this is a planet of free will and because on some level - as improbable, as difficult as it might be to comprehend - you participated in the GREAT EXPERIMENT!!! You allowed the veil to be lowered so that you would forget your Divine origins. You allowed these ones to hold dominion over you, to rule you, to control you, to abuse you in all manner of ways.

"And they tinkered with your DNA. They really, really destroyed your connections by causing most of your DNA to go to sleep. Your scientist love to call it 'junk DNA.' Well, it’s not junk! It's your Higher Dimensional Connections DNA! And as you know, you are opening it, so that more and more of YOU is connected in with more and more of YOU, that part of you that is already on the Higher levels and where only Love and its Light exist!!! And you are finding yourselves to be empowered in, oh so many ways, countless ways, to create miracles.

"So, what are miracles anyway? Well, The Course in Miracles defines miracles as Love, and this is Truth! It is exercising your Divine empowerment to manifest Love in every way, starting with yourselves. Love yourselves into Higher Dimensionality. Love yourselves into the Golden Age. Love yourselves into your own Homecomings, your Ascensions!

"Now, along the way, we will point out something that is known already to a good number of you, but nevertheless it bears repeating here. It is most important that you understand, first of all, that you have participated in the tinkering with your DNA by allowing it. I like that word 'tinker' because it was all an experiment, you know. Really! These ones didn't know what they were doing any more than Dr. Mengela did in Auschwitz. It was simply experimentation which was allowed - no matter how horrific.

"And they seemed to accomplish their ultimate goal, which was to take over the Earth. But what a minute! They HAVEN'T taken over the Earth and they're not going to because YOU and the other Lightworkers on Planet Earth are awake!!! And you're saying, 'Uh, uh! No more! We're calling for our Divine empowerment. We are exercising our free will. We're getting up and out of this mess!' But you've got to start with yourselves!

"So what do you do? You go to council. Sananda teaches this so beautifully in his Healing Hands of LoveLight Meditation.** Go into your council because the most important participant in your council is YOU! You sit with your Higher Dimensional Self and with everything - every particle, Nano particle, cell, and atom, and so on - in your energy fields, of the totality of YOU. And you instruct your DNA to let go of those old programs that were put there - most particularly the programs of destruction, which you call 'death' - and you commit and you inform your DNA and your DNA Program Manager - which is you, a part of you - that you're changing the program. You're choosing a different timeline for your physicality!

"Now, my Brother Kryon has done extensive teaching on this, and you are welcome to access his teachings, but it's very simple. You say, 'I'm choosing Ascension. I'm choosing to adapt and transformationally transmute my entire being, including my physical body, to assist me,' because you've got to be ready for it!

"You know, this is a real High energy experience, and you want to get through it with ease and grace and comfort. Right? No jarring around! Ease and grace, flowing upward. So you talk to yourself and you can bring in your guides. You can bring in your healing team. You can bring in your Divine Presence as the One We All Are, GOD, God I Am or Mother/Father God, Creator - however you want to include ALL of yourself in this council, and go for it, because the only person who can ultimately do that for you is you! You can call upon many. We have many beautiful, wondrously empowered healers in our own Ashtar On The Road Family, and it is certainly appropriate to call upon them for assistance. But the one in charge of all of this is YOU, Beloved Ones, each and every one of you!!!

"So, I invite you, here on the New Jerusalem Bridge, to look at yourselves from this High Dimensional Perspective and see yourselves as we see you, those of us here who come from the Realms of Light. You Are Divine Beings! You are radiant beings, or as I am so fond of saying, you are absolute 'Beamers!' So shine that Light into yourselves, Beloved Ones, and get into the fullness of your council, your Communion with your own Divine Selves!

"Now, we are going to hear tonight from Mother Gaia,*** whose Kingdoms encompass all of Humanity and all living beings, below, on and above Planet Earth. And she will have some particularly beautiful and High vibe loving advice for you on furthering, or I shall say, further exploring that which I have just told you - and then going another step!

"But for now, I cannot emphasize enough that it is up to each and every one of you to – they have this saying, it’s called 'carpe diem' – seize the day. Seize the moment, in each and every moment, to remember Who You Really Are, that you come from that Divine place. You can call Heaven or the Realms of LoveLight - that's what we call it - Higher Dimensional Reality where your true, true self, Truth of yourself, really is. And you came here to be in service!

"And the very first time I spoke to an audience – I don't measure time – but it was a while ago in your time. I talked about 'beaming,' being a beamer of Love and Light and I'm still talking about it today, because that is the most important Mission that you came here to participate in!!! You each have your own special gifts, your own special perspectives, but what unites you as members of this Ashtar On The Road Family, and as members of the Humanity of Planet Earth, is that you are all Divine Beamers! So get together on that when you can. Join in!

"Sekhmet will have more on this in the way of an activity.**** She calls it 'Exercises' because, you know, she's such an active person - persona, I shall say, personality. She is not embodied and yet she presents herself quite often in her energy body, which is brilliant and quite impressive, because she is very tall! But she will lead us all in a very special Exercise to further what we are discussing, because you are in this discussion as much as I!!! You may think that I'm the only voice here, but I am getting the feedback from each and every one you, even as I bring the words through, the messages, the bundles of Light energy which are the messages translated through this Voice.

"We all have Mission and Purpose. We all are here to accomplish that Mission and Purpose. And you heard from the very masters.* That's it! It's done! It’s a done deal! And if you want to reference it as to dates - let’s just say time is up! The free will of Humanity has prevailed!!! The Light is lightening up all of Planet Earth, and lifting it up - and many of you know what that feels like - lifting it up into Higher Dimensional Reality. And, of course, your destination is to permanently uplift from 3D and to go where that Reality is, because 3D - what is it? – a holographic illusion, play within a play - whatever you want to call it.

"Now, take a bow, all you players on the stage of Planet Earth. And you may want to fasten your seatbelts, because we are increasing the falling of the dominoes at such a speed that, if you'll fasten your seatbelts and stay in that High Vibration, you'll have a beautiful overview - the Compassionate Observers' overview of everything that is transpiring right now! And you will also be in your own driver's seat, or the head of your council seat - or however you want to say it - to create what comes next upon your timelines - individually and upon the one timeline of the ascending Planet Earth and all who are accompanying this Planet into its Higher Dimensional Homecoming!

"Well, that's rather exciting, is it not? And so now I, Ashtar, thank you for your attention and for your attendance in this Gathering! I welcome you to continue your attentions here, and know that whether you are in this live audience or whether you come after to listen for the first time - or more than the first time - we are all here together on the Bridge of The New Jerusalem in celebration of all that has been accomplished and of the realization of success of our Mission together!!! Thank you, most Beloved Family Members, for being in the Oneness of the Love We Are! And so it is. Salut!"

7/4/17 A personal message from the editorAll is quiet here at our place on this holiday of 4th, and I am peaceful, internal and hopeful. I will leave all celebration to those tied to the "form" world. I'm in another space. There are things backing up and sorting out, getting ready to move.

This morning there are wonderful postings on the sananda.website, one of several I trust and check every morning. es. Many, many, many. I hope you are participating. There is an increasing flow of truth coming out. It's flooding the planet. It's too fast and too much for me to keep up, but I try. This is a major thing that's happening to our world. As an ET from another place told Bob Dean, contactee, (I'm listening to tapes) the ET told Bob "If you only knew how important you are, you would bend your knee to one another...." I must find that spot and take it down exactly - and planning to. The ET who works in a lab undercover is giving a history of who we earthlings are and how important we are. The human being on this planet is the culmination of many, many, many other races from other planes, dimensions, planets and places in the universe. They all came here and manipulated - planted their genes into this planet, the Earth - and watched to see what would happen. It was interference on one hand but it was an experiment on the other by god-like-beings who themselves are evolving, though far ahead of us. The earthling is some kind of miracle that made it. It was apparently messed up so many times it looked hopeless, held back and enslaved and damaged and obstructed and prevented from seeing, but all the while the genes from all these other races are in us. The DNA is in us, and they're connecting now, we're becoming something they are NOT! And they're watching to see what we're going to do and how we're going to do it and what we're going to become. I got just a hint of this stupendous thing that is hidden inside of the human race - each human - the poor and penniless and the rich and famous (who were poor and penniless in another life.)

Our world is not being changed by "them" outside and beyond. Our world is being changed from within us, from within each one of us. They are giving us affirmations and confirmations but they're not giving us anything we don't already know, somewhere inside ofus. We're finally being released. They're helping but we are doing the job. One of those jobs is to simply "be, and hold the intention". That's all we need to do. We don't have to do earth-shaking acts. It's a participation effort by every single human being on the planet. And they are able to watch and monitor us, the level of conscious awareness. How far we are waking up. How much of the inner truth we are receiving. "If only you knew..." and now we are becoming aware and getting to know. We are now getting this information, not from "them" but from ourselves. We are revealing what we know. I am feeling the readying of this within me. And you are feeling the readying of this within yourself. Word is out. It's flooding the internet. People are waking up. We're not just waiting for the RV or for Nesara or free energy devices or cures for diseases - it's a team effort to bring all of these and more out into the open and not be afraid any more to be who we are. It's a blossoming. It brings tears to the eyes of those who know what's happening. We just have to apply wisdom and patience as the process is ongoing and connecting genetic material in our bodies and brains. We have to use heart-centered intuition and wisdom to recognize what's true and what's disinformation, what is the timing and what is not time.

Oh, I have a lot to write. The massage club remains my focus but within me the energy still hasn't settled yet. There's more coming in. It's still processing and I'm sure it is for you too. New energies - facets of ourselves that are disconnected - are coming home to roost. Parts of you and parts of me are coming back to us and we have to stop and let it enter our daily lives. It all has to be connected up as a wholeness. This is happening to everyone. We had been cut up and distorted and parts of us were left out there hanging, unused and unusable. This is the end times now. In order to move ourselves into the new times, all those parts of us have to be gathered up and accounted for. Forgiveness is a major thing. Forgivenss of self and others. This is going on with everyone. It's not a matter of waiting, it's not a matter of patience, it's a matter of accepting, opening, allowing and adjusting to ourselves. We are getting ready to receive - and bend the knee to each and everyone who comes in our front door. (From a message to a friend)

6/6/17 The Story of Billy Meier, ContacteeBilly Meier, born Eduard Albert Meier in 1937 in Switzerland, is the source of many photographs and books of unidentified flying objects (UFOs). His story is mostly discredited by scientists and skeptics, but he wrote prolific notes after each physical contact. These contact notes have been read onto tape by an unidentified man. The link to the Billy Meier Tape 1 - Early Contact Years - is HERE. I recommend listening to Tape 2, 3 and 4 also, for there is incredible information on these tapes, important to a serious student of ufology.

His encounters began in 1942, at the age of five when, with his father, he saw a spacecraft come down low near their farm in Switzerland. A photo was taken of it with Billy in the foreground. Shortly thereafter he began receiving mental contact from an elderly Plejaren (Pleiadian) man by the name of Sfath. After Sfath's death, at the age of 16 he was contacted by a woman named Asket, who mentally directed him to go to a certain location, where she approached him physically and took him aboard her small craft for his first journey into space. Asket explained that he was being contacted because of his spiritual maturity and a pre-arranged agreement to carry out this mission. His job was to make this information known to the world. She told him that the earth was lacking in spiritual development and not keeping up with its technology, which had far outstripped the common sense of of mankind and wsa the cause of the world’s problems. Peace and good will was the purpose for contacting Earth.

Asket stopped meeting with Billy in 1964 when he was 27, and in 1975, at the age of 38, he was contacted by Semjase, a woman from the Pleiades, and taken aboard her beamship. The Semjase contacts continued for a number of years. He was encouraged to write down the information and to publish and to give lectures and show the photos which they gave him permission to take. He carried his camera every time he went up in a ship, but he did not like to lecture in public. He is a modest man. But he wrote prolific books and took many photos. Today at age 80 Billy lives a quiet, low profile life in Switzerland and does not seek attention. The nickname "Billy" came by way of an American friend who thought Meier's cowboy style of dress reminded her of Billy the Kid. Meier says that the Plejaren gave him permission to photograph and film their beamships so that he could produce some evidence for their extraterrestrial visitations.

6/6/17 Mira from the Pleiadian High Councilvia Valerie Donner, June 5, 2017 http://www.thegroundcrew.com

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council currently working full-time with the Earth Council.

I greet you today with a good news. We value you and complement you for the phenomenally good work that you are doing. Please know that whatever you are going through is a worthwhile cause that will bring forth an abrupt completion of the third dimension on Mother Earth.

It is far too soon to tell you exactly how this will come about but come about it will. You have heard the expression that “The world will change was in the blink of an eye.” This is what we are talking about. You will be in for some grand surprises that will lighten up your hearts and introduce you to what it feels like to live in higher dimensional consciousness. This is going to be on a grand scale far-reaching beyond your earth. It is bigger than big and more important than you can imagine. The magnitude of this shift will be reason to celebrate with all of creation. The earth will be lifted back to her original state of higher consciousness and you will be freed to live in peace, harmony, joy, love, and abundance.

We are excited to watch the last vestiges of the darkness do their final dance on this beloved planet on which you reside. We know that it is a challenging ride for most of you due to the resistance of the darkness. With every last grasp that they take to maintain their hold they slip further and further into the abyss. At this juncture they are also battling within themselves. They are something like a flesh eating virus. Please remember that due to the unconditional love of our Creator these beings can still reach for the light until the very end.

It is necessary for as many as possible to realize the truth about the way that you have been living for eons of time. So this is an important opportunity for souls to awaken. As you know, the majority of the people living on this planet have been asleep. They are now awakening and are shocked at what they are seeing. That old saying, “The truth shall set you free”, applies right now. You will be set free!

We are busier than ever with the Earth Council. We are tying up loose ends and reviewing the complicated plans for the transition into higher consciousness. You will be given everything that you need. We have transition teams that will guide you. Many of you are part of these teams. You have been through the Ascension process before. You have been trained in the dream state and have been working hard to learn your parts. Humanity will be like babes in the woods in the energies of multidimensionality and unconditional love. They will be able to drop their fears and guards of each other, and will reunite with the Masters, with us, all of the Galactic’s and will become one again with each other. The spirit of cooperation will prevail. Your old erroneous rules and laws will no longer apply. Love will be the rule of the day. Cooperation will be the way.

I offer these words of encouragement to you today. Please see the big picture and know that youwill be taking your planet back.

I am Mira sending you divine love.

6/6/17 Baldor of Orloffchanneled by Nancy Tate in 2002http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com

Hello, I am Baldor, and I have experienced several of my last embodiments on the planet Orloff, a planet that exists on the periphery of your universe. I am an aspect of this one, Nancy, who brings these messages to you. In the field of aspects there is an undergoing that embraces the uniqueness of the individual. Souls aspect themselves for the purpose of experiencing a larger degree of expression. In doing so they embody completely separate identities, or remain in the etheric, experiencing and being of service to those on earth.

I was a part of this one for several centuries on other planets; therefore I chose to carry on in service to the universe and this one through the expression of existences in the cosmos. Through this expression, I have lived on several planets in this universe including the one in the Sirian system known as Octavia; two lives on a planet in Orion and a dozen on planets in Lyre and Alpha Centurus.

My existences on Orloff started before the planet was expelled from its mother universe; therefore I have spent many lives there before the last string of them. I have learned much about the process of being able to be self-sustaining because of the precarious position we on Orloff found ourselves in after the propulsion. Though we were able to prepare in advance, we had a long way to go after the event. It was a matter of just being able to survive, much less make moves toward the evolvement of our species. Now we have been in a position to advance and create a world of promise for ourselves. This involves the relationship we are enjoying with your universe, and the co-operative nature of our communications.

At present I am not embodied. I bring myself to the energies of my sister for the purpose of being of assistance not only to her, but also to all of the people on earth. I have experienced a couple lives on your planet and therefore, along with the experience I share with this one, I am able to offer information that can be of benefit to you.

I would like to say to you all that I am delighted to have this forum in which to bring forward the benefit of my experience and knowledge. At this most exciting time for planet earth, I am honored to be a part of the story.

I leave you now to remain on the periphery of your beingness. I wish you good day.

Blessings,Baldor

5/30/17 St. Germain "I am in Charge of Distributing Abundance to You!"Ashtar On The Road Teleconference, May 23, 2017channeled thru Susan Leland

“I am St Germain. And first let me say how delighted I am to be in this Company! You are so loved, really beyond all expression. But more than that, you are honored and appreciated and thanked for all that you do in every moment, to be the Beamers that you came here to be, as Ashtar would say, absolutely! And to also be the visionaries, to join together in researching, and educating yourselves, and reaching the conclusions about the Oneness – the Sacred Oneness of all Life upon Planet Earth and beyond – with the desire to connect with all Beings of Light everywhere! Starting within your own Sacred Beings – your energy fields, if you will, lighting up with the Love You Are and the Love that you can bring in even more, because it is available for you. And reaching out to all others – and starting to get some messages, messages of Joy, of Peace on Earth!!!

“When you bring yourselves up in the meditative state, or even in your sleep times – although you may not always be aware of it – well, in either case, it is that you have an opportunity to be in the Higher levels of being, where there is only Light, where there is only Love. But it is a journey to get there, a journey which has many places along the way where you can stop and linger – or not – many places that can distract you off of your Paths – or not. But I am here to thank you for where you have arrived, and to assure you that, if it be your requirement, you shall indeed reach your ultimate destinations which is, of course, your Ascensions into permanent residence – all of you, where part of you already is in permanent residence, and that is the Higher Dimensions!

“But meanwhile we have this Mission to accomplish. So I will tell you right now that all matters having to do with your abundanceare well in hand!!! I have seen to it that everyone – the entire human population of Planet Earth – will receive dollars or yen or whatever the currency is. It will all be backed with gold and precious metals, and to that end I have made that secure. So there will be no worthless paper money. All paper will be backed and have substance and equality! The price of gold will be the same Worldwide, for instance. And the dollar will be the same as whatever currencies there are in other nations. So there will be no more disparity. There will be no more speculation. There will be no more trading or arbitrage or however you want to call it!

“Wall Street, as it has existed, will not be controlling the economies of the World, because it is really those who wear the dark hats that have been controlling Wall Street and the banks and the whole monetary institutions and systems worldwide. That is ending! NESARA will finalize that ending!

“The distribution of abundance is to get you to a place where you will no longer need money of any kind!!! That’s right. This is a temporary solution to have everyone enjoy sufficient abundance, so that then they can be open to other means of securing whatever they need. People will be free, free to pursue whatever they choose to pursue. Many of you will indeed travel beyond Planet Earth and have an opportunity to interact with other civilizations. And there will be new ways of enjoying abundance other than how many dollars you have in your possession.

“Replicators – creating out of energy because everything is energy, we’re all energy – replicators will be able to accomplish a great deal of whatever it is that you desire to acquire, and I’m talking about things that have some density, that are what you would call material goods – food, clothing, whatever. There are excellent examples of those given in the Star Trek programs, for instance. You can tune in and see exactly how they are used. Your computers will be so interactive that you can walk around the room and have a conversation back and forth. You will have robots because no one is going to do in any form what you call ‘slave labor’ anywhere in the World!

“You will have opportunities to be creative, to enjoy the creations of others, and to create yourselves whatever it is that you choose. You will have free energy. There will be no such thing as an electric bill, or an oil bill, or putting your card in at the gasoline pump or any of that. Your homes, your vehicles, the World will run on free, non-polluting energy!

“You will have beautiful gardens and parks everywhere. Yes, of course, Humankind must take responsibility for the devastation that has been done, the destructiveness that has been practiced upon Planet Earth. Humankind must forgive all who haveparticipated!!! And who might that be? Perhaps Humankind needs to do forgiveness for 100% of Humankind, and work with Mother Gaia and with those of us who come to be of assistance, in accepting our presence – and, of course, I’m not speaking of you, Beloved Ones, I am speaking of those who are at this moment unaware that we are here to work with you. But it is to be another Partnership, the cleanup of Planet Earth, the stopping of the destruction, the engaging of all of the technologies that are already in existence!

“All of these things will be done. And this will be another level of Freedom – for everyone on the Planet, all of the kingdoms of Mother Gaia – to thrive on a Planet which is completely healed! To be complete with these so-called humanitarian projects, because all of Humanity will be at Peace and in the enjoyment of abundance for all – not just the very tiny percentage. And it will be where everyone will have a sense of Oneness, where people will come together and express their ideas, where people will have the Freedom to live anywhere they choose – with all of the Earth a Garden of Eden, a Paradise, where everyone can receive, absolutely without any cost whatsoever, whatever education they desire!

“I congratulate you, Beloved Ones, and I honor you for being so brave, for being so courageous as to come and be here! And to be in this lifetime, where you still have time rolling out ahead of you, to be among those who are leading the way into this Golden Age, who are aware of all that it holds, who even now are willing to feel the Joy of it and renew your passions for bringing it about, because this is where we are going together! This is our Path and it is so bright. Feel it! Open your beautiful Hearts even more, and let this energy of Love come into your beings, so that you can bring yourselves even more into this Golden Age of which I speak.

“Now there may be some additional challenges on the way to its ‘official grand opening,’ as you might say. But for us in thismoment, we’re already there!!! Feel it! Come back to this feeling and join with me and all of the ones who are here with you now. There are literally millions of Ashtar Command members and Ascended Masters, Angels, and representatives from all of Mother Gaia’s kingdoms, including the Higher Dimensional ones! Just reach out and be in Oneness with us! And let us support all of those members of Faction 3, as they are called. They’re on the Path with us and we with them. Let us come together in our Oneness and welcome all of those who are not yet aware of it. And then let us welcome those who are or have been in resistance to it and are still clinging to that resistance!!!

“Truly we are all One in Love, and even though, yes, there are some who will be answering for their deeds, let us let them know that they are as loved as we ourselves, and that we welcome them! It may take them longer, but we welcome them Home, even as we welcome each other. For that is the way of Divine Governance, and it begins within each one of us to reach out, to reach up, and to be the Lights of Love that we all are! Thank you so much, Beloved Ones, for being here in this Company. It is grand, indeed. It is a company of Love. Stay connected. Recall my words to you. I speak to each and every one of you and I see each and every one of you as the Divine Ones you are!

“Yes, we have all come a long way to reach this particular place on the timelines of Planet Earth. And even though I see it as all one shining moment, I know that you have memories – as have I, when I was embodied. And the Truth be known, I have a presence upon Planet Earth even now, for I must be among you in order to bring my part, my Mission of distribution of abundance to all! That is my major role of welcoming all of Humanity into the Golden Age!!!

“But I have much besides that to do! I am, after all, a master alchemist and so I bring with me the violet ray for all of you – for all of you to use as another tool along the way – to assist you in making your own alchemical transformational transmutations, to bring yourselves up higher and higher, to raise your own vibrations, and thus to bring yourselves up and out of the third dimension, with all of its illusions and delusions and lies and low vibrations. I honor you as being one with me on the Path to the Golden Age and beyond! And I see you as the great shining Lights You Are! And so it is. Namaste!”

Dratzo! As before, the monies are gradually moving forward. Since this movement is proceeding in the most cautious manner, it is difficult for all of this to unfold as swiftly as we prefer. There are indeed scalawags and rapscallions everywhere. However, remember that there are those who are quite capable of ensuring the guaranteed safety of every shipment. The present procedures are therefore quite unnecessary. Thus, we ask that the methods we have so kindly suggested be vigorously adopted. When this takes place, we deeply believe that the current situation can be quickly remedied. At present, the ways employed stretch this payment system to a method even slower than one can imagine. We realize as noted before that the dark cabal is still able to retain vestiges of power. What is now required is to accelerate arrest cycles of the cabal and simply sweep them and their illegal USA, INC from power. There are in truth vast sums of gold and other precious metals to ensure a swift compliance to ending this sad reality and instead setting up NESARA and its wondrous flag!

Let us do this as quickly as possible so we can eliminate all the odd agreements that are currently “gumming up” the works. The main purpose of all that has preceded this moment was simply to assure that the dark was properly vanquished and the Good carefully restored. It is true that the dark was everywhere. Let us then swiftly capture and isolate them from the general public. We stand ready as before to implement this process as quickly as our technology allows.

What we are saying is for all who are involved to quickly establish NESARA and its marvelous Republic. As noted previously by us, it is taking too long to complete the first part of this divine mission. We are at your service to achieve a much swifter rollout of the current delivery system. It is essential as the old saying goes to “get on with it.” Let us work together, in safety, and in the knowing joy that all of this can indeed be completed in a faster and more secure way. At the beginning, the purpose of all this was to successfully isolate the dark. Let us in this spirit of a newfound allegiance go forth and finish this more quickly!

Blessings! We are Your Ascended Masters! The great gifts from Heaven are finally being readied to bless you. Take this prosperity and pursue your dreams so each of you is able to achieve your passions. You are to learn much about yourselves and much more about how best to swiftly manifest your deepest passions. As you proceed, remember why you are doing this and help each other to achieve your sacred goals.

What you are divinely doing is a full measure of how you can fulfill your potential. We are sure that you made a general sketch of how you truly intend to accomplish your long-held dream. It is our intention to help smooth the way for all who worked on this project with a good set of thoughts and actions. It is not easy to work in this realm especially if you do not have a well sketched-out plan sitting deep and protected in your mind’s eye. Develop this set of sensible thoughts and know in your heart that where possible We Masters can be summoned to help you manifest what is to aid humanity and this ever-changing realm.

As noted at the beginning, you are very close to receiving your heavenly blessings. Take this time now to sincerely formulate what is truly needed to be done. Start at the appropriate beginning in your mind to see what you first need so you can start your project. Have contingencies for every possibility. As noted, we can help you. Call upon us as necessary and proceed with this blessed project to help humanity. In doing so, you can learn more about yourself in the process. We bless every one of you and just ask that you listen carefully to that inner voice that guides you. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!

Today, we continued to report on what is happening across this most beautiful orb. Before you act, go inside and begin with a good heart and a well-planned set of actions. Because of you, this world can soon be shifted into a new wondrous reality! Know, dear Ones, that the countless and never-ending supply of Heaven is yours! Selamat Gejun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! And Be in Joy!)

5/29/17Billy Meier 1975 Contact with Semjase (Plejorans/Pleiadian)

This is a translation from German telling of a contact between Swiss-born Billy Meiers (Eduard Albert Meiers) in 1975 and Semjase, a visitor from the star system Pleiades. Billy Meiers wrote many books and took many photos of star ships. He was one of the earliest contactees, starting at age 5 when, in the presence of his father, they saw and photographed a craft hovering in the sky near them. Billy had mental contact shortly after that with an elderly man from Plejoran/Pleiadian. The contacts are said to be continuing to this day, since Billy Meiers is still alive at age 80.. You will find many references to him on the internet with many linked websites to his work, not all available in English. I was happy to find this site today: http://billymeiertranslations.com/#contact3. The translator, Benjamin Stevens, says it is an authorized and official translation, and he has Billy Meiers' approval. I have only read this one passage and posted it since it was of particular interest to me. (Ed.)

3rd ContactSemjase:1. You have finished your book.2. It is a grand work.3. Even if it is written somewhat harshly, it corresponds to the right tone to make it understandable.4. You simply could not write it any other way.

Billy:I believe so, too. But I have concerns that it will be turned down

Semjase:5. Your concerns are groundless because the people will sit up and take notice and your work will be printed.

Billy:Since our last meeting I've occupied myself a great deal and intensively with so-called UFO literature. I have found that you star-people, if I may call you that, are always described as supernatural, heavenly beautiful, as guardians of mankind, nearly as omniscient, and as teachers; it is said therefore that you are virtually living in spiritual and consciousness-related perfection. My reasoning and impression suggest something totally different in this respect, and I cannot help but assume all of these things to be lies. Lies which likely sprang from sick brains, or originate from brains that are not free and that brand fantasies as reality because the thought initiators cannot deal with actual reality and flee, therefore, into a fantastic make-believe world. The truth seems too harsh for them and they resort to fantasies, expecting help from them. Because these people never want to bear the responsibility for anything and everything - perhaps because they are too ignorant and cowardly - they simply shift it to something that is said to exist above them and is to guide their fate. This something they call God and religion. Simply a buffer and battering ram into which they can pound everything; a fantasy picture to which they can shift all of their own responsibility.

Semjase:7. You are engrossed in very profound thoughts and they are consistent with the absolute truth.8. It is really as you say.9. The Earth human is incapable of bearing his own responsibility and recognizing, although he must do so.10. So he shifts everything to something that he, in his fantasy, places above himself; things that he simply calls religion or God which shall relieve him of his responsibility.11. When frauds name and describe us in the manner you have just mentioned, it is nothing more than an infamous lie originating from the brains of human beings who are poor in consciousness and who imagine a better life in their fantasy; and because they still cannot obtain it themselves - at least not in this lifetime - they simply attribute it to us and turn us into something perfect.12. But we are still very far from this state as well and must continue to develop ourselves constantly.13. We are not the so-called super humans or super beings that people on Earth like to label us from their own lack of knowledge and within their own imagination.14. We are also not teachers, missionaries or trailblazers.15. We only have the dutiful task to preserve the evolving and already existing human life in the cosmos.16. This means that we endeavor to keep order and monitor certain life.17. We generate contacts here and there with inhabitants of different worlds if our directives allow us, single out some of them, and provide them with explanations, but only if a race is developing towards a higher level and slowly starts thinking.18. Then we slowly familiarize them with the thought that they are not the only thinking beings in the universe.19. Now and then we also assist telepathically to instill certain cognitions toward the discovery of technical inventions that are needed at the present time.

Billy:Why do you people not appear en masse and show yourselves to the broad public? And why don't you get in touch with the various governments?

Semjase:20. Without exception, all governments on Earth consist of human beings who are greedy for power and gain.21. Under a smoke screen of peace and friendship, they would only want to seize our beamships in order to completely tyrannize Earth with them.22. Additionally, they would attempt to conquer the cosmos because they know no bounds.23. They are not even capable for once to create peace and friendship among the countries of Earth, let alone among the people within their own country.24. How then would they be capable of handling such powerful devices as our beamships and the many technical fittings onboard!25. There is no interest in showing ourselves publicly to the broad masses.26. Their consciousness is still short, small and limited through religious enslavement.27. In their limited reasoning, Earth humans would venerate us as gods just as they did in former times; on the other hand, many people among them - criminal and power-hungry people - would gain possession of our beamships.28. But let us also not forget all those - and there are countless millions - who would fall prey to complete hysteria and impairment of their consciousness.29. For these reasons, it is best to cultivate contacts with only a few select Earth humans for the time being, and through them, to slowly impart the knowledge of our existence and tasks, and prepare them for the things to come.30. We are neither guardians nor overseers of terrestrial humankind; we feel obligated to them only because our ancient forefathers were their forefathers prior to their escape from Earth due to self-induced catastrophes by a few power-hungry people, before escaping to the Pleiades - exactly as you have deduced and calculated in the last few decades according to your knowledge.31. Only a few events occurred somewhat differently than you had surmised.32. By and large, you have learned the crux and the majority of the story, and are the first human being to have found the corresponding truth.

Billy:My calculations are correct then.

Semjase:33. Certainly, but I will give you more extensive information about this some other time.

Billy:Also about Jmmanuel?

Semjase:34. Certainly. You shall receive explanations about Atlantis and Mu, but on Jmmanuel you are already informed.35. You know of Judas Ischarioth's (Iscariot) text, which corresponds to the truth.36. So I do not have to explain any more about that.

Billy:But something interests me, Semjase. It is often written that the star-people can grow very old, even millions of years. Is that correct?

Semjase:37. Do you believe these claims?

Billy:No, because they sound too unlikely. I can only believe this in a sense that a human being of about 70 billion years is simply not a human being any longer but some kind of spiritual embodiment.

Semjase:38. You are right in that also.39. A human being may become hundreds or even thousands of years old when he has reached a certain spiritual and consciousness-related state of relative perfection and a correspondingly high and sound way of living.40. But after that state of about 40 to 60 million years, the spirit no longer requires a purely material body and becomes a half-spirit body.41. It then lives only in half-material form for an additional 60 to 80 billion years and in such lofty spheres that we can no longer communicate with it from the purely material/human level, except when there exists a very high consciousness-related and spiritual level of evolution.42. After 60 to 80 billion years, the half-spirit form - the half-material form respectively - transforms itself into the first pure spirit form and enters the level of Arahat Athersata.

Billy:I see. May I still ask you one more question or even two?

Semjase:43. Just ask.

Billy:You are surely aware that our dear little ladies on Earth keep their age a secret, and that they smear their lips, face, finger- and toenails with powder and colors. What's your opinion on this?

Semjase:44. Certainly.45. By their actions, they are deceiving themselves.46. From my view, I find make-up disgusting, as well as all forms of painting the body or the nails of fingers and toes.

Billy:This is what I believe, too. Yet how is it with you people? Do you also live with such a delusion?

Semjase:47. Certainly not.

Billy:Well then, may I ask how old you actually are?

Semjase:48. Of course. What do you guess?

Billy:I am not experienced in guessing people of your type, but according to my measures, you should be about 32 or 33 years old.

Semjase:49. You know your stuff, for this would really be my age by terrestrial standards, judging from my looks.50. What you do not know, though, is that our average life expectancy is very high and amounts to several hundreds of years - that is, about 1,000 years.51. Judging from that, I am still very young at 330 years, which corresponds to about 33 years by your standards.

Billy:What do you mean by "my standards"? If you had only told me your average age before, I might have assessed you differently. How was I to know this, for I cannot know everything?

Semjase:52. Never mind, it was really my mistake.53. However, now I must go again, and so I bid you farewell.

From the editor - this was sent out as a newsletter yesterday. I was so excited at "discovering" this woman that I just had to send it out immediately. Newsletters are sent sporadically because I am so busy keeping up with the rapid pace of information that is coming in. Let me know if you want to be included in future newseletters. Why I am so excited - her message is similar to the message that George Adamski gave to the public back in the '60's. In fact, Omnec validated that Adamski was the first Venusian contact in modern times. While he was ridiculed and threatened by the government at that time, we are now learning that there are and have been many extraterrestrials living among us. We wouldn't recognize them because they look like us. The world is on the brink of disclosing that our galactic neighbors are already here - not preparing to land, arlready here. Their star ships are in our skies overhead, cloaked until we can accept they are here. When we can accept that they are here, when sufficient of our people have raised their consciousness to not panic or go into fear mode, then they will reveal themselves. They are reealing themselves now to certain ones. Now, here is the amazing story of Omnec Onec.

Omnec Onec was born on the astral level of the planet Venus and came to Earth with her own physical body in 1955 as a 7-year-old child. There are many from Venus on Earth today, but she was chosen to go public and speak about it. She explains this all in her first book, "From Venus I Came", to which she subsequently added two more books, "Angels Don't Cry", and "My Message", to form the "The Venusian Trilogy", available for $27 on Amazon.

In her first book, she portrays life on the astral level of Venus and describes why and how she was born there and why as a child she was given the opportunity to lower her vibrations, to manifest a physical body and to come to Earth at the age of seven in order to, finish karmic debts and later in her life work as a spiritual teacher and fulfill her life cycles here on Earth. She says, quote:

“As I was born on the planet Venus in another dimension and came to your planet as a young child, I was able to retain the knowledge and information that I had gathered as a soul through many incarnations and life times. I can keep this information intact, and what I teach people is actually what I KNOW and not what I’ve read about or what I’ve heard, but what I have experienced through many different life cycles on Earth and in other dimensions.”

According to Omnec, the astral plane is a dimension of higher density that cannot be seen or proven with physical means. Long time ago Venus and many other planets supported physical life very similar to the earth today. By natural evolutionary cycles to changing living conditions and thanks to the spiritual development of the people, life could continue to exist on these planets in finer levels of vibration, but no longer in the physical. Omnec's mantra is a long drawn out "Kaaaa Laaaa" which we can hear her give at her lectures. And she often gives the Venusian blessing AMUAL ABAKTU BARAKA BASHAD - which means "May the Universal Love and Blessings be". There are many videos of her on the internet today, which I am collecting links for and will post on my website.

[Ed:] I just learned about Omnec in January this year. I am thrilled to discover her because her message reflects the same messages that George Adamski gave back in the 60's, whom I knew personally, and she confirms that Adamski was the first Venusian contact in modern times. She had a stroke in 2009 so she has aged quite a bit but she is still lecturing and her message is the same.

She is not a promoter. Others are promoting her and just this morning I ran across a blog that her ex-husband and father of her children posted about her in 2003. She has been married twice. She has three children and grandchildren.

A quick two minute video of her can be seen here, made when she was quite young - perhaps in her 20's? It appears to be some excerpts from a longer lecture, where she is speaking on the subject of ascension: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=40jo5uElYNI . When you go to this video, you will find many others of Omnec listed beside it. I recommend the following one hour lecture given at the UFO Conference in Norway in 2014:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E4RxSFvMRkQ

In this video she speaks about her mission, the transformation of the Earth known as the Shift, the support being given us from extraterrestrials and nature, About truth and knowledge, about letting go of fears, hoow to deal with negativity, the meditation process "Operation Peace" she developed to help with the transformation, her connection with Jesus Christ, her work on the astral with souls before they were born, her connection with the Masters, the gradual transformation process of the Earth and our bodies, Omnec's Oasis Project, questions from the audience, Omnec's aura is protected and cannot be seen, her Uncle Odin who is the scientist in our family and works on the ships, other extraterrestrials on Earth, the genetic manipulation on the people on Earth a long time ago when the seperation and controlling started, the power of crystals, the Earth today is protected from negative aliens, crop circles, music as a universal language, the first civilizations on Earth, her meditation mantra Kaaaa Laaaa.

After the civil war our country became bankrupt. It had totally failed financially. We needed some money. So what happened, European bankers came with a deal and we had no choice but to take it. The radical republicans were in charge, the rest were in disarray. So in 1871 the bankers passed an act and it had something in it alluding to the fact that it had a corporation which would run this country. Everything after that has been illegal, but we didn’t know that and we still don’t know that. After deconstruction something else went down and we became minions to the bankers.

Now we have contact [with the Galactic Federation]. Heaven had set up 13 millennia ago there has to be an end to the dark control and there has to be a new reality. To do this, the first phase was to be mass landing and mentors with it who would be humans. Remember, 60% in the Federation are human, 40% are not. So let’s look at some of the board members. When we first came to earth, we created something very unique and wonderful 900,000 years ago. It didn’t last. It wound up - I’ve done tons of webinars and lectures on all this so you can look into it in past archives. But let’s look at some of these 45 human star nations that will be mentoring us. We feel pretty good about who we are but there are a lot of things wrong with us. We’re being manipulated. We need to go into these actual groups [in the first contact mission].

The Galactic Federation of Light is here to conduct a first contact mission. There are five basic preeminent categories for first contact with a planet. First, you have to be unified, you have to be peaceful, you have to have a single advisory group to run the world, and it’s all tied into maintaining benevolence and not trying to destroy the planet.

Our planet is nowhere near this! The reason they decided to conduct a contact mission, they felt we had to be shifted to fully conscious beings. See, these beings [the Galactic Federation] are fully conscious beings. We have to understand, who are these magnificent beings? Anyone who has studied the human genome and studied the nature of how our genomes are sequestered will see we have a lot of crazy stuff in us. They said, “We require your genome to be re-sequenced.:

Basically, they said, “Some amazingly catastrophic things have happened to you, like the plague in the 14th century, and we have to transform that. Secondly this genome has to be re-educated into higher realities of heaven.” Epi means above. They are helping us to manifest the higher light of heaven. They have something going for them that we don’t have. They have a direct connection to heaven and we don’t. We can be manipulated.

They thought they could introduce some of the non-human groups [during first contact and the landings] but then they looked at our history. We have a vast history with the greys and reptilians that is not nice. We need to get over it. We need to forget. We have untold degrees of baggage from our untold history. That’s why first contact mentors have to be human. When we see them as human we will see them glow and we see the goodness in their heart. We know this is the person you want to be. So their job is two-fold. They’ve got to help us see the untold baggage we have in us and, two, they have to help us get over it.

See, they have medical devices. The Sirians are medical (shows graphic of a man and woman in white with purple outlines.) We know where the Pleiadians are from. I just did a webinar on the Pleiadians, Andromedans and Sirians. Here’s another group, the Andromedans (shows picture), The Andromedans have the largest star nation in any group. Many of them look like the Asians, same eyes, skin color, hair. Then there are the Lyrans (shows picture). They come from where we originated. The final group are the Centaurians, the Herculeans. When we raise our vibrational frequencies into light, we lift our consciousness to higher dimensions.

We are moving from this lower level of consciousness we’ve had for many millions of years to a higher level. You start activating higher dimensions of consciousness that you haven’t been able to get at before. You start experiencing phenomena of the kind you don‘t know what is happening. You are experiencing it now. You need help. That’s what the mentoring is about. Our higher consciousness reality is on the verge of the crystal light chambers device. We need to take that gap and bridge it. That’s what the mentors are doing. It’s essential that all of us fully realize and all understand fully where we came from and where we are now and where we are going, and to feel comfortable about it.

It’s more than just feeling comfortable with it. They have to transpose a whole lot of knowledge onto us. We need to understand that that’s where we need to go. We’ve spent 13 millennia with this dark cabal. Originally it was the Atlanteans. Then Atlantis fell. They overstretched their evil. When they left, there was a giant gap. Along comes the Annunaki, the so-called sky gods, the Sumerians. Their job, the Annunaki, and the ones they appointed - the minions who followed their orders - they knew they had to pull the wool over our eyes and keep the truth away from us.

Way back when the Nazis were in Germany, they knew that to make people believe something, it had to be not just a little lie but a monster lie and a story behind it. They told them - the minions - they were part of a team and each team were part of a task. They had to make it seem like it was part of a story, a process that was going on that seemed real. So these teams learned to work together. Financial groups, groups that made sure wars happened. religious divisions, blah, blah, blah. But what they did and they did it well, was that each team had an evil. They had a story line. To achieve a successful vestige you need to create a successful story. The lie had to be big and all-encompassing. That’s what they were doing.

The way they set the system up [the Annunaki], not only did they have teams of the original minions, they had to keep it going on through the generations. So anybody who achieved a monetary success way above the normal, they were invited into the club. Let them think they maintained them. So let’s look. There’s the minions, and there’s the followers. Minions are not a force of nature. They are a creation. The Annunaki told the minions who were in power, they told them they had to keep maintaining it. So the web, the network of these lies and the people who perpetuated it, grew larger and larger and larger. So the key point here is that the minions appeared like a force of nature. They were doing everything. They were everywhere. They were the people that we followed.

Now there’s a revolution happening. There’s a change in consciousness. The world is about to go minionless. That is what we need to understand and grasp. That is very key and very important to what we are taking about.

Now, there’s these minions and they’re keeping us under the thumbs of the Annunaki who are making them join this group, and it seems the minions are self-propagating. But a revolution is happening and this revolution is about change in consciousness. We’re about to see in a very deep and profound way that this system is no longer viable. It is no longer able to maintain itself as it did before. So, question - why don’t we cut to the chase so to speak and let the Galactic Federation come in now?

In 1942, in the 40’s, there were flying disks in the sky every so often, and you’d hear about UFO crashes. So media has learned, as part of its process, that its job was to make a matter-of-fact report in a small paper on the back page. If it made it into a radio broadcast, it would splash for about two minutes and then disappear. People couldn’t put it together. Then in WWII massive sightings were seen. The minions were in trouble. They thought, what can we do to keep ourselves in power? They knew the people were going into revolution and this couldn’t be allowed to happen. So they made it (UFO sightings) into a national security incident. So things come along that are tied to national security. “This is tied to the security of this nation.” It’s secret and it can’t be told. So this is a very high security project that we’re doing. And if something happens to crash, you’re not allowed to go out there. If it’s national security, you can’t go and see it. For your own safety, you can’t know about this and we need to put it under security.

Now, the one thing that the Annunaki was doing with its minions was expanding the technological gap of capabilities of what they could use. The dark aliens were making sure that it was almost impossible to get through this barrier [the space grid around Earth]. So here’s a poster (showed graphic) that looked at that. The truth embargo allowed disclosure. Illegal treaties were signed to help the minions maintain their secrecy. Obviously if you have your dykes starting to crack how can you maintain yourselves? How do you prevent anything from happening? Well, in the old fashioned way, if you can’t admit it, you delay. The signs that things are working are the delays. The dark knew what it was doing. It tried to make everyone think they knew what they were doing, but what was actually happening was the world was slowly starting to collapse. And they had done some pretty bad things to keep those delays going. What GW Bush said - if the world only knew what we had done, we would be taken down to the street and lynched. Just think! The powers they had is diminishing. Riots, division and wars. So what do they do? Under Bush I? War? Allowing the..... (I missed this part, I had to stop and consider it, I didn’t understand it.)

We have to maintain the farce that there’s a chaotic world out there and we ..... this was a patriotic act --- as President Bush says here, “Yeah, I guess the people would get a little upset,” ....was a lie, was a manipulation. They were using wars and divisions and lies to maintain the old system. Now you only keep doing this crap for so long and things are going to get worse. Now the dark knew that if it ever let the truth out, it would be in super bad trouble. It would be very very difficult to maintain their system if people knew deep down that it wasn’t real, that if everything they thought was real never was. And in fact, still is.

So, as it says (shows graphic) the natural state of humanity - “humanity wants to be prosperous, happy safe and free. May all beings be peaceful, may all beings be happy, may all beings be free, may all beings be light.” The minions said there wasn’t enough resources for everybody, but there is enough wealth on this world to be happy, free, prosperous. Which is one of the points of the American declaration of independence, and that all of this would lead to mutual sovereignty and nothing would alienate. If you’re lying and trying to make division and wars, freedom, sovereignty and prosperity are an anathema. You can’t keep up these games if there’s happy. If you give a situation where you don’t have to shoot everyone, if you have people where they are happy, humanity is going to take that as the basic premise of what and who they are. They are going to ask, why are you not allowing us to do what is part of our natural nature? Once you un-harness the lies, once you make yourself free, wealthy, and able to be sovereign, all the conditions and things that the dark talks about falls by the wayside. There is no more need to lie to people. Transparency becomes the most important thing that it can do to its people.

What are the worlds’ governments based on? Lies, manipulation, saying they lack funds, which is another lie. The resources on this planet are so vast, the resources so amazing, that we are the opposite. Down-trodden, poverty-stricken, not-free - that is not the nature of who we are. What does that leave the dark cabal with? Nothing. So what is used to keep it going? Lies. What do they do to keep it going? Delay. Delay. Delay. Delay again. That’s what they’ve been doing.

Now, the cabal is skalywagging. That is, doing evil stuff. The evil action of the dark cabal is being discovered. We realize more and more that what they’re taking about is nonsense, and that our visions are more superior to theirs. What is keeping things going? The belief in maintaining the lie. Most important, let’s look what happened to the communist party in Europe. WWII ends. The communist party in Europe was changed. So what do the East Europeans do? The leaders tell people to go to the squares and start holding vigils for freedom. Communism has fallen. They said, “You skalywags, we will no longer permit you to maintain your lies. Furthermore, we can take to the streets and we can get it.” And so the wall falls. Not because we ran around shooting guns in the air, it was a peaceful revolution. “We don’t need your lies any more.” And so they left! Even the Soviet Army left. And two years later the Soviet Army fell. Every single bit of it was gone. Why? The rise in consciousness and the willingness of people to stand in the square and do nothing but pray and use their visions and it all fell down.

The key is the fear of the unknown. This is what the Viet Namese monk said: “People have a hard time letting go of their suffering. Out of a fear of the unknown. They prefer suffering that is familiar.” Even if it means something crummy, maintaining suffering rather than getting something new, they maintain the suffering. Let our unwarranted fears go. I am going to repeat this here - people have a hard time letting go of their suffering out of a fear of the unknown. They prefer suffering what is familiar. That is the history of humanity. In too many cases humanity has stood up and said “we want the unknown.” If we can claim the sovereignty and everything that is unknown to us, heaven will find a way to make it all happen. And that is what the priests in East Germany did. Just that. They asked heaven and had the resounding support of their parishioners. It’s time to let go of these old fears and welcome in the new reality. Let it happen. Just think of that. Just think of the power that you possess. You have the power.

What can the Galactic Federation do now to bring about the defeat of the dark cabal? I’ve been saying this for a long time. Come together. It’s time to unite. Let’s demand liberation. Heaven has the divine plan to set aside the dark and its many minions. Example, Eastern Europe. That’s millions of people. That’s the heart of what the people used to call the Soviet Empire. There’s no tanks in the streets. No guns. Just bibles, prayer and visions. That’s all that this is. The walls came tumbling down. Not something that people can argue about as illusionary. That Jericho came tumbling down. You can go to Germany today and look at the wall. Finally the people got out of their fear and the wall fear. It was a paper tiger. When it was confronted it didn’t try to kill everybody. It exceeded to the demands. That’s something we have to understand as a people. There’s nothing stronger than a force who’s time has come. Consciousness increasing around the world shows this is the time for uniting. Not a time for shooting people. A time for peaceful demands, as the East Germans did, as the Hungarians did. The fall of the communist system, gone. Because of one thing - union. Now let’s demand global liberation. Let’s come out and bring out the need to end the division and time to unite. Important point here - many amazing events are near. We cannot overestimate was is happening out there. It is more amazing than what you may believe.

A wondrous spiritual firestorm is about to manifest. What does that firestorm consist of? United non-violent belief, a resistance that allows everyone to understand we are about freedom. We are about creating a new vision. Many of the other masters have said it - the most important thing you can do are two things - make yourself part of a vision of a better world. And secondly, use your commands. Command heaven to create what our vision is about. Every one of the masters said to me - the key to all this are two things. Don’t get frustrated, maintain the vision. Most importantly, command heaven. Heaven has two basic commandments and these are strict as can be - truly demand something. Make it as easy to understand as you can. We don’t want to play lawyerese with people. Make a clear commandment. Heaven will take this. And if that is what you really want, make it happen. The amazing act in Eastern Europe. It happened for a little while in the middle East. If it is the right time, it will happen. I’ve discovered, as I’ve worked through all the processes of my life and watched things happen around me, this is not just pie in the sky. This is not just irrelevant mish-mash, this is real. This is extremely real. What is happening is designed to change immensely who and what we are.

It simply says, know how everything is maintained and what it takes to support it. There are three key reasons masquerading as government - your incompetence, their breach of trust, and implied consent of authority by all the citizens. Stop it by not consenting to its rules. Unconsent from this reality. There weren’t angry people in the streets in Germany, not in Hungary, just concerned citizens of the religious. Let’s learn about lowering our carbon footprint, about being a good citizen. Some simple rules for lowering our carbon footprint. Heaven wants to help you. It’s not just out there to create. It wants to do something amazing. The power of heaven is preparing to sweep away the dark rule. They had a time. Their time is over. It’s time for us to demand of heaven that they swiftly maintain the divine plan and do sweep away the dark.

Are we as lightworkers doing enough to help the Galactic Federation? Can we do more? Heaven instituted a growing consciousness. We possess a power as a whole - as a whole - to waylay the dark cabal. What happened to communism in Europe is a large example of that. We also saw the freedom of people in the Middle East, but they didn’t quite have the united vision so it didn’t last. It’s done through ritual and divine service. You are a sacred collective and have a responsibility to unfold the divine plan in physicality. If you do that the rest is yours. What you want is the true nature of the divinity of what you are. It’s about heavenly stuff. Truth, unity, peace, prosperity. And there’s more than enough prosperity in the world that everyone can live in decent housing, clothes on their back, and no worries about transportation, medical support, and education all the way up to PhD’s and beyond. We need to understand that we live in a changing world. This changing world is sacred to us. It is what we truly are.

Now, the power of our divine focus. I was reiterating this again and again. Any thought of love uplifts the vibration of the universe. You are in the merciful glory of heaven’s divine grace. That’s vitally important. OK? I want you to kind of think that into yourselves. Remember the history we’ve been talking about. OK, that was 30 years ago. When you maintained the unity and the vision, worlds move. It is easy to break the unity. What is not easy requires focus. And that is what the masters emphasized to me from the beginning. Take your focus and unity for all and you will achieve your objective. Heaven wants you to succeed. It doesn’t want you to be a dumb one on the streets. It wants you to be a sovereign citizen and to have a piece of the pie, and have a vision of what that piece is. When I hear that there exists societies that don’t have electricity or running water, having to walk miles for running water, that live in little mud huts that get washed away in a rain storm, that don’t have the means to maintain themselves.

So we look at all this. Floods don’t have to exist. I see people starving when there’s food everywhere. I want to have the money and the ability to make sure that all people are fed and that all people have enough water. It doesn’t mean we have to drain the oceans. We don’t need that. There’s more than enough water in this world. We’ve been destroying water in this world for decades. We do that all the time. We don’t understand what we’re doing. This is what Gaia’s energies and guidance is all about. They want us to learn those things, to not turn a blind eye to it but to open our eyes and say to ourselves “We are part of the human race, we support one another, we love one another.” This is what this is all about. You can read all your religious texts. It doesn’t mean anything.

Now, let me finish with one more thing. A kind of an aside. You are on the verge of the greatest prosperity in the history of humanity. Take that in. Focus for it. And all together become what and who we are. And with that and with a message as a way to get a hold of us, I’ll return this to my wondeful Colleeny. (Question & Answers by Colleen)

There is so much going on I don’t know where to start. The Republic was restored March 15th – the Globalists finally let USA Inc die – it was totally bankrupt. The G8 meetings keep getting sabotaged by globalist moles that want America to collapse and go into total chaos. They are being dealt with. The global currency reevaluation and the new currencies backed by gold have to come forward and they will.

The white hats and generals who are honoring their oaths and maintaining their integrity are no longer playing games. Guns are being drawn. There is a grand house cleaning occurring between those loyal to the cabal: the Satanic, blood sacrificing pedophiles, and those who are loyal to God and Country. Be very clear and do not be misled as to which side of the fence you are on. Many have been part of a global psyops program and are unwittingly doing the bidding of the cabal. Do not forget they own the mainstream media. Many within that media will soon find themselves in very serious trouble.

Be very clear and do not be misled as to which side of the fence you are on.

The law, including Universal Law, is on the side of the White Hats regardless of those misusing their position and power to the contrary. The days of those loyal to the cabal are shortly numbered. There are 5th, 6th, 7th and now 8th dimensional Pleiadians here now – along with other beings up to the 13th dimension – all here to see the birthing process, the awakening and healing of humanity and the Earth through to the end.

Portals are opening around the world and others being closed to lower dimensions. The underground bases and Malevolent ET strongholds are being removed. No more interference will be allowed in the awakening and healing process. The benevolent ships will not land until the malevolent ETs are gone and this is well underway. They have the technologies to restore the Earth, heal and rejuvenate humanity. While it is imperative to use discernment – especially in the past – it is unwise and counter productive to demonize the benevolent Off Worlders and ancient ones based here for thousands of years. There are forces beyond our comprehension involved in this transdimensional clean up.

Many of you have been feeling something, like a great weight was lifted off your shoulders. Help has arrived in force and numbers unimaginable. That feeling is because much of the draconian grid of consciousness and technology just went down. Now with the added consciousness and energy of these higher dimensionals things will progressively and exponentially get lighter. There is a saying – resistance is futile. We have but one option if we are going to continue on Earth. Continue to heal and awaken, release the past and heal any wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences. Or move on to another lesser world. Earth has chosen, does not matter how you refer to her, Gaia, Sophia, Terra she is ascending. The higher dimensional beings are here to insure this. They are the force behind the White Hats, if you want to call them Gods army it is most appropriate.

Seek Truth and Practice Kindness. When you pray and meditate ask to know. Know who you are and your part in this grand process.

Be Well,

James Gillilandhttp://www.eceti.orghttp://www.bbsradio.comhttp://www.privateinvitationeceti.comECETI Official YouTube ChannelYou have my permission to send this far and wide.

Dear Friends, I am Adamu of the Monadic Entity of the Pleiadian civilisation, brought to you through my dear young friend, Zingdad. We have reached a nexus in the flow of the timelines of your reality at which it becomes important for you to understand certain crucial matters.

You need to understand why you, as Pleiadian Starseeds, are here upon earth. What your mission profile really is. And you need to understand why planet Earth and why now. You need then, also, to understand what will occur next. What’s next for Earth and what’s next for you. You need this information so that you can make an informed decision about where you will go next. What your next experience of life will be.

There is no more important decision before you than the one I am about to inform you of. So this is crucial information. I will require your patience and your attention as I lay this all out for you and remind you of all that you once knew before you entered into incarnation here upon Earth.

Firstly. Why Earth? You are a Pleiadian being. You arose, spiritually, amongst your soul family upon the Pleiades. That is your home. And you were doing sterling work in your journey towards your ultimate awakening and ascension back into the Oneness of the Monad to which we belong. You are one of our brightest and best.

So why are you now on Earth? Why are you amongst others who are struggling so mightily with their issues and causing themselves, each other and their planet so much harm? Why have you been born amongst them in this barbaric place of murder and mayhem? Why have you risked becoming afflicted with the illnesses of their psyches? Because, yes, it is a risk! And some of our Pleiadian brethren have indeed become afflicted. Quite a few have adopted the ways of Earth and fallen in consciousness. So there is a real danger in coming here. You knew this. Yet you came anyway. Why?

I shall tell you. It will be a fairly long story and right now I shall offer you the first part of that story:

The Situation Report on Planet Earth

The story of how Earth gets to be as it is now is long and complex enough to fill all the books in all the libraries upon the Earth and still that will be a cursory explanation. So I won’t try to give you the whole story. Instead I will sum it up as follows: There is such a thing as a true and authentic Earth Human. Beings that arose upon Earth from the Earth… just as you arose, originally, in the Pleiades. True Earth souls, inhabiting Earth bodies.

For better or for worse, the Earth Human has been tinkered with, toyed with, manipulated, used and abused and then rescued and healed and used and abused all over again countless times since the beginning of the story of the planet. And the ones that have acted upon Earth humans in this fashion have been the other, more technologically advanced, galactic civilisations.

If you examine the religious myths and the ancient legends that still resound in the consciousness of the planet you find an abundance of traces of this intervention. This mighty being with his chariot of fire that came down and claimed a people and said to them, “You are my people and I will protect you. You must just do as I say, to the letter and worship and obey me and I will look after you”. You know what I am talking about. Almost all of the religions of the world have such a being in them.

Now, please, you mustn’t think your dear old Adamu an atheist. I have explained in detail in the Adamu Speaks series that I believe in God. I have personal and direct knowledge of the divine. And it is my desire to share that knowledge with others too. But, my friends, the eternal, everlasting, one true creator of all things is far too great a being to appear to one group on Earth, one tribe on one planet in one galaxy and say “I choose you and will help you to slay other tribes”.

Check with your heart. Surely you can see this to be true?

But back to the narrative. What I wish you to understand is that this kind of intervention by space races did not happen once. It happened countless times. A number of them are still recorded in the myths and legends of which I spoke but most of them predate all record of them. You have, after all, only a few thousand years of recorded history, sketchy as it is, and humanity has existed in one form or another for millions of years. There were, for example, dragon gods upon your planet hundreds of thousands of years ago. Too long ago for any actual record of them to survive, but the impact of having such blood-curdlingly magnificent beings walking amongst you and flying your skies was such that it remains in your collective psyche.

I could go on and on upon this subject. Truly the deep history of planet Earth is massively complex. But that story is not why I am here today. I simply wish you to understand that Earth Humanity has been, through the aeons, massively interfered with. So much so that they evolved without an identity. Earth humans do not know who or what they are. They have not found unity over any choices whatsoever. They cannot stand as one over anything.

Now, you see, there are certain spiritual councils that order the universe. There is a council of wise and beautiful spiritual beings that order each planet, each solar system, each galaxy… and so on. And the planetary council for planet Earth came to the decision a little while ago that Earth would cease to be interfered with until such time as the bearers of the light of will upon the planet – the humans – could come to unity on who and what they are. What they stand for. What they choose. What they believe in.

They must decide are they, collectively Service to Other, Service to Self or of unity consciousness. They must decide if their path is technological, religious or spiritual. There are a variety of such choices and they must make up their collective minds.

And so the decision was made and we, the Pleiadian civilisation, were honoured by the request that we should lead the imposition of a quarantine upon the planet until such time as humanity has made their decision. If you study your mythology you will see a trace record of this. I am remembered in your mythology as a being called Atlas. And in your mythology I "lifted the dome of the stars from the Earth in order to stop a feud between the stars.

Yes that is me. Atlas is one of the many thousands of names I have been known by across the galaxy. Or rather it is a kind of a descriptive title just like my first name, Adamu, was. Atlas meant something like "he who long endures" while Adamu meant something like "First Man" or perhaps "Chief" or even "Honoured Grandfather". But yes, I was known as Atlas and I was personally involved in arranging the quarantine.

The Quarantine Enforced by Atlas

We, Pleiadians were asked to provide this service since we have, and I say this with a little pride but without conceit, the very best ships in the galaxy. No one could possible enforce a quarantine better than we. Our lightships are unparalleled for speed and manoeuvrability and are also virtually indestructible. But I shall tell you more about that in due course. The point is we were asked to make sure that the other space races got off the planet… and stayed off. As the founder-members of a federation of galactic races that join together for mutual benefit, protection and support, we lead a group of races in a mission to create a “quiet space” upon Earth until Earth had come to its decision point.

There was one race that didn’t like that at all. They are recorded in the most ancient of your writings as the Anunaki. But actually that word is a kind of a syncretism as the ancients used it to refer to all the space races that were active upon planet Earth. And there were many. Back then, often quite a few space races were active in any given civilisation at any time. But, for the sake of convention we’ll call these particular ones (that are known amongst Pleiadians as the Red Star people) by the name used in your ancient writings… the Anunaki.

And it was so that these Anunaki actually rebelled against the will of the planetary council and, believe it or not, went to war with us to resist being evicted from the planet. It was quite a shambles as our primary objective was to cease all further traumatisation of humanity and they were willing to use humanity as a pawn in their game of resistance. If we attacked them directly in their positions we would cause far more traumatisation than they ever had! So we would not do that!

In the end there really was only one strategy that we could use that wouldn’t compromise our own mission. We couldn’t get them off Earth by attacking them on Earth. We tried blockading them with a seige but they just dug in and entrenched themselves even further as gods. They had little god-kingdoms dotted all over the planet. And then they’d play chess with each other. But the games played out on bloody battlefields with humans as the chess pieces. This was their entertainment and sport. When they weren’t teaching humans how to bow and scrape and sing songs of praise and worship to please their refined ears, they were bludgeoning masses of humans against each other. So we certainly couldn’t just leave them on the planet either!

Not only were they in contravention of the planetary council, not only had they attacked us and placed themselves on a war footing with us, but they were also behaving in a truly monstrous fashion. And so desperate measures were called for. We attacked them where it would really hurt. Their home planet.

I won’t get into all the intrigues but you should understand that the Anunaki gods that were upon the planet at the time were like minor royalty from the Red Star home world. Petty princes and princesses. They were left to get up to whatever they wanted and, in their boredom, they played upon the Earth.

When the Federation’s warships arrived in the environs of the Anunaki home world, their king was suddenly willing to enter talks. Suddenly very amenable. And suddenly willing to send instruction to his errant family members that they should extricate themselves from planet Earth and return home poste haste. He gave them a tight timeline and that was that.

New Perspective on the Great Flood

And all would have proceeded perfectly except one petulant little twit got it into his head to destroy all that he had built on his way out. *laughs* My friends. You shall have to forgive me. Your Adamu has seen much and there is not much that raises my ire any more. But in retelling this story I am brought back into the emotions that coursed through my being back then when I discovered this. One on the Anunaki gods in his mighty and godly fashion, decided if he had to leave earth that he would wipe out his whole creation on his way out! Including his own tribe that had worshipped him and done his every bidding. He decided to destroy them and everything else that he could possibly destroy. It’s a little challenging not to get upset at such a wantonly, callously destructive mindset.

Our little dictator had access, you see, to certain tools that could be used for weather control. Which is another long story which, if I told you, you simply would not believe me. But the point is he manipulated the weather to bring maximal destruction upon his own people.

Another of the Anunaki, in fact a brother to the insanely destructive one, decided to try ameliorate the harm and so warned some of the people of what his brother was planning. The result is the ancient myth of the great flood and the man who built the ark.

The story, as it is now available to you in your various religious texts has become profoundly mythologised, of course.

In truth, the flooding was really quite localised. The whole world was not covered in water. I should hope a little deductive reasoning would make it apparent that there is not enough water on the planet to flood the planet. But there certainly is enough to cause a great deal of local flooding. A great deal of local disaster. And so it was. And so it was too, that those that were warned had the wherewithal to build good weather-proof boats for themselves, their families and their domesticated livestock. To place in these boats sufficient feedstock to last out a few days of torrential rain and the massive flooding that came afterwards. And to provide a safe “home base” to live from once the floods had subsided. The flood must certainly have felt pretty epic to those that lived through it though. And one can understand how the myth came to be what it is. But there were survivors. In part thanks to the warning they were given. In part thanks to the good preparations they put in place. And in part also because we were able to deactivate the weather device. Which I shall just say was in space and I shall leave it at that. We deactivated it and the planet’s weather returned to normal and since then we have been keeping a vigil. We have been keeping the rest of the galaxy off humanities bit of turf while they have slowly detraumatised themselves, slowly began to find themselves and slowly began to make up their own minds about who and what they are.

I’s been several thousand years that we have kept it up. And in that time, you have had very little interference indeed. A remarkably good quarantine has been maintained for all this time. We are not perfect. We do not draw an utterly impermeable boundary around the Earth. Sometimes something happens and an Earth Human encounters a being from another galactic civilisation. This is often by mistake. Some perfectly respectful member of a race that is in support of the quarantine agreement makes an error and their ship drops from a higher frequency into your environment and you have a “UFO” event. That kind of thing happens.

And then there are also some that are intentionally trying to subvert the quarantine.

The Zeta Greys

You are familiar with the little grey fellows from Zeta Reticuli? They are masters of stealth. They are able to sneak in, get up to monkey business and sneak out again without causing alarm. Not all the time. Not even most of the time. But it happens often enough that there is an awareness of them upon your planet. For which we apologise. We are doing our best with them and have quite a high success rate. But not nearly perfect, I am afraid. The problem is that the ones doing these incursions are not acting under the auspices of their home world. They are corsairs. Buccaneers. They undertake these missions at the behest of the highest bidder. And through the ages they have occasionally managed to slip through and conduct this or that mission on behalf of some or another interested party. We have controlled them as best we can but it is like swatting gnats. No matter how many you get, one or two always get through and they don’t mind being caught. They don’t even mind having their ship destroyed in the process. They are, you see, not like you. They are a race of… the closest I can offer you is “biological machines”. They are intelligent sentient beings, certainly. But there is no sense of “I” or of an individual self, amongst them. They are the group. They have a networked group awareness. They have shared memories. So shooting one of their ships out of the sky doesn’t actually kill anyone. Not in the normal sense. They will simply manufacture more… as many as they believe they need. And each will gain access to the network of information and knowledge which is their group intelligence. But for all that, there are unfathomably complex factions within the greater group of their race. And some of those factions – numerically a very small percentage – engage in this kind of behaviour.

So that’s a little background on the Zeta Greys. But now I need to tell you about the trigger events.

A Brief Lifting of the Quarantine... and an Offer!

When the quarantine was put in place, it was agreed that there would be certain specific events that would cause the quarantine to be lifted in a very carefully ordered fashion. One such event occurred quite recently with the dropping of the first atomic bombs. This was at the end of a period that you call the second world war. I don’t know why you call it that. There has almost never not been world war. But that is neither here nor there. When those devices exploded, you triggered the possibility of planetary self-destruction. Other planetary civilisations have utterly annihilated themselves with exactly this technology. So, with those two bombs, you caused a trigger event. Delegates of a few of the main factions of the galactic civilisations were sent to speak to the leader of the nation that detonated those devices. Given the high-drama of the time, it took a little time and effort to procure that meeting. But eventually it came to pass. And the meeting, when it came, was with an ex-military man who was then leading a more-or-less peaceful nation. He was offered a variety of options by the various delegates. We, the Pleiadians, representing the Galactic Federation of White Light, offered him a peaceful path. In exchange for giving up this self-destructive technology and the whole path it placed humanity upon, we offered a variety of other technologies. Free energy and so forth. Technologies that would lead to the betterment of all humanity. That would allow for healing. For unity. That would open the door to free and unfettered engagement with the galactic community.

He declined our offer saying he would not give up the strategic advantage that nuclear weapons presented at that crucial juncture. Though the war was officially over, what replaced it was very far from peace. There had been a very uncomfortable alliance between his nation and another during the war and this alliance had fallen apart to be replaced with what would come to be called “the cold war”. And this leader was fully engage in the preparations for the next war. A war that has yet to come. A nuclear war.

So he gave up on the best chance humanity would, quite possibly ever have. Such was his short-sightedness. But that was the best decision he could take given the information available to him.

The Orion Group

Another group, representatives of a race from Orion and a consortium of Service to Self races, made a different offer. You see this race is fast dying out as a result of their own genetic unviability. This is self-inflicted. They have, for aeons, been tinkering with their own genome. They are themselves GMOs, you see. And nearly everything upon their planet is genetically modified. Not that genetic modification is per se a bad thing. It is just a bad thing if you give yourself no way to undo what you have done. Which is what they did. They modified themselves right to the point of their own inability to reproduce. An unintended consequence of trying to genetically disable the aging process. So there they are now. A race of very old beings who live very, very long lives but can have no children and are slowly, slowly dying out.

So what do the beings from Orion want? A mulligan. A redo. A start over. And they see humanities massively diverse and wonderfully robust genome as the perfect resource that they would like to mine. They want to splice bits of human genome back into their own to bring them back to viability as a race. And not just Humanity. They also want access to earth’s animal genetics for similar purposes. In short, what they wanted was to be given access to human genetics. Free reign to take samples from whomsoever they chose whenever they wanted.

So they offered that fearful war-time leader the one thing that h would not be able to say no to. They wowed him and his technical advisers with technology that would place his nation at a massive strategic advantage over his enemies. And they said they would hand that technology over in exchange for the genetic mining rights they sought. They further promised that samples would be taken stealthily. That the samples individual would never know that they had even been touched.

And so that leader agreed. He thought he had struck the most marvellous bargain. But he was wrong. It was a disastrously poor bargain.

Firstly, the technology was delivered without manuals or instructions. Imagine a stone-age man begin handed a smartphone. What could he do with it? He could not even use it, let alone replicate it and make many more just like it. And so it was. The technology delivered was very advanced and would have been a massive strategic advantage. But it was incomprehensible and unusable to those that took receipt of it. All these years later and only occasionally does anything come out of those most secret of labs where those extra-terrestrial devices continue to be examined and analysed. The advances come out so slowly that they are quickly enough absorbed by the other nations of the world that they advantage is limited.

A New Perspective on Alien Abductions

And in exchange that leader agreed to having the populace of his nation and his treaty nations poked and prodded and sampled. Which has become something of a nightmare. You see the population can never know that this was the agreement. How would they feel knowing they had been traded like so many heads of cattle? And though the Orions employed some of the very best of the Zeta greys to conduct their sorties in the utmost stealth… what no-one accounted for was the spiritual sensitivity of some humans. For some it is simply not possible to hide from them that they have been sampled. You call it "abducted", though that is not a good term. You are taken, sampled and returned. And it is all done at a higher vibration density outside of your normal flow of time. But be that as it may. Still it is so that this is an unwarranted, unagreed upon intrusion into your space and violation of your body and your sense of safety.

The Quarantine is Reinstituted

Though that war-time leader and the Orion delegation came to an agreement, that agreement was not ratified by the planetary council. They were willing to offer humanity a choice that would lead to them giving up their warlike ways and choosing for peace. Choosing for unity. They though the planet-wide fatigue with war followed by the shock of an atomic bomb and the devastation that followed might just be enough to trigger a change in consciousness. They wanted humanity to make the leap to choosing a whole new timeline. A timeline of peace, healing, love and acceptance.

But humanity would have to choose. They could not again be over-ridden by the will of more powerful beings with more advanced technologies. That would just bring a repeat of the pre-quarantine era. So, very carefully, the options were presented to just one man. The leader of the nation that had reached that technological threshold of planetary self-annihilation.

And he chose wrong. He chose for fear not love. He chose for separation not unity. He chose for destruction not healing. And we cannot blame him for it. Such was the situation at the time. That is what one chooses when one is in his shoes.

But for all that… as I say… the treaty with Orion was not ratified by the planetary council. And so it was that we reinstituted the quarantine protocols and disallowed the Greys access wherever we could. Which, again, is most places. But they still sneak through. And they continue to engage a variety of experiments mostly for their Orion masters but also for others.

And so that is the Sit Rep as military types like to say. The report of the situation on the ground. And that is the first part of this open letter.

Coming Next

Soon I will wish to begin to speak to more spiritual matters. I want to tell you about yourselves, as Pleiadian Starseeds. I want to tell you about your origins in the Pleiades. How you evolved there. And then how it came to be that we decided to send a Starseed delegation. How it came to be that you volunteered. What your mission on earth really is. Why this is the time for you to remember and awaken. What you should be doing next. And what your decisions are going forward.

That’s a lot to tell. And I will get to that next as I am able to pass this information through my dear Zingdad.

And, at the same time, he and I are also working on the Adamu Speaks series which has a parallel purpose of teaching you how to move yourself out of victimhood and to return to yourself the memory of your true creator nature. So, if you have not looked into that, I do suggest you update yourself on that too.

There is much to learn and understand. And much to do. As a Pleiadian Starseed you are my very soul-family and I love you dearly. And I send you my gratitude for the important work that you have signed up for at this time upon planet Earth. What you do there will have repercussions that will echo through eternity. So please do not think your role to be unimportant!

But more about that in my next transmission. Until then I wish you the very fondest farewell.

I am Adamu of the monadic entity of the Pleiadian civilisation and I have been brought to you through my dear young friend, Zingdad.

Dratzo! There is a strange silence that permeates everything. The rascals of the night, the cabal, realize that the current period of nothingness signifies how the cabal can, to a certain extent, still control what goes on. Consequently, the Elders are cautiously monitoring the pace of change. Our liaisons still report that the process to commence a massive arrest is nearly complete. The present American de facto regime remains fully aware of its current shortcomings. The end is growing near as the current regime displays the emptiness that has largely characterized its official movements. The Light, as noted earlier, is readying itself for a possible breakthrough in due time. As usual, things are popping just below the surface. The elements of this odd reality stay as disjointed as ever. A strange sort of malaise is the dominant condition of this time. All of this is not destined to last much longer. The dark is beginning to notice the unusual rhythm that we have installed just beneath their feet. All is in divine timing and something the cabal can no longer ignore.

You are in a time that is still not in synch with reality. Do not be confused by it. The underlying basic rhythms are gaining needed strength at a pace set by the Divine. This subterranean element is designed to weaken and upset the operation of this realm. Above this relative calm stands the distraught ways of the dark cabal. These chaotic tones are to shortly lay waste to the supposed victories of the dark. A sort of odd concerto is making it impossible for the dark to carry out what it now proposes. The forces of the Light are therefore waiting for the right time to come forth and quickly dissolve the current situation that is still gripping the last bits of the old reality. Hence, please bear in mind that what you see before you cannot last much longer. The dark cabal, as noted previously, realizes its foolishness. It is nevertheless unfortunate that the dark’s odd continuance has delayed the progress of the Light. The Light is slowly correcting all of this. Wondrous things lie just ahead.

What is happening globally is a sign of what is to come. The Light was originally advised by Heaven to wait for the right divine time to act. This special time is nearly at hand. The dark saw the President’s win as an omen that the surmised quick end would not take place. The cabal, as stated before, believed that the Light had to accept the amazing existence of the USA, Inc. as a true sign that the illegal deal forced upon America in 1871 was to be allowed to remain. What the dark did not know is that this reality is only a temporary condition. As we stated in previous reports, this was done to give the dark false confidence. It has worked, and in the long run, made our tasks much easier. The dark cabal has now, in effect, put a noose around its neck. This project has now advanced too far for the dark’s liking. The frost is truly on the Pumpkin! We expect to be able to announce some good news shortly.

As you can see, the schemes to entrap the dark are working well. The hard part is how much these developments have delayed the inevitable victory. The dark is finally finished and their vast networks of evil fully exposed. The Light can shortly finish its dutiful job, permit the new government (the NESARA Republic) to be revealed and the special jubilee to formally begin. This whole rollout is to proceed cautiously. The Elders have made it quite clear just how slowly it is all to take place. As usual, we must formally protest. We know that these events were really possible to move forward at a much faster and equally secure pace. This cautious approach clearly indicates the great degree of worry expressed to us by the various groups of Elders and royals. This dichotomy is rapidly disappearing as a greater consensus is reached by each of the different groups. The present results are yet another sign of this overall thawing. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!

Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We arrive with many good things to talk to you about. Your marvelous visions are still about keeping a positive consensus and continuing to move this reality forward. The present difficulties notwithstanding, things cannot be stopped. Hence, we deeply ask that you take in all the positive decrees of Heaven and use them to move you ever closer to this world’s true essences for Love and Light to spread throughout this sacred orb. We remain blessed and honored by your wondrous reaction to what occurred a few months ago. Understand that a certain result was necessary to keep this magnificent energy solidified, and be ready to accept what is to appear next. It is truly time for the Light to begin to manifest a new agenda for this realm. It has taken longer than first planned to finish the prescribed actions. This caused some necessary delays that are nearly at an end.

What we have here is a series of situations that are soon to be completed. We have worked with Heaven to forge a number of special scenarios that are to dramatically alter the global chaos. A new ordering of this surface society is currently underway. We bless and reorganize all. It is time for a change in how the globe’s governments operate. Long ago, this world was destined to encounter some rough conditions. This period, which lasted for numerous millennia, is now nearing its most longed-for conclusion. Those who still believe in the old options are to receive a great surprise. There are to be new ones that are to stop the reign of terror, which seems to still be present. In effect, those who now temporarily run the show are in for a surprise. A whole new reality is to manifest and to greatly upset the current applecart. Let us bless and hail this new reality.

It is a rare time when the dark is thwarted and the many terrorized subjects freed and wondrously supported openly by Heaven’s great servants. This, my Dear ones, is to be such a time. Be ever patient and ready to do what Heaven commands. Special sets of blessed commandments are ready to be enforced. The dark’s present position is to be upended and a new, more correct order is to take effect. We masters are joyous over what is about to happen. It has not been easy to watch the dark play with you. All of the dark's servants are to receive their just dues. Knowing this can help you to better deal with the frustrations that many of you have felt. Therefore, we again ask that you bear with this time and realize that this too is to come to pass. Heaven fully intends to have this realm changed as we have promised. With this in mind, be happy and plan to enjoy what is to pass! Hosanna! Hosanna!

Today, we carried on with our weekly report. Remember, much is getting ready to manifest. These hard times are nearly over. We look forward to watching all of you celebrate this new age. It is to be a great, magnificent time! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

I am “Ashtar”. It is seldom that I come though this one, James, only two times before as we find it. That is for a reason. The one known as “James” is much more attuned to “Sananda”. I am here now, in this time and this place, this moment because many of you, most of you are attuned to my energies and are a part of my command. The Ashtar Command.

Yes, my dear Rita was correct; I have many ships at my disposal. Many millions of ships. We are all standing outside of your atmosphere, watching and waiting for the moment to be given, the signal to be given. That we can begin to uncloak our ships. That we can begin to move down. To be a part of what is being called first contact.That time, as “Sananda” has spoken of is nigh. It is fast upon you now. Many of you are feeling a sense of anticipation. Some, even for years here. But in these last days and weeks many of you have felt this anticipation rising. You have been feeling that something is just around the corner. Something is just outside eluding you at this moment.

You know that so many things are happening behind the scenes. Preparing everything for the moment, for the times where we, as the Ashtar Command, can be a part of this process. There are many of us preparing for this. This is what we came here for.

Many of you are up in our ships as well in your multidimensional selves and in your dream states are with us. You are preparing along with us. Preparing the time for when we can introduce ourselves to the world. The world in that moment will be transformed beyond your imagination.

I tell you now, as “Ashtar” and as “Sananda” looks over, we tell you, you are on the verge now of a great many changes, of a great many instances to occur. The mini-events leading up to the greater one. To the one when “Prime Creator” says, “NOW”. When that occurs you will all be ready. You will all be ready.

You have been being prepared. Even those who do not know it yet, you have been. Deep within you the energies are stirring. Your chakra centers are expanding and growing. Your Pineal Gland is reawakening. Your DNA is being adjusted. It is being reconnected.

All of this is happening NOW. Not in the future. Not in the past but NOW. You are in this moment now. It is time for all of you to reach back. To understand who you are. Truly who you are. You are not just this body. You are the consciousness within this body. You are the God Consciousness within this body, the Source Consciousness. All have this. No one does not have this.

I love you deeply. All of you. Even those who are so close to me and yet so far. I reach out my arms now to you, to those of you who know me well. I reach out my arms now and envelop you, feel your emotion, your love and the ONE-ness that is you.

All of my love be with all of you even those who are not attuned to me at this time. I assure you that in the not too far off future we will all be attuned together.

Peace and love be with all of you.

http://www.ancientawakenings.org

2/15/17One Who Servesvia James McConnell,February 12, 2017http://www.ancientawakenings.orgGreetings to you. “One Who Serves” here.

That was a bit of an emotional experience, was it not? Do you feel this? Not only the lift that came from the Galactic Pulse but the love that came from “Ashtar”? Many of you are feeling this, we know this.

As he has said you are connected to him in many different ways. Many beyond your imaginations at this point. Many have been on the ships with him and are on the ships with him now. Many of you are commanders there. And you wonder, me a commander? I cannot even command my own family (laughter)

Yes, you are commanders on ships. Captains on ships. When the time comes you will assume your rightful place again. Whether you are captains or commanders or ambassadors or diplomats or whatever you might be. Know that eah and every one of you has a connection to the Galactic Federation of Light. Each and every one, no exceptions.We are ready now for questions. If you have questions we are alone here again, no “Ashira” with us. We do our best here.

Question: I was listening to President Trump in conference with the Japanese president. They talked about financial changes and a lot of other things happening sooner more than later. Can you respond to that?Yes and yes, it is true. Very much true. He was alluding to certain things, yes without coming out and saying it because it is not yet time and the frequency is not quite there. All of this is in process and is going to occur just as we have been saying.

We have been saying these things over and over and over to you and yes, we like to hear ourselves talk but it is important to know that it is all for a reason. We are here to assist, to serve, to be of any help that we can. As we tell you these things are coming, they are. They are close in many respects. We cannot give you the order, how they are going to be or exactly when it is going to be because as of yet, no one yet knows. It is in the process. The probabilities are there for all of this to occur certainly in the year you are in and in the days, weeks and months here.Does this answer your question?

We know one spoke about a dream and then it went to a lively discussion as we find it. Would you like to share that dream again?

Q: So my dream was in a group setting room and there was a particular person that I felt was my really close friend. He was of Indian descent (country India). I realized that he died and I was really sad. If you have any insight to that?So many of the interpretations from earlier were right on. They had very much truth to them. Understand though that as you are moving through this transition that James and others have spoken of here you are going to experience a falling away of much of the old. Much of the familiar, much of what you have become accustomed to. Yes, even within the programming that you have had.

That is all to fall away and no longer be a part of your lives as you move further and further through this transition. And as you move closer and closer to the Ascension itself. We speak always as the ascension as being your process and we are all moving through this process.

So as you move through this you will find yourself having many dreams that shows the old falling away. The new is going to take over. So if there is one who is close to you who is of a mentor in nature, that one is going to fall away because all of you are going to be introduced to new mentors, new ones that are going to come in. They are going to share with you and when the frequency is right, they will share with you in a physical fashion.

They will be there. You will be there sitting cross legged from each other breaking bead, drinking wine, whatever it is that you want to do. Certainly we know one who will want to be there drinking wine and all of this. He is looking forward to those times as we all are. Even “Sananda” has spoken of this at times. Where he will sit with you and imbibe of all the celebration that is being prepared knowing that you have come from all of this previously.

In terms of those you have connections with in the Galactic realm, many of the Company of Heaven, the Ascended Masters and all of us. Those from deep below, the Agarthans as well. Everyone is getting excited for the great celebration that is close at hand here.

Do you understand this? But to all here, do you understand this? All is a process of moving on, not forgetting but moving on. Moving on into the higher vibrations, on into the higher states where you will let go of the old circumstances that have kept you tied to the illusion that has been created here.

Q: Is that why we felt the loneliness we talked about this week?

Very much so and for some it is going to increase even more as you feel it more and more. But again as “Sananda” has said you are acclimating to this. You are not being thrown to the wolves directly. Little by little. They take a bite out of you here and let you go to take you back for another bite. Probably not the best group visualization here. (laughter) It comes from the bite of the elephant here. How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.

If all of these energies here came in at once, think about this. If the Galactic Pulse came in many years ago, let’s say, it would be overwhelming to so many. Most of the world’s population would not have been able to handle it. So it was held off, even from your 2012 time. The world was not ready for this only a certain population was ready at that time.But as many of you know, your Higher Selves got together for a conference you might say and said let’s wait. Let’s give the others an opportunity to come along to the Light with us. That is what occurred and is still in the process today.

We can tell you that so many, many more are ready to change the consciousness of the planet and there individual consciousness as well. So that they have an opportunity to make a decision, make a choice about going along. You are not going anywhere but you are moving up in consciousness. This is what is important. You are reconnecting, remembering your Higher Self. And that you are your Higher Self.

Q: When I walk in the morning I see these waves of energy as they are coming in. As I walk I feel more and more like a puppet and the weakness extends and then begins to retract. What is that?

As this transition is happening all will feel those things in different ways. Some will feel a sense of weakness. Some will feel a sense of strength. Some will feel alone. All of these things will be a part of this at different times. As you move through these you will experience a greater vitality each time. So, allow it to be. If there are sicknesses at different times, know that it will pass. Know that you are going to move through it. If you get bogged down into it, you go to your medical doctors and they want to perform surgery and all of these types of things then when you have an arm cut off, it is cut off. You see?

Bad expression again! You get the picture here. You see? Does this help here?

Q: I keep seeing not the event but a bigger event around the Spring Solstice. Any comment?

Yes. This is what we are speaking of and this will rock many of their worlds. Many who are not being prepared as you are. Not ready for this. There are so many out there who have no clue whatsoever of the truths that have been held from them. They will experience it at their level when this moment comes. That will be the time for those who so desire to move into action and assist in any way you can at those times. Those who have scoffed at you and said you have no idea what you are talking about will turn to you and say, “Well, maybe you were right all along”. Won’t that be a wonderful time?

Q: So this is a bigger one. We were all awakened by smaller waves but this one will touch everyone. That is what I am seeing.

Yes. Maybe we can use this analogy, a little better here. Think of a pot of water and the water begins to boil. Begins to heat up rather. You see it begin to boil and you see it steam up. This is what you are going through now. You have been in the heating up process and now in the boiling process. Once you have had the boiling there will be steam coming up, the energy coming up. You as this energy, the consciousness rising up. You see? Boy, cutting off arms, boiling in hot water. What is going on here? Some of you are probably coming on and saying, “These are Ascended Masters?” We cannot be this way. This is a joke. We can assure you we are very real. If you did not notice, I jumped in here. (much laughter as OWS #2 is here) Are there other questions here?

Q: I have been hearing about the sun darkening between last Friday the 10th and the 25th. What can you say?

Well, we can say here, are you not already at the 10th? Yes, that’s when this was supposed to start. Has the sun darkened? No…You can still see the sun, right? Ones who are saying this are not quite correct. They are misunderstanding what can happen here. They are misunderstanding the time frame and amount of time it would be.You have heard before of the three days of darkness. Three days and nights of darkness. This is also a possibility yet. But not having a major catastrophe or anything of this nature. It will be a part of the process if and when this does occur. So they were predicting ahead of time this idea of the sun being darkened here. But also know that it is part of the Cabal’s plan to not have the sun come through. As you know the Ascension happens through the sun, the Galactic Central Sun, the solar sun and these energies come into the Earth as part of the Ascension Process. This is what is needed. The Light must come in. They have done everything they can to hold off the Light.

Think about this, darkening the sun, they think they can do this? They do not have the technology to do this. There have been times in the past where a civilization could do something of this nature but it is not being allowed.

Q: I am concerned about a friend of mine. Is he all right?

He will be whatever he needs to be in the moment. That is all you need to be concerned about here. He is right where he needs to be, where he is at this particular moment. He is going through the transition here where the aloneness is coming in. This is what he is feeling in some respects. It is all part of the process. Other questions here?

Q: Can you tell us more about the New Republic and how is to unfold?

What we can tell you is what we see in probability only. Based on this time in your time space now. That is a lot of ways to say now but anyway. It is as it is meant to be. All is being orchestrated. It is not Trump or Dunford or others are not going to be president or in charge of the Republic or anything of this nature because none of this matters at this point. Because all of this is part of the 3D illusion yet. Now when the Republic is announced, that begins to change things. That begins the shift to consciousness of freedom. Freedom not only in this county but freedom in the world. Freedom of the entire planet. So that all can remember and be who they are.

This has been held back for some time but it is time for the veil to lift. Many more are seeing through the veil. Don’t worry about Trump or others. The ones who are to be there will be ready when the time comes. OK? We know it is not exactly what you wanted to hear. You wanted to hear that Trump is going to change the world. We cannot say that at this point. As of yet we do not know exactly how this is going to transpire. We just know that as everything is in this moment is happening for a reason and is exactly as it needs to be. It is time to release channel. Continue on people with your everyday activities all that you do and be in the now at all times. Do not focus on the past. Let go of the past. The past is gone. The past is but yet a memory. The here and now is where you are. The future that is ahead of you is grand indeed. Everything is being orchestrated and you are right where you need to be.

There is no more relevant GCR/RV Intel. Everything structurally that needed to be completed has been achieved. General Joseph Dunford is in control of the RV release here in the US.Ancient Chinese Royal Elders are in control of the new financial computers and satellites globally, as its their private gold holdings backing the new global monetary system.

HSBC is their global paymaster for all bank-to-bank and bank-client payouts. HSBC is a Chinese Elder owned and controlled bank. There are no more perceived delays. Rather, just a pre-set performance day and time.

All 209 governments have complied with GESARA mandates, which was a negotiated treaty between galactic representatives and humanity, designed to benevolently govern all future aspects of human affairs.

Security for this financial transition is inconceivably high and largely invisible to the untrained eye--land, air and sea. The sheer financial abundance of this transitionary event is meant to transfer wealth back to the masses and eliminate the advantages of the once ruling elite class permanently.

30 million plus currency holders are anticipated to participate from every continent, with the most by far living in the US. Over 12,500 in-take locations are ready to receive currency redeemers and process the exchange. This global transition process first began in the fall of 1996, and was first globally attempted on September 11, 2001.

Every world leader is very well aware of the financial transition but sworn to secrecy. As are board level decision makers at every major bank and large corporation worldwide. The entire central banking mechanism has been reformed as a result of the transition.

Many existing government leaders unwilling to accept these dramatic changes have been publicly removed, and are being quietly replaced with GESARA compliant governments and leadership--including the US, Canada, UK, Italy, Brazil, Ukraine, Israel, etc...

All financial transaction now have 100% digital transparency and tangible asset backing. This is to eliminate theft, drug and human trafficking and war. All deep underground bases and nuclear weapon stockpiles have been dismantled by benevolent galactic forces with human assistance.

New patented technology breakthroughs will now be released to humanity, creating environmental stability and clean energy independence at the individual level. Chemtrails, GMOs and pharmaceutical toxins will be removed from the human experience as well.

Conflicts between nations will be settled through diplomatic channels now versus military conflicts. Media conglomerates reporting fake news will be reprimanded and shuttered if the problem persists.

Politicians representing private citizen interests over the mass of their population will be first censored and then ultimately replaced. The clandestine nature of the transition was enforced to keep the global population calm while these radical GESARA changes were enforced.

“The Great Awakening!““Greetings, Beloved Family! This is to answer your many requests for my perspective upon the current status of the government of the United States of America – most specifically upon the one who has been inaugurated as President, Mr. Donald Trump. I shall first make the observation that since that event occurred, and although much talk of change and new ways of doing things has occurred, there is still a preponderance of confusion about him.

“On the one hand are those who have welcomed him, yet are puzzled by some of his announcements and appointments. For instance, consider the top echelons among the drug companies, who are literally afraid that their livelihoods – and lifestyles – are in jeopardy. And yes, among them are those who supported his candidacy. Meanwhile, we are seeing huge and non-stop openings for education about the so-called alternative methods – a veritable tsunami of information coming to Light as they become more and more known!

“This knowledge is not confined to the area of the FDA and ‘Big Pharma,’ as it is known, but rather is radiating throughout all 3D programs and institutions. The one thing they all have in common is that, whether Mr.Trump’s ideas about them are agreeable or not to each person, his announcements are literally attracting the Bright Light of Truth to shine everywhere! And so it is that record numbers of people are waking up and looking at things to which they never gave much – if any – consideration before!

“From here we can report that we see Humanity is rising to resolve and go beyond the numerous challenges of life on 3D Planet Earth, as never before! Yes, I can assure you that the necessary healing and uplifting changes are already taking place! And this is only the beginning, because the Light is so Bright that it radiates Hope from the Higher levels of Love, and all that springs from there. In this Hope is the assurance that Humanity CAN accomplish it all, and indeed, is doing so!

“I also remind you that we are here with you, and that we are able to do more than ever to assist you, because you have stepped up to partner with us!!! We do have the entire situation well in hand, and are moving with all haste to accomplish ALL that is to be done, in accordance with Higher Laws. Among them is NESARA, which WILL be announced, despite any attempts by members of any current governments or groups to stop it! “So, let not yourselves be troubled by one or more of the situations you are presently observing in 3D. All will ultimately be transformed to benefit everyone – Humanity and all of Mother Gaia’s Kingdoms! Just do your work and bring the Higher LoveLight energies in to assist in accomplishing these uplifting changes! And, rather than be in fear, give thanks for the Great Awakening which is occurring Worldwide, for Mr.Trump is indeed a most effective alarm clock! And so it is. Salut!”

Given through Susan Leland, February 11, 2017. www.AshtarontheRoad.com

2/12/17Introducing our Family from the Starsby Steve Beckow - Part 1/3 www.goldenageogaia.com

We lightworkers, who’ve been listening to the galactics for years through their channeled messages – their preferred means of communication – are uniquely positioned to assist the rest of the world to get to know them. And if we want disclosure to happen and happen smoothly, then we probably need to introduce the galactics to the rest of the world.

Allow me please to draw on that source of information – channeled messages – to describe on their own words what the galactics say about themselves, their councils, their federations, their mission, and their relationship to the terrestrial population.

Who are the Galactics?

SaLuSa of Sirius tells us in the most general way who the galactics are:

“We … are your future selves, and also your family from the stars. We are all connected, as One in the consciousness of the Creator. In essence we are no different to you, as we all come from the Source of All That Is.

“We too are Spiritual Beings who at this time simply exist in a higher dimension, because we resonate with that particular vibration. You will soon join us, as it is your destiny to ascend with the ending of this cycle. …

“We are coming more and more into your lives and by design, and it is not accidental because we are to go forward together. Once we can openly engage with you we see a great bonding taking place, and it will help us all to get through the final phases of the cleansing.” (1)

He tells us that the galactics around the planet today “have already ascended. We continue to evolve, and will do so until we find ourselves at One with the Source of All That Is.” (2) All will return to God some day; all are on an evolutionary journey back to the Source.

Where do they come from? Adamu of the Pleiades lists some of the star systems:

“We include many races and some of those races are very closely related – sort of brothers and sisters of the same original parent race. Some you might recognize are us Pleiadians, the Sirians, the Arcturans, the Antarians, the Andromedans and those from Procyon, Aldebaran and Deneb.

“These are names I can place in my young friend’s mind at this time. There are others [I cannot].

“Also others from outside of this galaxy are here. And ones who are far above such consideration as ‘galactic neighbourhood’ or even which universe you are from.” (3)

They are far above such considerations as race and place because these higher beings have chosen being formless emanations of pure energy.

Not only SaLuSa’s Sirians, but also “the Pleiadians and Venusians …. are very much like you in appearance.”

“After all, you are genetically linked with us and we have more in common than you might imagine. Many of you are aware of other humanoid forms, and these are simply variations that are more suited to the different planetary conditions.

“Bodies are vehicles that house your soul for the duration of your time in any one environment. Soon yours will change again, as you move into the higher vibrations and indeed for some of you they have already begun.” (4)

Not only are we genetically linked, but the “many extraterrestrial world cultures supporting your growth now … have supported the evolution of your world’s development from the beginning.” (5)

The angelics live in the transcendental, Archangel Michael tells us, but the galactics live in the Twelve Dimensions.

“You tend still to think of levels — are [your star brothers and sisters] at the same level as the seraphim, as the archangels? No. But they are part of that alignment. They are living in the higher realm, the dimensions.” (6)

Thus we’re about to witness the return of family, our guardians and mentors from higher dimensions. They seeded this planet in the beginning and have protected it through the millennia. And now they’ve returned to help us ascend.

Tomorrow I’d like to look at misrepresentations of the galactics and the relationship the galactics have to the universal laws.

Please remember that chaos always precedes change, as you must dis-articulate the third-dimensional matrix that allows the chaos to attach to the consciousness of those still trapped in the 3D matrix.

The United States, which was meant to be the flash point of planetary ascension, is now in great chaos. Within that chaos, those who seek power over others move forward to have their last stand against the oncoming Light that only those who have found their own Power Within will discover.

The Power OverOthers is battling those who live by their own power within. Power OverOthers has no spiritual support, as it goes against Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional consciousness. Those who live by Power Within are free of the 3D matrix, and in the ongoing process of their consciousness merging with their fifth-dimensional and multi-dimensional SELF.

On the other hand, the Power Over Others can only merge with the 3D matrix and the Lower Astral Plane. The 3D Matrix and the lower, fourth-dimensional Astral Plane are only connected to Gaia via the 3D Matrix. This 3D Matrix was constructed to stabilize Gaia after the destruction of Lemuria and Atlantis nearly caused Her to fall off Her planetary axis.

This 3D Matrix served to assist Gaia’s healing in the same manner that a cast on a human’s broken arm assists with the healing of that arm. However, if a human breaks their arm and wears their cast long after their arm is healed, it would greatly endanger the future health of that arm.

In the same manner, Gaia’s body has been healed enough that She no longer needs that 3D matrix to “catch her” before she falls off of her assigned position of orbit around the Sol, the Sun. Due to the wonderful assistance that Gaia has received from her sister planet Venus, as well as her Galactic Family of the Council of the Pleiadians, Sirians and the Arcturians, Gaia is healed enough now to release her 3D matrix and to return to the frequency of her fifth dimensional Planetary Self.

However the Power Over Others Illuminati, who were largely responsible for Gaia’s initial injury, are fighting to retain the 3D matrix. They know that Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional frequency is too high for them to maintain their attachment to and power over Gaia’s third-dimensional version of reality. Because those who live by Power Over Others can only adhere to Gaia’s Third and Lower Astral Plane, they are spewing fear and power over others into the third-dimensional matrix, which is the only area of Gaia that they can control.

Meanwhile, despite the efforts of the dark ones, or you could call them the lost ones, it is the now for the expansion for Gaia’s frequency rate to increase into the resonance of the fifth-dimension. We will now take a moment to share with you what we mean by “the resonance of the fifth-dimension.”

Each dimension of Gaia has an innate oscillation of protons around electrons – male outflow energy around female inflow energy. The third dimensional matrix created an energy field around Gaia so that the photons could slow down to dampen Gaia’s fall from her innate multi-dimensional matrix into her third-dimensional matrix.In this manner the third-dimensional matrix served as a “frequency net” so that Gaia would not fall into any frequency lower than the third-dimension. However, Gaia’s “fall” disconnected Her planetary connection to Her innate multidimensional planetary self.

As Gaia’s frequency became lower and lower, many of Her fifth-dimensional portals closed, as they could not function in such a low resonance. These portals were very important, because it was through these portals that the full force of multidimensional light could enter Her planet to rejuvenate Gaia. Fortunately, many members of Gaia’s Galactic family began taking incarnations as humans on her planet with the intention of opening Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional portals. These fifth-dimensional portals were vital because they allowed a constant flow of Multidimensional Light to flow directly into Gaia’s core crystals.

It was important for the multidimensional flow of Light to move directly into Gaia’s core crystals, for if the higher Light had gone directly into Gaia’ 3D matrix, which served as a cast for her wounded planetary body, she would not be able to digest and assimilate the higher frequencies of light. If a human had a cast on their arm for a long time, that arm would not be able to carry the weight of holding and carrying heavy objects. Also, the neuropath ways that went through the wounded arm and into the hand would need to be rehabilitated before that hand could assume its former tasks.

In order for Gaia to return to Her innate, fifth dimensional and beyond Planetary SELF, She needed all of the time since Her near fall off of Her axis during the destruction of Atlantis, to fully heal Her Planetary Self.The forces of darkness are aware of this fact. They are also aware that they cannot resonate to the fifth-dimension. Therefore, they are doing all they can to spread fear. What they do not realize is that, in certain areas of Her planet, Gaia has already moved into Her fourth dimensional and beyond Planetary Self.

Therefore, the forces of darkness must remain on the 3D matrix, as they cannot tolerate the fifth-dimensional Light. The resonance of the fifth dimension makes the dark one’s minds work too fast and their hearts beat too fast.When this occurs, their thinking becomes erratic and their emotions become so fearful that they begin to fall out of alignment with even the third-dimensional matrix to which their resonance has trapped them. Hence, they are stuck in the third-dimension because their minds cannot understand of the fifth-dimension, and their emotions cannot tolerate the frequency of Unconditional Love. We realize that, to many of you on Earth, it appears as though the darkness is in control. However, since, what one cannot perceive, one cannot experience, these dark ones have come to the very end of their perceptual abilities.

Because their choice to live via “Power Over Others,” they are unable to perceive the fifth dimensional reality that many of our Awakening Ones are enjoying. Furthermore, since one cannot consciously experience what they cannot perceive, the Dark Ones are not aware that a higher dimensional reality exists just beyond their perceptions.On the other hand, the Ascending ones are now regaining their innate inner power that had become muffled by the fear of what has been spewed out into their reality.

In California, Gaia has suffered a long drought. But now, California has recovered and what has died or turned yellow has now been reborn and returned to that which is a verdant, green. What Gaia is saying to humanity by this deep healing of Her land is that no matter how difficult it gets, just enough water, “emotional support” and clear sky, “loving thinking,” can turn a negative situation to a positive situation which is filled with new life. You, the Ascending members of Gaia, are beings of Unconditional Love for your dear planet as well as within your own Unity Consciousness. You are also aware of your intimate relationship with the Violet Fire to unconditionally love and transmute the darkness to New Dawn.

Often, it is much easier to be angry of and afraid at the darkness. However, you have the multidimensional ability to heal the darkness with your own Unconditional Love and Violet Fire. On the other hand the, the darkness has already lost their battle to take Earth because the, Gaia, is shedding her former need for her third dimensional matrix to return to Her innate, multidimensional planetary self. We know you will join her as we can see your ever-expanding Light. When you share your expanding Light with beloved Gaia – the planet on whom you have chosen to take this embodiment, your innate Unconditional Love and Violet Fire will greatly assist Gaia with her planetary Ascension.

We, your Galactic Family thank you for all that you are doing for your planetary Mother. We, the collective of ALL your higher dimensional selves, are assisting ALL of our grounded ones, who have expanded our essence from our Starships, our Home World, and our myriad higher-dimensional realities to assist YOU, the members of Gaia.

We send our blessings and our assistance. All we ask is that you call us, and we will be there, as we already are with you. After all,we could not leave you because:

WE are YOU in a higher frequency of reality.Blessings from your Galactic Family and We thank you for all that you are doing for your Planetary Mother.

I am Mikos from the Hollow Earth. We have waited all day in joy, knowing that we would make our connection today, at the end of your day. We are joyous to be here with you today, partnering with you to bring our messages to our brothers and sisters above ground.

Today we will speak about time and how fleeting it is on the surface. You count your days, your minutes, your seconds, and register them all in your bodies, thinking that aging signifies the passage of time. As people age, time passes. As buildings deteriorate, time passes. This is time on the surface, and it is all an illusion. Time really does not exist it can’t exist and wd we are a prime example. Our bodies don’t age and our buildings don’t deteriorate. So does this mean that there’s no time in the Inner Earth, but only time on the surface? You would think so, wouldn’t you? But our lives attest to the fact that through your passage of time, our bodies stay young, no matter how much time passes on the surface. You measure your time with aging, but we don’t age. Does this mean “time stands still” for us? Or does it rather mean that you’re using an inappropriate measurement?

Your bodies wouldn’t age if you didn’t count the days and years as “getting older”. If you counted the days and years as your journeys around the sun, instead of “aging”, then 30 years would mean 30 trips around the sun, instead of 30 years “old”. “Trips” don’t age you, but “years old” does. If you just change the words from “years old” to “trips”, you gain your immortality. It’s all in your beliefs and your speech. Your speech and your thoughts make it so.

In the Hollow Earth we know there’s no such thing as aging, because we never see it. We know there’s no such thing as time as you experience it, because here everything is in a perpetual state of “youthfulness” and “newness”. Everything looks as new as the day it was created, including our bodies. We exist in a state of divine perfection, in an environment of “timelessness”.

We never “hurry” and are never “late”, and we never “kill time” as you do on the surface. Have you noticed how this is a favorite saying of yours? It’s as if time were your enemy, and whenever you have some extra time you “kill it”. You are in a rush to use up all the time in your life, so that the end comes fast, and you don’t have to “feel”. You just stay busy, watch the years of your life pass, and hope it ends without leaving any “extra” time on your hands. For what would you do with “extra” time? The thought would scare you, for it would leave you time to feel yourself, to feel your life, and feeling is what everyone wants to avoid. So without enough time left at the end of each day, you can avoid “feeling” and just continue a robot-like existence.

You can stop time. Just start feeling yourself in every moment and prolong this feeling, this consciousness of yourself. You can actually expand your “time”, and prolong your youthfulness, by not getting caught up in “time”. If it starts slipping away from you, you can stop to recapture it by feeling yourself deeply in the moment. It’s all about awareness.

If you lose yourself in your day, you lose a segment of your life. If you’re aware of yourself throughout your day, you gain immortality; for you’re focusing on the “now”.

You would love our easy life style and slow, harmonious ways. We have “time” to think things out, to talk things out, before we make choices. We’re never forced to choose because “time is running out” or there’s a “deadline”. These are obstacles that you’ve created on the surface, and they just don’t exist “down here”.

We thank you for taking your “time” today to meet with Us. I am Mikos, ageless and timeless.

Dratzo! The forward motion of the Elders' plan to safely introduce the global RV continues. Meanwhile, the dark's counterpunches are in place as well, confirming that special security is more than justified. Because of what is transpiring, we have set up safety points to counteract and defeat the heinous goals of the dark. The first much-needed monies are in the process of being delivered to their destinations. These initial successes show just how well formulated are our plans for defeating the dark's evil designs. This whole complex set of special strategies is proving just how effective our joint defenses truly are. Using these successes we intend to create ongoing tactics that can defeat the well-equipped forces of the dark. Hence, we are very close to a justly earned triumph over them. We are allocating the time remaining in this Gregorian month to complete the rest of our complicated plans. These are to allow us in due course to complete a massive arrest of the dark leadership, and finally to put an end to their nefarious goals for our defeat. Certainly, the end is approaching for the dark old order that ran this surface reality for nearly 13 millennia!

A general purge of the current American republic is under way. In truth, it was founded in 1871 and is the play child of the American autocracy. It is to be toppled by the true, de facto NESARA Republic. The completion of this project remains unclear. We are told that the current incoming administration is to declare this republic, but we remain unconvinced of this and are laying out a blueprint to see that this does indeed occur. We have therefore concentrated on assuring that this goal stays on track and becomes a manifested reality. To that end, we are carefully observing this new administration to ensure that it still plans to announce the new republic. Once this does manifest, plans exist to spread a global alteration that is to modify how this worldwide geopolitical system operates. Until then, we are watching attentively to sense what is really developing in America. We intend to do whatever is necessary to transform the way your present reality works. We are determined to achieve total victory!

Our operation is built around producing on this surface land an environment that can be conducive to first contact. That environment is to swiftly accommodate a multitude of personnel trained to bring each of you to the very brink of full consciousness. We have watched all of you for more than a decade and understand what you need to reach this pristine state of mind. This mentoring is a very complex process and we are fully aware of how best to interact with you to achieve the required results. We estimate that this mentoring can take months to achieve. Hence, we understand what type of interaction is best to reach our basic goals. You each have within you a set of internal monitors that is also preparing you for your next evolutionary step. What you need is a proper set of mental pushes and exercises that enable you to move higher and higher in consciousness. Therefore, simply follow directives given to us by Heaven. This process is to equip you for your three days in your Light Chamber.

As you can see, this process involves propelling you another series of steps forward from where you are now. You are on the verge of receiving global prosperity and the initial operations that are to give you a new and wondrous financial system, as well as gold-backed currency. In the past, the dark ones have made this task difficult for us to carry out. Nevertheless, we have broken through their physical and legal barriers. The present delays are no more than the deep caution that ensures that each necessary step is to be completed successfully. This additional slowness in response is reaching a point where a less precautionary set of steps is actually required. Thus, we have urged our liaisons to ask those in authority to speed up deliveries. This slow and deliberate funding of currency is a process that initially was seen as an event to be swiftly carried out. It is our intention to efficiently move these global payouts through to completion so that the required new governance can truly be manifested!

Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! On this day we come, filled with joy, concerning what continues to occur on your world. The long-promised prosperity inches ever closer. All concerned with these blessed events are happily informing us that, despite its apparent slowness, the series of planned delivery dates are soon to be realized. The Agarthans tell us that all is in readiness for what is presently expected of them. We intend to make suggestions to speed up this special process. The divine goal is to isolate and prevent USA, INC from continuing much longer. We instructed our various Sacred Secret Societies to tell every member to stay dedicated to the rise of the NESARA Republic and the celebratory debt jubilee that accompanies it. Humanity is to be freed of its false alliances and to bask in the return of its freedom and personal sovereignty, and the end of its manipulation. We wish to bless all and see that the Light truly has returned.

What is unfolding, Blessed ones, is a struggle between those who wish to fearlessly complete this divine project and those who intend to achieve this sacred obligation only when the remaining demand for proper security is provided at a level deemed safe. These events need to be fulfilled at a rate that allows the divine time schedule to move forward promptly. We have among our allies a group of dedicated beings who are able to ensure the total security of this most complex operation. We understand just how all of this can manifest. Heaven tells us the dark cabal needs to be completely isolated from us. Therefore, a quick series of global arrests is immediately called for. In addition, new and trustworthy governance is essential. Quick implementation of the NESARA Republic is also crucial. We ask for a sacred trust, fully realized and manifested for all to see.

This surface reality is to change, my blessed Ones! We are pledged to implement a time for your freedom, your sovereignty and your prosperity. In our minds, things need to proceed more dramatically. The majority of those who know what is really transpiring need to be given a big sign that the "same old thing" is burnt out. Take the time to explain and prove that a monumental C-H-A-N-G-E is taking place around this world. Key announcements of this changeover must be publicly proclaimed. We Masters have seen how such a "Public Theater" can actually breathe new life into a blasé landscape. It can also turn the forced, dimwitted nature of this process into a transformative shift both awe-inspiring and truly wondrous. Therefore we ask that this process become more colorful, alive and poignant. This is all that is needed to bring an end to the lifeless and tyrannical oppression of the old ways. Adonai! Adonai!

Today, we continued our report to you about events around this globe. We thank all for making it possible to bring in a new reality. These magnificent alterations of our world only now are beginning to unfold. We ask all to join with us in manifesting this resplendent new realm! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

Website: Planetary Activation Organization

1/8/17Matthew on the US Political Scenethru Suzanne Ward, January 8, 2017suzy@matthewbooks.com

With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew.

Your calendar year 2017 promises to be exhilarating as the planet rides powerful energy waves along its ascension course. The waves are fields of light, and since light and love are the same energy, you could think of everyone in your world as residents in a boundless sea of love. We offer a meditation that can let you feel as one with this energy: Envision a panorama of exquisite beauty, see yourself gently floating over that idyllic scene, now feel yourself merging with it and savor the blissful sensation the Oneness of All imparts.

Now then, dear family, we shall reply to questions, starting with the one most frequently asked: In short, what about the United States presidency? Energy in Earth’s field of potential pertaining to this is in a state the likes of which is so unusual that we know of nothing comparable.

Vibrations around President-elect Donald Trump are even lower than previously, those around most of his choices for top posts are low, and vibrations have remained consistently high around Senator Bernie Sanders. If we knew how this will play out, we would happily tell you, but this unique situation of high and low vibrations wildly in motion, yet coexisting almost in a standoff, gives no indication as to the outcome. What we can tell you is, with vibrations continually rising on the planet, whatever resolution is achieved ultimately will be for the highest good of all.

Please have no fear that Russia or China will start an armed conflict with the United States that could burgeon into a nuclear war. Despite the rhetorical posturing that some of your analysts consider worrisome, none of those countries’ leaders wants to become embroiled in a war that could imperil the world.

And, if any other country or rogue group were to send up a missile with a nuclear warhead, ever-diligent crews in spacecraft surrounding Earth will prevent its detonation. This is a good place to answer another question: No, Iran is not secretly developing nuclear weaponry.

We see the UN Security Council’s vote to condemn Israel for building settlements on the West Bank in violation of international law as a sound defeat for the Illuminati. The goal of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who is in the top ranks of that secret society, never has been to serve the best interests of his people or to make peace with Palestine. In addition to keeping the region destabilized so funds keep flowing in for Israel’s defense, he wants to establish an Illuminati power base in Jerusalem from whence to spread their control throughout the Mideast. That will not happen.

Storms and record temperatures are due partially to weather control technology; chemtrails and other toxic pollutants in your atmosphere also have a role in this. So you are right in thinking that the Illuminati, not Mother Nature, are causing anomalous weather conditions as they are responsible for all the contributing factors, factors that are delaying the planet’s return to a moderate climate globally. The prevalence of geophysical incidents does come from two sources: Mining, drilling and fracking to extract fossil fuels is one; the other is Earth’s release of negativity that in part is caused by those environmentally damaging operations.

We have been asked our source of information that Russian President Vladimir Putin is justified in denying his country’s involvement in the hacking of Democratic National Committee emails and those on a personal computer, which is contrary to the United States intelligence agencies’ conclusion that the Kremlin is responsible. Some members of our universal family living among you are in major intelligence agencies around the globe it was the ones in US agencies who told us they hacked and released the emails and other members have expertise in tracking hackers’ “footprints.”

Our sources know that Illuminati in those various agencies report false information to breed conflict. The reports given to US President Barack Obama put the blame on Russia, which led to more sanctions against that country. This was in line with the Illuminati’s penchant for retaliation they misled Obama and created more economic problems for Putin because both leaders refused to join forces with them.

FBI Director James Comey knows who the hackers are, why they released the emails and the criminal evidence they contain. He didn’t disclose that information due to threatening pressure from the Illuminati faction behind Hillary Clinton.

So, Illuminati presence still is affecting what goes on in your world. However, their global network has been uprooted, their influence keeps weakening, and their diabolical activities have come to light, albeit termed “fake news.” Individuals in top positions in numerous countries are being arrested, losing elections or resigning.

More will follow and many in the lower ranks are scattering. Their control of Wall Street and European and Asian stock markets is unraveling and so is their banking empire. They won’t much longer be able to hold onto their vast fortunes amassed illegally and immorally. The forces for good will obtain those and use the monies to end impoverishment.

Expanding renewable energy forms will phase out their fossil fuel industries. Free-energy sources they have kept under wraps will emerge. And protection of the environment will end wanton destructiveness. Their unjust justice systems will be reformed, prisons-for-profit end, and control of mainstream media in nations with “free press” will meet its end, too.

Health care a maze of global collusion involving pharmaceutical and insurance companies, vaccine and medical equipment manufacturers, and World Health Organization as well as FDA, CDC, NIH, AMA, AHA and related alphabet groups in the United States will wend its way out of those Illuminati-owned or infiltrated organizations. Toxic therapies will be replaced by long-suppressed safe, natural remedies and proper healthcare will become available to everyone.

As significantly as the Illuminati’s stronghold on those critical areas has adversely affected life on Earth, the most effective means whereby they have subjugated generation after generation after generation has been by exploiting every kind of difference among the peoples to create hostility and divisiveness and by starting wars. People worldwide are hungering for peace. The energy of their collective desires has gained unstoppable momentum over the energy of conquest, and battlefield action will wind down incrementally.

Industries that make the machinery of war will produce what a cooperative, progressive civilization needs. Construction companies with honorable management will rebuild destroyed cities. Money formerly spent on warring will go into projects and programs that uplift and enhance life.

Some of those activities are underway, others are beginning, still others are in planning stages, and rising vibrations will be undergirding all the endeavors. You will be seeing evidence of this, but please do not expect the continued unfolding of world transformation to be free from patches of resistance. You are well prepared to deal with those as they arise and help others do the same beloved sisters and brothers, you have earned PhDs in ingenuity, perseverance and triumphing over obstacles!

Many readers who write to my mother mention that they are in their 60s, 70s or 80s. If you are in that age range, think of the changes you have witnessed as technology exploded in manufacturing, communication, energy, transportation, computers, television, healthcare, space exploration, entertainment, social media and yes, weaponry. It isn’t necessary, though, to have lived during the decades of innovation and modernization to realize that technology’s role in your world today is rather mind-boggling.

That is the preface, you could say, to our reply to this question: “With vibrations on the planet high and rising, why is there still so much violence, bigotry and greed?” Because technology has far outpaced society’s advancement in conscious and spiritual awareness. In no way are we being critical many souls have made long strides and there are reasons why many others have not.

With compassion we think of our Earth family who are living in areas of relentless fighting or in crowded refugee camps and grieving the loss of loved ones; those who are living in fear under tyranny or are hungry or homeless in lands of plenty not all of those souls chose to experience that degree of pain or hardship. It is with sadness that we think of our family who are causing the suffering the ones who rule with an iron fist or feel they are superior to everyone who is “different” or have the right to kill “the enemy” and those who are entrenched in greed without a thought about the many, many millions who are barely subsisting.

The low vibrations emitted by all those souls’ countless thoughts, feelings and actions are within the collective consciousness, and, because it is the collective consciousness that manifests everything that exists on Earth, its proliferation of low vibrations has slowed the pace of society’s advancement consciously and spiritually. This is changing the light waves sweeping Earth are opening more and more hearts and minds, and everything in low vibratory levels eventually will be done away.

“You said other civilizations are helping us. I don’t see how. They haven’t gotten rid of Big Pharma, Big Oil, Big Bank, Big Brother and the rest of the evil Bigs.” Other civilizations are helping you in every way that universal laws permit. They can cause nuclear warheads to malfunction because Creator decreed that never again will there be nuclear detonations in space. In honoring Gaia’s free will choice that her planetary body and its residents be protected, they built a light grid around Earth to prohibit entry of base entities from other worlds and they divert the course of astral bodies and space debris to preclude collisions with the planet. Along with beaming massive light to Earth and leveling out the impact of geophysical events without lessening the amount of negativity released, they decrease toxic effects of pollutants in your air, land and seas and neutralize toxins in vaccines designed to cause pandemics.

While your “space” family are permitted to help in those ways that you can’t manage yourselves, they cannot interfere with free will of souls on Earth with this one exception: any individual who chooses to launch missiles with nuclear warheads will not succeed. Nor can members of our universal family impose upon you their ideas, although that would be greatly to your benefit by universal law, each civilization decides the kind of world it wants and must do what is necessary to bring that world into fruition.

However, during this unprecedented era in the universe, souls have the opportunity to complete in one lifetime all third-density karmic lessons so they can evolve and other civilizations are permitted to share their heavy karmic burdens. Many “ETs” wanted to participate in this unique venture and those selected by the Golden Age master planners are helping persons on Earth in that manner and by illuminating the peoples’ pathway to the peaceful world they want.

Dear ones, you are among those who went to Earth to show the peoples that love is the pathway to peace, to joy, prosperousness, mutual respect and life in harmony with Nature. By living your light fearlessly and confidently, you radiate love to everyone around you, and it doesn’t stop there. Love energy is so powerful that it flows around the world, out into the universe and on to the cosmos. In the Oneness of All, everything everywhere affects everything else everywhere else, and the love-light you send forth brings it back in limitless measure this is the unequaled vastness and power of love.

You are honored, loved and accompanied in spirit by all light beings in this universe.

LOVE and PEACEMatthewthru Suzanne Wardsuzy@matthewbooks.com

1/3/17Galactic Federation of Lightvia Sheldan Nidle

Dratzo! After several further serious discussions about the reasons for an ever-changing “philosophie de guerre,” the funding projects continue to move forward. Essential differences concerned how the new post-prosperity world was to be governed. The lack of a thorough worldview was exposed and, in an earnest series of in-depth discussions, reviewed by all parties, a detailed agenda was proclaimed. We are presently united in a number of goals and the timing to correctly implement them. This much-needed prologue occurred owing to a number of attempted shenanigans employed by the illegal US Corp. What is exciting is that we are truly on the same page. The new governance is a revolutionary and diverse group of individuals who, at times, have not always worked harmoniously together. This organic process has gone through its own quiet revolution and emerged whole. We are changing many fundamental processes and formulating a way for the group to successfully manage this very complex situation. This has resulted in a style that can now produce a really wondrous set of required solutions! At present we are preparing a general schedule of events and are confident that the best is yet to come.

The inner workings of a definitive solution are owing, in part, to a long overdue meeting of minds. We now feel deeply that this new general agreement is the essential next step to move your world beyond the old system produced by the Anunnaki, which was for the sole benefit of their minions. We are creating a global society that is in tune with the increasing new global consciousness. This future realm is to be prosperous, free and, most importantly, sovereign. Its mindset is to be capable of understanding the new goals of this still-forming society. It possesses a multitude of variations that are to be supported by regional governance. This process is to allow new levels of mutual tolerance to grow and prosper. Every day, it is also moving you toward an atmosphere of disclosure. This one fact shows us how rapidly your “pursuit of happiness” is altering your realm. It is in this world that we are gladly to appear. Our introduction, and that of the Agarthans, is to be the glorious final stage of this ever-continuing change. You are evolving quickly into the stages that anticipate the rise of a truly remarkable galactic society!

As you grow in consciousness, you grow in other ways as well that alter how you perceive this ever-changing reality. Humanity first devolved in the latter days of Atlantis and then slowly, after the last Golden Ages, began to re-evolve. This time was marked by a gradual upward movement, from the endless barbarity of the world in 20th century B.C. to the present. We carefully watched this forward movement as we ourselves pushed avatar after avatar at you. Heaven added to this process as special heavenly sisterhoods and brotherhoods were added to hasten this wondrous process. Thus, the present time is a sweeping operation by Heaven to ensure that the dark abandons this reality at the right divine time. This is now unfolding and the complex process that you call “ascension symptoms” is ever ongoing. This, therefore, is a special time to prepare surface humanity for its coming tasks so it is able to resume its guardian role with Gaia and her many ecosystems. This time is also a preparation for you to accept us, and your Agarthan cousins.

This process is deeply tied to your upward shift in consciousness. Heaven is committed to raising your perceptions of this realm and to make you aware of how interconnected a process it truly is. You have already learned about this sacred connection in the course of the global ecology movement. Now, you need to go further and discover a number of divine rules by which Heaven spreads and maintains life, not only on Gaia, but throughout this galaxy. As we moved through this galaxy, we became privy to the many different ways that Spirit maintains life. This series of sacred operations still amazes us. It is this wisdom that you are to encounter as you become a galactic human. We have had the privilege of discovering seemingly infinite varieties of life. Each was connected to a specific order of environment, showing the abiding wonder of life and its truly endless diversity. We look forward to watching you, as you journey through this magnificent realty.

Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! Over the past few decades, we have seen a kind of roller coaster scenario in effect. Our intent is for the primary goals of this quiet spiritual revolution to forge ahead. Heaven, in its infinite mercy, has allowed our associates to proceed in a most irregular manner. Thus, the various projects have moved forward in the oddest ways. We commend each one of you for maintaining your positive energies, even though the results have yet to manifest. It is important for you to know that Heaven is working with us to see that this new Gregorian year of 2017 begins with a degree of overt manifestation that can quickly become evident to all. At times, this process can become quite disconcerting. Our associates have been able to let go of all the past difficulties. Hence, they have finally agreed to terms that will make possible the release of the many instruments that are the sources for funding. This is to signal that many critical events are nearing completion.

Heaven released a great many energies at the end of the past year to cleanse this solar system and commence a rapid change in separate realities. Over the past millennia, this solar system has been held in a kind of suspension. Planetary hosts and accompanying Angels have been blocked by the constant intervention of the dark. This condition ceased with the near-solar nova event in the early 1970s. Venus, Mars and Pax are now being readied for your occupation in the near future. This heavenly operation is another sign that the delay that has been the overriding condition of this reality is approaching a well-deserved conclusion. At present, the major planets of the life belt in this solar system are, in fact, quite active. This is yet another sign of positive progress. The DIVINE WILL of Heaven is about to emerge. Hence, this is to be a most joyous year for everyone!

You are a remarkable group of Beings who have incarnated on Gaia at this time. Heaven has fashioned a unique set of agreements with you. Our sacred task is to provide the necessary rare and divine grace to enable you to fulfill the prime reasons why you are here. This task has provided an opportunity to discover how we relate to each other, and this process is constantly evolving as we approach the moment when all of these points intersect. It is to include a teaching that is to give you a true history of this society, from its rough beginnings at the fall of Atlantis. This will be the time when you are able to see why we need to embrace this new reality. This is to lead to a meeting with the Agarthans and, most of all, with our spiritual and space families. Much is destined to occur and many things are to be disclosed. Be in Peace and, most of all, be secure with what is shortly to happen. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!

Today, we have had yet another chance to see what is truly happening on the surface of this most beautiful orb. Remain patient! It has taken a LONG time to reach our current state. A number of events are preparing to manifest and transform all the frustration that up until now has continuously surrounded you. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

12/27/16Galactic Federation of Lightvia Sheldan Nidlewww.paoweb.com

Selamat Jalwa! We start today with a brief progress report. Currency items that are earmarked for distribution are in the process of being readied. We know that it has been a long and difficult journey for all. It is therefore important that you know that those at the top of the various distribution levels are preparing to initiate a most amazing process. Once launched, and barring unforeseen circumstances, this process is expected to take over a month to complete. As you know, it has been a truly arduous journey for all. Delivery of prosperity funds is simply the initial stage of this intricate operation. We know that the protracted length of this procedure was complicated by the imperative to keep these actions secure and above board. It therefore created the commitment to go as slow as was necessary. Our purpose was to work with our allies and keep them satisfied about what was unfolding. This series of requirements forced us into a very slow and deliberate mode. Thus, it has taken over two decades to finish this component of our large and complex project. It is our joy to see that your consciousness and perception of this task have allowed a better comprehension of what this journey is all about.

When we first arrived on your beautiful shores, we immediately sensed what was occurring. The Anunnaki were still the Overlords of this surface world, and treated their minions with a firm but velvet glove. It was your position to obey with few or no questions asked. This unfair reality caused us much pain for what you were enduring. We immediately discovered who was in charge of the Holy Light of Heaven’s accomplishments. At first, they were suspicious of our presence but gradually, they began to develop trust. Your Ascended Masters were our patrons, and through them our sacred project was explained to all. Nevertheless, it took us more than two decades to develop the degree of trust required to successfully attain our series of projects. Once achieved, we were able to implement projects that involved both the Masters’ secret sacred societies and the Agarthans. During this time, we increased the number of ships in our fleet and completed the training of those assigned to mentor you. These projects are, of course, continuing.

We have begun to strategize how best to remove the minions that are part of a number of your governments. This process is generally tied to an ongoing legal process associated with the vast corruption and illegal operations of the current American regime. This project was first created to isolate vital aspects of those who ran this illegal action. The other part of the plan was for it to gradually manifest a new legal republic, based upon a series of documents that became known as NESARA. This operation resulted in a few complications that are gradually to be fully resolved. New governance has quickly been able to establish itself worldwide as the framework for the true governance of America. The overriding goal is to transform the current situation through a series of future announcements. Strategically, the exact timing of these announcements needs to be kept hidden from the public. It is therefore vital that this, and the prosperity project, proceed secretly until the proper time for full disclosure. It is our joint policy to keep all of this confidential until the security matters associated with it are completely resolved.

As these stages of secrecy are completed, we move ever closer to disclosure. It is to be much easier for us to operate when we are able to talk publicly with you and delineate what Heaven has decreed. We realize just how vital it is to be able to operate away from the currently required shadows. Our liaisons have been forced to maintain certain protocols that are a bit clumsy. We have kept these up mainly to assuage our partners. In the coming months, this need can fade away as we begin to address you directly. The extent of pollution and climate change promulgated by the Anunnaki’s minions is most troubling. You have caused an amazing degree of imbalance in your atmosphere and oceans, and on your land. They need to be corrected. To us, these tasks are a simple set of operations. However, those who control governments hold policies that are against such procedures. We need to wait until disclosure is formally announced. As you can see, we are approaching a series of events that is to alter the way this global society operates. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!

Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! This special time of the year is heightened in joy by what is about ready to appear. The great spiritual gift of financial freedom is near. Therefore, let us be merry and of good cheer. This is a time, as well, when the energy of spiritual renewal manifests. Know that this energy is a symbol of a new pledge by Heaven to shower you with grace and action. This symbolizes how committed the Heavenly Hosts are to your safety and redemption from a flow of energies that are positively roaring throughout this realm. Let all humanity take note that this very special compensation is manifesting. Let this holiday season be celebrated in the knowledge that the monstrous evil that has been your bane is lifting. The happiest of holidays to one and all! It is truly a time to be looked upon with joy and heartfelt thanks to Heaven! Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!

As it always does, this glorious time began to seem beset with delays and the usual frustrations. Across this globe a grand renaissance of consciousness has pushed Gaia’s surface realm to new heights. Long lists of global humanitarian projects have accumulated, along with the funds amassed to provide for their completion. It is a time when the stresses of population growth and the blessings of a new reality are to merge. This glorious planet is to see a birth of miracles that is to bring it the dawn of world peace, founded on your soaring visions. These blessings are to manifest, and an explosion of activity is to see a new attitude arise the world over, driven by this planet’s growing consciousness. Heaven has long planted special seeds to make possible this splendid event. The shaping of this new reality is just the beginning. So stand back in anticipation and watch as this new reality quickly assumes its magnificent new form.

As you can see, so many wondrous miracles are just around the proverbial corner. We Masters are proud of what you are to do when you finally receive your freedom and prosperity. These series of phenomena are to show you just how much you are truly capable of. We have watched patiently and seen how ruthlessly the Anunnaki’s minions have kept you down. All of this is now to change as you transform this beautiful orb that is your home. You are to develop plans to use new technology to clean your waters, air and land. When at last we reveal a number of key truths to you, even more miracles are to suddenly manifest. After your Space family finally lands, you will be able to demonstrate the extent to which your consciousness has grown. Even the Agarthans are to be in joy at what you have accomplished. It is this marvelous place that can now reunite with the Inner Realms to form a new Gaia! Today, we continued with our weekly reports. This magical time of the year has brought us much joy! The coming time is sure to bring all a resplendent sequence of wonders. It is also a time for you to use your amazing visions to manifest the true marvel that is humanity! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

______________________

12/26/16More from KuthumiWorld Teacher of this Solar SystemUnder the Auspices of the Great Central Sun Governmentfrom earthascends.com

We have many, many ships that are going through your atmosphere at all times; and now and then, here and there, we are helping more people to experience sightings of the ships, and some are being taken for trips. There is more of this type of activity, but it is just incidental. We are looking forward to the time when we can land in great numbers. We cannot land as long as too many Earth beings have fear. The condition of your feeling world is our test to tell whether or not we should bring in the ships in large numbers and land, before the serious cataclysmic activities on Earth may come about.

We can test the feeling world of Humankind, and judge exactly the level of its development. At the present time the percentage of your people who have more fear than we would want to cause, is about six percent. Now the question is, how low must that percent register before we could take a chance on landing in large numbers? We feel that if it goes down below three percent, we can land in quite large numbers. We would experiment with it, if the number got down to that point. However, the percentage has not been lowering very much, so we hope there will be an improvement.

There are more people in certain areas who would allow fear, and in this regard, your United States is a little bit lower than some of the other places because of experience and more publicity about UFOs, but you are still not down to three percent.

We have been preventing your Earth from going into a flip on its axis, which would change the positions of your polar regions by displacing your equator. Such a displacement cataclysm would practically wipe out most of the life on Planet Earth; and if we needed to do this, we would just withdraw the help which we have been giving, to hold your World in its orbit. Should it become necessary to withdraw our help, your planet would go into the flip on its axis, which in turn would soon end wars of any kind, and wash and cleanse the whole of Earth and begin its final purification.

If that happened, it would only be a matter of minutes - an hour at the most -during which we can pick up the persons to be saved. There are almost 13,000,000 (thirteen million) Space Ships close to your Earth now. Most are still in the finer dimension, so you do not see them. However, we can shift into another dimension which would be closer to your Third Dimension - close enough so we could pick up all of you beloved, precious ones in your physical bodies, and save those of you who would be proper to populate the Earth in the New Age, when you will have 'Heaven on Earth.'

Work on your feeling world so that you are always at peace. Do not become disturbed. A disturbed climate would be dangerous if suddenly this activity of Earth's flip on the axis took place. Do not let anything in to disturb you. If someone started an atomic war, or earthquakes, hurricanes or any violence of that nature appeared, your inner disturbance and fear would endanger you. Without fear, you are protected by the Light which you have drawn about you, and the greater Light which you continue to draw.

Sad to relate, as the energies are stepped up and frequencies increased, the evil forces are more active. They are in their last throes, as it were, and some of them are getting desperate. They feel that they may not be able to accomplish their mission in controlling others to promote undesirable deeds. Their desperation has caused them to step up evil happenings, and the evil is receiving more publicity.

From Monka (Protector of Planet Earth and Earth representative on the Great Council of the Ashtar Space Command. An ascended human based in the higher dimensions of Saturn.)

(Jenny Shiltz speaking) I would like to share with everyone an experience where I found myself being drawn into meeting with the Galactic Council for Light (GCL). In this meeting, I asked a number of questions that I thought was relevant to what I am seeing in regards to clients and other observations, as well as what I have been experiencing myself. This is an extract of the conversation that I had with the GCL.

Jenny: These past few months have been exceptionally intense. One of my clients described to me that it is as if she is in the middle of the road, hit by a truck and as she stood up again, hit by another truck. I feel and believe that many people can relate to this sentiment.

GCL: Yes, this intensity that you speak of has increased not only for the physical body, but also the dissonance held within one’s thoughts, beliefs, and actions is also being exaggerated.

Jenny: What is the purpose of this increase in intensity?

GCL: Simply put, integration. It is of utmost importance that each person integrate all of their being. Each person must choose to willfully integrate with all of their lower density parts; in order for complete integration of the higher aspects of their soul to be integrated. Some refer to these pieces as their shadow, their wounded inner child and while this is accurate; there are also fractions that have been squashed or separated from the whole because one feels they should or must act a certain way or become a certain persona. These roles, are now crumbling as the parts wanting to come to the whole are getting louder. This is the reason many are seeing the ego rise up, even in those who have proclaimed to have overcome such separation.

It is important to understand that your life is a microcosm of the macrocosm. Source created all; the galaxies, the worlds, the star systems. Each soul created was Source fracturing into millions of pieces so that information could be gathered and returned. Source wanted to experience all that is and all that it is not. As each soul expresses its own version of learning the main goal is to return to the one with information and a new perspective. . This is no different than the goal each being on earth has undertaken. Each soul that chooses to come to earth, do so to experience all that it is and all that it is not. This experience may take many, many lifetimes or it may only take a few. The main goal is the same: to learn, to grow, to experience, then to integrate.

When source integrates the pieces that have returned to it, it is not done in disdain for the experiences but with deep love and understanding. For you see, while the intent was to explore all that Source was not as well as what it is, what has been learned is SOURCE IS ALL. There is NO distinction between what was considered part of Source and what was considered impossible characteristics. When Source integrates these lessons, experiences, feelings and emotions, it is done with great love and joy. As each integration brings more understanding and oneness. This is what is being asked of each of you as well. To integrate fully with each piece, each experience, each lesson with joy and love. This is the only way that true oneness can be reached.

As we move forward on this journey many are finding that they are able to hold great light, higher frequencies, yet there is still dysfunction hidden deep within. There is a tendency that the more light a person holds the more they would like to deny the parts that still reside in the lower dimensions. It is these pieces that are showing themselves very strongly now.

As you were shown, in the next few months we will begin the process of separating the frequencies. Each person will be required to maintain their frequency at a higher rate in each moment. In order to do this, the pieces that still reside in the lower dimensions must be integrated and welcomed home with love.

(To read about what I was shown click here: Update on the New Earth)

Jenny: What does this look like for people?

GCL: For many the topic at hand is self-worth and the undoing of eons of conditioning that preached sacrifice of self and unworthiness. For others deep wounds will open to be healed, accepted, forgiven and then integrated. For some it will be a deep shaking of all beliefs so that one is forced to take a look at what they are creating, allowing in, and there by perpetuating in their life. To understand what people are going through one must only look to the collective. Here again is an example of a microcosm revealing itself in a macrocosm.

Jenny: It was explained to me that in a few months the separating of frequencies is to begin, but will be slow and last almost 2 years. Is this accurate?

GCL: Yes, the purpose of the separation is for the lower densities to completely collapse. If it was done in an instant, many would be unable to live in the higher frequencies. Everything is being done so that every soul has the opportunity to go forward. We are very hopeful that this will be the case for the majority of humanity.

Jenny: So right now, the most important thing is the self-work? The integration?

GCL: Yes, but one cannot forget that in all of this the return to joy is needed. Joy and love are your natural state. Returning to self, being fully integrated within your soul, will require you to return to this.

Jenny: Joy is a hard concept for many

GCL: Yes, many must get in touch with who they were as a child before layers of obligations and beliefs were heaped upon them. Yet, what must be understood is that being in a state of joy does not mean that all I perfect in the moment, but that all is happening for the highest perfection.

Jenny: Thank you!

GCL: It has been our pleasure.

I hope that this is as helpful for you as it has been to me. Thank you to all who share this work. It means the world.

We, your Galactic Family, are joyous to inform you that you, the ascending ones of humanity, as well as Mother Gaia’s planetary body, are moving into a higher dimensional, and thus more challenging, energy field.

This energy field contains many higher fourth dimensional, Delta Waves, which are the predecessors of the fifth dimensional, Gamma Waves. These energy waves are arriving in Gaia’s atmosphere from far beyond the planet, beyond your Solar System, and even beyond this Galaxy. These inter-dimensional waves of light are also multidimensional.

These waves of light will come into your reality much like ocean waves come onto the shore. There are “sets” of the highest frequency Gamma waves, followed by sets of lower frequency Delta Waves. The slightly lower frequency Delta waves give you an opportunity to adapt to the higher frequency Gamma Waves.

The Delta Waves give the receptive ones, which are those who are ready to accept a higher frequency of reality into their body, a chance to adapt to the extremely high frequency Gamma Waves. The Delta frequency waves resonate to what those on Earth might call the “fourth dimension,” whereas the Gamma frequency waves resonate to the “fifth dimension and beyond.”

We say “fifth dimension and beyond,” because once one resonates to the fifth dimension, they are no longer limited the concepts and beliefs of the physical world. Free of those concepts of limitation and being “good enough,” will allow humanity to function with a greater sense of community with each other and with their planet Gaia.

All the other beings on Gaia experience a sense of community with Gaia. Thus they do notquestion Nature. In fact all non-human members of Gaia naturally and innately flow with the cycles of Gaia. When humanity can accept the lessons that the animal kingdom is teaching, they will remember that Nature includes them.

Then, humanity will not try to change Nature, dominate Nature, or avoid Nature. Then humanity will realize that Nature IS the reality in which they have logged onto. Of course, animals do not realize that they have “logged into” a specific frequency of realty because they are NOT separate from that reality in any manner.

On the other hand, “modern man” has developed the belief that not only is humanity separate from Gaia, but they have developed the belief that they are “dominant over” Gaia. It is because of this belief that Gaia has been damaged “almost” to the edge of not being able to repair Her.

Fortunately, more and more of humanity are awakening to the FACT that Gaia is a living being. The reason why humans could be so cruel and destructive to their Mother Earth was because they believed that Earth was “just a thing.” Humanity is the only kingdom that believes this myth, which was created by the Lost Ones who moved from planet to planet. These Lost Ones were more like renters than owners of their environment. Therefore, they could visit, leave a mess, not clean up the mess, and then move on.

This type of behavior is coming to a close because more and more human residents of Earth are remembering that Gaia is a living being. Therefore, just as they love their human family, they are remembering to love their planetary family. It is this form of planetary love that accelerates the consciousness of humanity into the threshold of the fifth dimension. The “threshold of the fifth dimension” is not a place. The threshold to the fifth dimension is a frequency.

Living in a third dimensional realty made is possible for humans to look deeply into only onepossible reality. Within your fifth dimensional self, there are many possible realities, but there are no road maps or guidelines. In the fifth dimension, there is only HERE and NOW.

Many of you have been trying to understand the concept of a fifth dimensional HERE and NOW because your third dimensional life is directed by your past, present and future. However, in the fifth dimension, NOW, just IS. The fifth dimensional NOW, is a collective reality in which individuality is your core, which is connected to the core of all life. You are individuals, meaning all of you have your own body, but you are simultaneously united into ONE.

Also, ONE is not a number such as 1, 2, 3… Being ONE is a state of consciousness, a fifth dimensional state of consciousness. While you are in this fifth dimensional consciousness of a reality, you are ALL ONE. It can be difficult for one who has forgotten their fifth dimensional, and beyond expressions of SELF, to understand that the fifth dimensional “ONE” means “Unity with ALL,” whereas the third dimensional ONE means, “a singular being,” a “stand alone.”

The transition from the third/fourth dimensional ONE, singular person in search of SELF, intothe fifth dimensional ONE, “WE are ALL One,” can be difficult to describe. When humans think of the term “ONE,” you often think of one singular, specific person, disconnected from any ONE else. But, in the fifth dimension and beyond, the ONE that includes All That IS. Being ONE is a reminder that you are intertwined with ALL life. Every molecule outside of you is actually ONE with every other molecule in your body.

Your body is a co-operative. If any part of your body stops interacting efficiently with the rest of your body, then you become “sick.” When all of the elementals, organs, thoughts, and emotions efficiently interact with your ONE human energy field, you are in robust health. But many of you do not think of your body as a collective. You also do not think of your reality as a collective. You may even ask, “What is a collective?” For the purpose of this message, The Collective means: shared, cooperative, communal, joint, united, mutual and/or group.

When you are ONE with your higher dimensional, telepathic, clairvoyant, clairaudient, and clairsentient Self, you remember how to share your thoughts and feeling with each other in the same manner that your thoughts and feelings intermingle into your one, physical body.

When your human thoughts and feelings remain ONE with the thoughts and feelings of your higher dimensional SELF, these messages easily intertwine with your physical body. It is through the process of expanding your consciousness UP into your Higher Self that you will remember how to create messages that interacts and becomes ONE with your body, as well as ONE with the body of the receiver of that message.

You are aware that your thoughts greatly affect your emotions, as well as your body. You may even tend to think of your thoughts as something in your brain that may or may not have any effect on your body. However, your human research has proven how your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body.

In fact, your thoughts affect your emotions, your emotions affect your thoughts, and your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body, and your body affects your thoughts and emotions. Therefore, your thoughts and emotions are ONE with your body. As you realize how your body is ONE with your every thought and emotion, you may begin to question how your body affects other people’s bodies? How does the “ONE collective of your personal body” affect the “ONE collective of another person’s body?”

As you become aware of how your thoughts, emotions, and physical body influences others, your concept of ONE begins to expand. If your body is ONE collective being that influences the ONE collective being of another, are you and that other person ONE? In the fifth dimension, the answer is YES. But in the fourth the dimension, the answer is maybe, and in the third dimension the answer is NO. Does a fifth dimensional reality have the concept of “another, separate person,” or do fifth dimensional beings have such a collective consciousness that they perceive everyone as ONE?

The members “primitive societies” have a level of Oness with their tribe, group, culture, that the “advanced societies” lost long ago in their search of their “individual” success. Sometimes that individual success created thoughts, creations, and technology from which every ONE could benefit. But, what if ONE of those people did not have the money to purchase that invention? Would some ONE else give it to them? There are only a few who are at the top of the third dimensional financial world, and how many of them share?

What if you had a “primitive, tribal” community in which everyone lined up on the beach when the fishermen came in, and every ONE, including the fishermen, got the same amount of fish? There are “primitive” societies that do just that. So are they primitive because they all share, or is the “advanced” world primitive because they don’t share.You all want to just “wake up” to a fifth dimensional reality, but how will you know that it is fifth dimensional if you have not forged your own way to be fifth dimensional your self? If you did not go through your process of “becoming ONE with your SELF, it would be like going to sleep as a child and waking up the next morning as a fully educated, wise and loving adult.

Therefore, if you “flash into your fifth dimensional Lightbody” are your thoughts and emotions also instantly transmuted? Or, are you like infants who will need to be taken care of until you adapt? Or, will you instantly be ONE with the Higher Beings? There are so many questions that the ascending ones will ask, such as, “Do we need to take a “being fifth dimensional” class?” “Who would teach that class?” “Would the teacher need to be a fifth dimensional being?” “Would you be able to trust a fifth dimensional being?” and “How would you be able to perceive a fifth dimensional being?

Can you perceive what you cannot conceive? Can you stretch your conceptions into the unknown and have the courage to “stay the course?” Some can, and some do. These people are the “Way-showers,” the pioneers, who are willing to forge a way into the unknown, then return to tell the others what they have discovered.

The ones who “show the way” are very brave, but it often takes even more courage to come back and tell the others. When people get information that they cannot understand, they often become very frightened and angry. Then they become hostile and turn against the Way-shower who was trying to share their adventure.

Hence, the humans of Earth are dividing into “Those who want to know about fifth dimensional realty” and “Those who are resistant to change.” Those that are resistant to change can become very angry because they are being informed of a change that frightens them.

They are frightened because they cannot go into their memory, or thinking, or emotions to find any reason why they should believe such a “silly concept” as having reality resonate to a higher frequency. These people likely have no conception about frequencies of reality.

Therefore, what will happen if a fleet of Starships suddenly arrives in the sky? Will the people with no concept of a higher dimensional reality run for their guns because they are “being invaded?” Or will they peacefully look up into the sky and welcome their higher dimensional family? Yes, those with whom the Galactics are already communicating will definitely welcome our arrival, but what percentage of the uninformed, or non-believers, will be able to accept that we are fifth dimensional beings?

However, if those who believe in, and have personally experienced communications with fifth dimensional beings, shared their experience with others, the many could work as ONE to welcome the transition into the immense reality beyond the confines of third dimensional Earth.

If more people realized that they are not alone, and that their own higher dimensional expressions of their own Multidimensional SELF serves on these Ships, their concept of ONE would definitely shift. If you knew that you were one person on Earth wearing a 3D earth vessel, as well as one person serving on an inter-galactic Starship, your concept of ONE would take on an expanded meaning.

If your human earth body is a living vessel that you wear while incarnating on third dimensional Earth, while you are, simultaneously, wearing an Arcturian, Pleiadian, Antarian, Andromeda vessel in the higher dimensions, then you will search to find the definition of “being ONE.” f you are ONE with a Galactic Being, you can more easily conceive yourselves as being ONE with the planetary being of Earth. There are many “Beings” that humanity has not experienced because your perception was limited to the third dimensional version of reality.

The third dimension is much like “kindergarten” where you first learn to socialize with other physical people. Then, in the fourth dimension you begin to socialize with other astral people. Eventually, as you return to your SELF in the fifth dimension, you begin your socialization with galactic people. When you were children, many of you communicated with your “invisible friends.” Then you grew up and many of you stopped communicating with those friends because your adult self told your child self that you were, “talking to their self.”

However, what if your adult self finally grew up, in consciousness, and you realized that the “higher being” that “suddenly” came into your life was the very same “invisible friend” that you had as a child? The only difference was that your child saw these friends through their childhood imagination, because to children, imagination is real.

Then many of you “grew up” and imagination was NOT real. Fortunately, more and more of you finally remembered that “3D imagination” is actually “5D reality.” It is then that your imagination became the passageway into the higher dimensions of realty.

As more and more adults remember what they always knew, but forgot, they will return to their own Multidimensional SELF. Within this Multidimensional SELF they finally remember that ONE means “ONE with all life on all planes and dimensions.”Must important, once you remember that you are ONE, you are never alone. For one thing, WE, your Galactic Family, are with you always.

Within your NOW, we remind you that YOU are WE are ONE.

Your Galactic Family

_____________________

12/24/16The Arcturiansvia Suzanne Liewww.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk

We, your Galactic Family, are joyous to inform you that you, the ascending ones of humanity, as well as Mother Gaia’s planetary body, are moving into a higher dimensional, and thus more challenging, energy field.

This energy field contains many higher fourth dimensional, Delta Waves, which are the predecessors of the fifth dimensional, Gamma Waves. These energy waves are arriving in Gaia’s atmosphere from far beyond the planet, beyond your Solar System, and even beyond this Galaxy. These inter-dimensional waves of light are also multidimensional.

These waves of light will come into your reality much like ocean waves come onto the shore. There are “sets” of the highest frequency Gamma waves, followed by sets of lower frequency Delta Waves. The slightly lower frequency Delta waves give you an opportunity to adapt to the higher frequency Gamma Waves.

The Delta Waves give the receptive ones, which are those who are ready to accept a higher frequency of reality into their body, a chance to adapt to the extremely high frequency Gamma Waves. The Delta frequency waves resonate to what those on Earth might call the “fourth dimension,” whereas the Gamma frequency waves resonate to the “fifth dimension and beyond.”

We say “fifth dimension and beyond,” because once one resonates to the fifth dimension, they are no longer limited the concepts and beliefs of the physical world. Free of those concepts of limitation and being “good enough,” will allow humanity to function with a greater sense of community with each other and with their planet Gaia.

All the other beings on Gaia experience a sense of community with Gaia. Thus they do notquestion Nature. In fact all non-human members of Gaia naturally and innately flow with the cycles of Gaia. When humanity can accept the lessons that the animal kingdom is teaching, they will remember that Nature includes them.

Then, humanity will not try to change Nature, dominate Nature, or avoid Nature. Then humanity will realize that Nature IS the reality in which they have logged onto. Of course, animals do not realize that they have “logged into” a specific frequency of realty because they are NOT separate from that reality in any manner.

On the other hand, “modern man” has developed the belief that not only is humanity separate from Gaia, but they have developed the belief that they are “dominant over” Gaia. It is because of this belief that Gaia has been damaged “almost” to the edge of not being able to repair Her.

Fortunately, more and more of humanity are awakening to the FACT that Gaia is a living being. The reason why humans could be so cruel and destructive to their Mother Earth was because they believed that Earth was “just a thing.”

Humanity is the only kingdom that believes this myth, which was created by the Lost Ones who moved from planet to planet. These Lost Ones were more like renters than owners of their environment. Therefore, they could visit, leave a mess, not clean up the mess, and then move on.

This type of behavior is coming to a close because more and more human residents of Earth are remembering that Gaia is a living being. Therefore, just as they love their human family, they are remembering to love their planetary family.

It is this form of planetary love that accelerates the consciousness of humanity into the threshold of the fifth dimension. The “threshold of the fifth dimension” is not a place. The threshold to the fifth dimension is a frequency.

Living in a third dimensional realty made is possible for humans to look deeply into only onepossible reality. Within your fifth dimensional self, there are many possible realities, but there are no road maps or guidelines. In the fifth dimension, there is only HERE and NOW.

Many of you have been trying to understand the concept of a fifth dimensional HERE and NOW because your third dimensional life is directed by your past, present and future. However, in the fifth dimension, NOW, just IS.

The fifth dimensional NOW, is a collective reality in which individuality is your core, which is connected to the core of all life. You are individuals, meaning all of you have your own body, but you are simultaneously united into ONE.

Also, ONE is not a number such as 1, 2, 3… Being ONE is a state of consciousness, a fifth dimensional state of consciousness. While you are in this fifth dimensional consciousness of a reality, you are ALL ONE.

It can be difficult for one who has forgotten their fifth dimensional, and beyond expressions of SELF, to understand that the fifth dimensional “ONE” means “Unity with ALL,” whereas the third dimensional ONE means, “a singular being,” a “stand alone.” The transition from the third/fourth dimensional ONE, singular person in search of SELF, intothe fifth dimensional ONE, “WE are ALL One,” can be difficult to describe. When humans think of the term “ONE,” you often think of one singular, specific person, disconnected from any ONE else.

But, in the fifth dimension and beyond, the ONE that includes All That IS. Being ONE is a reminder that you are intertwined with ALL life. Every molecule outside of you is actually ONEwith every other molecule in your body.

Your body is a co-operative. If any part of your body stops interacting efficiently with the rest of your body, then you become “sick.” When all of the elementals, organs, thoughts, and emotions efficiently interact with your ONE human energy field, you are in robust health.

But many of you do not think of your body as a collective. You also do not think of your reality as a collective. You may even ask, “What is a collective?” For the purpose of this message, The Collective means: shared, cooperative, communal, joint, united, mutual and/or group.

When you are ONE with your higher dimensional, telepathic, clairvoyant, clairaudient, and clairsentient Self, you remember how to share your thoughts and feeling with each other in the same manner that your thoughts and feelings intermingle into your one, physical body.

When your human thoughts and feelings remain ONE with the thoughts and feelings of your higher dimensional SELF, these messages easily intertwine with your physical body. It is through the process of expanding your consciousness UP into your Higher Self that you will remember how to create messages that interacts and becomes ONE with your body, as well as ONE with the body of the receiver of that message.

You are aware that your thoughts greatly affect your emotions, as well as your body. You may even tend to think of your thoughts as something in your brain that may or may not have any effect on your body. However, your human research has proven how your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body.

As you realize how your body is ONE with your every thought and emotion, you may begin to question how your body affects other people’s bodies? How does the “ONE collective of your personal body” affect the “ONE collective of another person’s body?”

As you become aware of how your thoughts, emotions, and physical body influences others, your concept of ONE begins to expand. If your body is ONE collective being that influences the ONE collective being of another, are you and that other person ONE? In the fifth dimension, the answer is YES. But in the fourth the dimension, the answer is maybe, and in the third dimension the answer is NO. Does a fifth dimensional reality have the concept of “another, separate person,” or do fifth dimensional beings have such a collective consciousness that they perceive everyone as ONE?

The members “primitive societies” have a level of Oness with their tribe, group, culture, that the “advanced societies” lost long ago in their search of their “individual” success. Sometimes that individual success created thoughts, creations, and technology from which every ONE could benefit.

But, what if ONE of those people did not have the money to purchase that invention? Would some ONE else give it to them? There are only a few who are at the top of the third dimensional financial world, and how many of them share?

What if you had a “primitive, tribal” community in which everyone lined up on the beach when the fishermen came in, and every ONE, including the fishermen, got the same amount of fish? There are “primitive” societies that do just that. So are they primitive because they all share, or is the “advanced” world primitive because they don’t share.

You all want to just “wake up” to a fifth dimensional reality, but how will you know that it is fifth dimensional if you have not forged your own way to be fifth dimensional your self? If you did not go through your process of “becoming ONE with your SELF, it would be like going to sleep as a child and waking up the next morning as a fully educated, wise and loving adult.

Therefore, if you “flash into your fifth dimensional Lightbody” are your thoughts and emotions also instantly transmuted? Or, are you like infants who will need to be taken care of until you adapt? Or, will you instantly be ONE with the Higher Beings?

There are so many questions that the ascending ones will ask, such as, “Do we need to take a “being fifth dimensional” class?” “Who would teach that class?” “Would the teacher need to be a fifth dimensional being?” “Would you be able to trust a fifth dimensional being?” and “How would you be able to perceive a fifth dimensional being?Can you perceive what you cannot conceive? Can you stretch your conceptions into the unknown and have the courage to “stay the course?” Some can, and some do. These people are the “Way-showers,” the pioneers, who are willing to forge a way into the unknown, then return to tell the others what they have discovered.

The ones who “show the way” are very brave, but it often takes even more courage to come back and tell the others. When people get information that they cannot understand, they often become very frightened and angry. Then they become hostile and turn against the Way-shower who was trying to share their adventure.

Hence, the humans of Earth are dividing into “Those who want to know about fifth dimensional realty” and “Those who are resistant to change.” Those that are resistant to change can become very angry because they are being informed of a change that frightens them.

They are frightened because they cannot go into their memory, or thinking, or emotions to find any reason why they should believe such a “silly concept” as having reality resonate to a higher frequency. These people likely have no conception about frequencies of reality.

Therefore, what will happen if a fleet of Starships suddenly arrives in the sky? Will the people with no concept of a higher dimensional reality run for their guns because they are “being invaded?” Or will they peacefully look up into the sky and welcome their higher dimensional family?

Yes, those with whom the Galactics are already communicating will definitely welcome our arrival, but what percentage of the uninformed, or non-believers, will be able to accept that we are fifth dimensional beings?

However, if those who believe in, and have personally experienced communications with fifth dimensional beings, shared their experience with others, the many could work as ONE to welcome the transition into the immense reality beyond the confines of third dimensional Earth.

If more people realized that they are not alone, and that their own higher dimensional expressions of their own Multidimensional SELF serves on these Ships, their concept of ONE would definitely shift.

If you knew that you were one person on Earth wearing a 3D earth vessel, as well as one person serving on an inter-galactic Starship, your concept of ONE would take on an expanded meaning.

If your human earth body is a living vessel that you wear while incarnating on third dimensional Earth, while you are, simultaneously, wearing an Arcturian, Pleiadian, Antarian, Andromeda vessel in the higher dimensions, then you will search to find the definition of “being ONE.”If you are ONE with a Galactic Being, you can more easily conceive yourselves as being ONE with the planetary being of Earth. There are many “Beings” that humanity has not experienced because your perception was limited to the third dimensional version of reality.

The third dimension is much like “kindergarten” where you first learn to socialize with other physical people. Then, in the fourth dimension you begin to socialize with other astral people. Eventually, as you return to your SELF in the fifth dimension, you begin your socialization with galactic people.

When you were children, many of you communicated with your “invisible friends.” Then you grew up and many of you stopped communicating with those friends because your adult self told your child self that you were, “talking to their self.”

However, what if your adult self finally grew up, in consciousness, and you realized that the “higher being” that “suddenly” came into your life was the very same “invisible friend” that you had as a child? The only difference was that your child saw these friends through their childhood imagination, because to children, imagination is real.

Then many of you “grew up” and imagination was NOT real. Fortunately, more and more of you finally remembered that “3D imagination” is actually “5D reality.” It is then that your imagination became the passageway into the higher dimensions of realty.

As more and more adults remember what they always knew, but forgot, they will return to their own Multidimensional SELF. Within this Multidimensional SELF they finally remember that ONE means “ONE with all life on all planes and dimensions.”Must important, once you remember that you are ONE, you are never alone. For one thing, WE, your Galactic Family, are with you always.

Within your NOW, we remind you that YOU are WE are ONE.

Your Galactic Family______________________

12/22/16KuthumiWorld Teacher of this Solar SystemUnder the auspices of the Great Central Sun Governmentfrom earthascends.com

(Editor's note: The Galactic Federation of Light works side by side with the Ascended Masters who have remained invisible to the masses of mankind, just as the Galactic Federation has remained invisible. We are being visited by both the GFL and the Ascended Ones. GFL comes from outer space, the Ascended Masters come from inner space, including but not restricted to Hollow Earth. The company of heaven comes in many guises and levels, also known as the cosmic hierarchy.)

"The Spiritual Hierarchy of the Solar System has concluded that Man has reached that point in his spiritual awakening when a fuller revelation of the closing portion of the Divine Plan for Earth may be revealed to him.

This light is not a new thing. Glimmers have appeared here and there through many at different points in time. Yet broadly speaking, it has not been a known thing either. Or perhaps it has appeared in distorted form. It has not been stressed or particularly emphasized by us until this generation. There are many present, even within the folds of New Age concepts, who will cry that these things must not be spoken of. Yet where will they be when the word is needed to comfort the hearts of millions, when the sky is darkened with spacecraft, come to lift them to safety?

So we must have our nucleus of messengers with the stamina and the courage to dare to get the message to the people of Earth, that this hour will come, and that when it does, there will be help ready in the skies to care for them! We do not involve ourselves with the dogmas of Earth or crystallizations of the doctrines of Men. If our alerting messages or warnings or any portion thereof seems to be at odds with accepted traditional interpretations of things, then let tradition update its information by returning to direct contact with the Celestial Government of this Solar System!

Souls of Divine Illumination will not be overcome with fear because of a foreknowledge of coming events, but will, rather, be filled with a joyous confidence in the Heavenly Father and take refuge in His shadow until these calamities be passed.

This, then, is your refuge from the storm, your shadow from the heat. With these revelations we share with you some of the details involved in the Father's Protective Presence and the means with which it will be manifested in the crisis hour for the children of God. It is well to trust in the general principle that, 'come what may, God will take care of me.' It is even more comforting to be apprised of His method and His Plan for doing so. Many have long walked by faith, believing but not seeing. This faith now finds its fruit within this body of practical revelation as it applies to the physical octave.

In the darkest hour that can come for this planet, when its very existence would be destroyed were it not for the intervention of the Father's Hand, the millions who have dared to trust in Him when they had no other evidence other than their own faith, will be rewarded openly by being lifted into His Ark of Safety. As a hen gathereth her chicks under her wings, this Ark provided will be the great armadas of floating cities that orbit the Earth on their Mission of Mercy!

All of the units of Heaven have laboured together on this great Plan, counselled together and served earnestly to bring to consummation the greatest rescue of souls, of all time. The beloved sons and daughters of God will be hidden under our wings until the planet Earth is once more habitable. Then that which has been 'plucked up' shall be 'planted again,' and the Earth shall bring forth beautiful fruit in the Father's Name, within the cleansed and purified vibrations of a new Heaven and a New Earth.

Do not despair that others are not telling the story. The world has not been ready to hear. Many, at least, are close to the facts, though they know it not. But once again, through this means, we who guard your World now tell unto Man that which is before him. Let him choose wisely his response to the Plan.

I am Kuthumi, World Teacher of this Solar System under the auspices of the Great Central Sun Government.”

Dratzo! Those in charge of the RV’s distribution and the prosperity packages are working swiftly to see that they are brought out together. At present the RV is being revealed through the various levels that were set up by these diligent workers of the Light. They know the importance of these many prosperity packages. Once more than 70% of these special monies are delivered, the creation of the NESARA Republic is legally assured. This one factor makes this process essential to what currently is being carried out by our earthly associates. Meanwhile, there is the process for the RV. This is to assure that the extremely large sums of monies are successfully transferred to the underprivileged throughout this globe. These humanitarian projects enable this world to easily supply the freedom, food, sanitation, housing, clothing and electricity needed to bring everyone up to speed. This provides the literacy and Internet education necessary to comprehend what we are doing. As you can see, a great deal of progress is being made. Much more is still required before we reach our prescribed goals.

Our associates on this world are doing a marvelous job. However, there are still many of the cabal that have only recently revealed themselves. Most of the lower-level miscreants have been nabbed. This group has helped in the last few weeks to arrest most of the next level of scalawags. This process has helped us, as well, to uncover how these scurrilous rats operated, enabling us to identify this devious operation almost to its highest levels. Our operatives are busy putting together the last pieces of this nefarious puzzle. The purpose of this final series of investigations is to ready our associates to perform the final global takedown of this monstrously intertwined evil. The Anunnaki created an appallingly devious organization of the dark. It permeated every nook and cranny of this globe. Thus, ferreting out these criminals has proven to be quite a study in the thought processes of these devious rats. Our joint intention has been to secure the funds and end massive global corruption. Those goals are now in sight. It pleases us to know that every day brings us closer to disclosure, and to NESARA!

Our fleet continues to monitor Gaia’s surface lands. Every corner of this globe is under attack by two major forces. The first is climate change. This process, driven by the rapid globalization of your primitive industrial age, has spewed untold amounts of atmospheric, oceanic and land-based pollutants. This horrific operation has gained massive global traction in the period following the conclusion of the Second World War. Watching from space, we have been able to measure the amounts of pollution that have been added in the last forty years alone. We recognize just how dangerous all of these poisons truly are. The second factor is the process used by Gaia to ready this surface world for its future reunion with the 5D paradise of Inner Earth. This vast operation is taking place at a relatively slower pace than the first factor. The degree of artificial pollution affecting this natural change is astounding! It has caused unusual temperature gradients to form. It has produced a series of clumps of plastic to appear in the oceans and skewed their natural current flow.

These alterations have tended to increase the rate by which your points of global habitation are deteriorating. This concerns us, as we wish to free you to solve these problems with joint technology tied into your ever-growing consciousness. The degree of radiation pumped into oceans, when combined with growing sandy dust from North Asia, creates a problem that truly requires a critically-needed and world-wide series of solutions. We have explained our concerns to your leaders and asked that a timetable for global disclosure be moved up. It is essential that a number of difficulties that you seem to be ignoring be soundly addressed and a succession of urgent actions be promptly taken. Many of your politicians hold beliefs that, in the short run, are dangerous to all of you. We have thus taken some small and preliminary actions to give you a little additional time to solve many of these serious questions. It is our perception that changes to your governance can address these grievances globally. It is vital that most of these problems be attacked and not ignored!

Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! The world is in the midst of blessed changes. Those who have overseen these changes realize it is to take longer than initially estimated. Yet, despite this, these alterations are to truly permit everyone to know a form of freedom not experienced since before the fated fall of Atlantis. In this light, the grand prosperity is to allow you to finally fulfill your grandest dreams and clearly see that your long-lost abilities have been restored to you. We Masters have worked closely with Heaven and our earthly associates to ensure that this work is fully protected, and secure from whatever the old order could possibly wish to do. Thus, this whole project took us much longer. Nevertheless, stay positive, dear Ones! Know deep in your Hearts that this new time at long last is near. It is to be a time for celebration, knowing that you are shortly to greet the rest of your heavenly and galactic families!

This coming time is to clearly delineate your final path to full consciousness. These moments are, therefore, a period when you can begin to establish a clear picture of how you were able to escape the bondage of the Anunnaki’s minions. We Masters are most encouraged by the progress of this process and how it is quickly approaching its concluding stages. Then the monies are to swiftly arrive, as this is the appropriate time to declare the rise of the NESARA Republic. We and the Agarthans are handling this divine operation. We understand its complexity and simply ask you to maintain your positive visions. As noted before, they have a most wonderful energy that is helping all to succeed. This joint action is only successful because of what you continue to accomplish. Many wonderful events are getting ready to happen. This dark morass is moving toward its end.

This entire project has been a wonder to us. Our sacred heavenly Council was first created some 900,000 years ago when the Lemuria colony was on its way to Gaia. The purpose for this colony was to forge a galactic human, heavenly and planetary union. It was to acknowledge the special bond created, and to partner with the marvelous Cetacean Nation. But a number of dark factors caused the special timeline to be rewritten. Our Sister- and Brotherhoods adjusted, as decreed by Heaven. Thus, we advance into the present in full knowledge that the events described by us are taking place. Our galactic and earthly brothers and sisters are now completing actions that are to give you a most welcome set of gifts. Let the end of this year, and the start of the new one, be a time for rejoicing and e Beginnings of all that you intend to do with your magnificent passions. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!

Today, as always, we reported what is occurring across this worldwide realm. Use this remaining time to finish your many preparations. Heaven is intending to give you the gifts you most desire. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

_______________________

12/13/16Galactic Federation of Lightvia Sheldan Nidlewww.paoweb.com

Dratzo! Events are moving forward. The top of the RV payout is now in place. This means that the deliveries of the prosperity funds are very close to actually occurring. We expect this process ultimately to lead to the formal announcement of NESARA and the new American Republic. This series of operations is to follow in a set sequence, and a number of joint legal decisions are to ensure that it is quickly and efficiently carried out. Thus, we anticipate that numerous actions are to follow one another so this new reality can be properly manifested. These sequences are to be followed swiftly with full disclosure of our benevolent existence! At that time, as noted previously, we are to broadcast a brief outline of possible actions that are to lead to a potential time for mass landings. Each of these events is linked to the other. A long series of meetings involving the different factions has contributed to a very complex timetable. This process has brought together various teams, assisting us in moving forward! Hence, we ask for patience as these joint timetables are taking place.

The whole process of altering this planetary society has been much more complicated than first imagined. This realm was initially conceived of by the Anunnaki as a land that possessed a primary belief that those in power were invincible. Thus, the present group of minions saw themselves as Beings capable of overcoming anything that might reduce or end their power. A most arrogant set of beliefs was deeply etched into everyone’s psyche. One of the many reasons for our difficulty in aiding our partners in the Light was these insane core conceptions. This belief is now receding as, day by day, Heaven aims a burst of positive and consciousness-raising energies at humanity. We have watched as our earthly partners succeeded in altering this negative belief and initiated a series of major arrests among this global group of minions. The aim of this operation is to ensure that prosperity leads directly into a GESARA for this long-suffering world. Step by step, this is indeed becoming the case!

These events are part of a larger project, which is to form the foundation of the realm where we intend to land when the divine time is right. This is a continuation of a position that we, with the Ascended Masters, wish to complete in the very near future. Gaia’s peoples are in the midst of an ever-growing series of population cycles. Our responsibility is to make sure that the most critical aspects of this globe achieve the funds required to set up a number of key objectives. These include fresh water, electrification and a modern sewage system. It is horrifying to us that most of this planet lacks the means to connect to the Internet and to live at night in an electrified environment. These primitive conditions need to be transformed quickly. There are enough energy and funds in this world to swiftly change this. These problems, along with a growing need for literacy, are to be addressed by our earthly associates.

Heaven first created this entire project long ago when they solemnly addressed the Ascended Masters. They decreed that the new reality that was to free surface humanity was to be noted for its never-ending prosperity, accompanied by the return of your long-awaited freedom. Humanity was to regain the individual sovereignty lost by the illegal proclamations of the Anunnaki, thereby divinely righting this grievous wrong. It was to be the prime mission of the Ascended Masters to oversee and aid humanity as provided for by several rules designated to this task by Heaven. These rules were followed, as well as the edict to provide the necessary monies to set up such an immense prosperity. In addition, a special team was to be established to legally overthrow the Anunnaki’s minions when required. Now that this task is complete, you are ready to feast on the fruits of this mighty effort. These projects were further supported by our arrival as commanded by Heaven. The next steps are to enable the completion of the events that constitute this special operation and prepare us for first contact.

Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! This next period in your spiritual development precludes a return by the dark to any semblance of power. The blessed Administrations of Heaven preordained their defeat. This is a divine process you can truly celebrate. Be truly aware of what is happening and apply your exceptional visionary skills to this vital topic. Heaven has orchestrated a process that is quite divine. Look upon this current reality as a clever way to check who is on board for the extraordinary changes that are to follow. Thirteen millennia ago, the dark took charge of this reality and created a world that was horrific for all of its surface humanity. It is vital that all who are opposed to these changes show their true colors and be added to the already-long list of those who are to be divinely isolated from you. Therefore, this blessed scenario is in readiness to reveal who supports, or does not support, the new Republic! We ask simply that you bear with this and prepare yourselves for a coming grand announcement. Heaven does not wish anyone to continue to suffer. Once this process has finished, we fully intend to introduce the true American governance and end the dark farce that commenced nearly 150 years ago. When the original Constitution was first proclaimed, it lacked the Bill of Rights. Once added, this system of governance was legally proclaimed. The same is true now. Only the blessed documents of NESARA are to become legal. Have patience and know in your heart what is to happen shortly. Come together and be aware of what is occurring and use your energies to enable us to triumph! Those who now so arrogantly parade around are to be isolated by our sacred associates! This operation has already begun! Be patient and allow it to manifest and transform this reality.

Remember, dear Ones, this reality is resolutely breaking away from the darkness and bringing in the Light. This operation requires a series of “false flags” to secure the proposition that all aspects of the old oligarchy are successfully captured and firmly isolated from you. This process needed a means to permit those secured under their proverbial rocks to come out and clearly reveal themselves to our associates. This operation is taking a little longer than at first proposed. Be patient, b2wlessed Ones! This entire process is soon to be altered by a series of key announcements. Then the new governance can reveal itself and this reality can truly be transformed for the better. This divine operation is bringing out all who were buried so deeply that selected sweeps by our associates were unable to find them. The time that we divinely intend to manifest is quite near. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!

Today, we carried on with our weekly report. We have reviewed what is developing across this beautiful blue-green orb and see how the forces of the Light are putting bringing together their great victory. Much is unfolding that is about to transform this world for the better. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

Selamat Balik! The process of defeating the cabal is not easy. They slyly used this most recent election to reinsert their dominance. The good part is that their great slide toward this current elected administration has made it easy to prepare the actual arrest scenarios. Meanwhile, the strategy for distributing the immensity of funds continues to move forward! At present, the rise of your new banking system is in place. The old banks have revealed how they intended to rebuild their coffers for a last attempt at a return to a position of dominance. This most insidious strategy is failing. The Elders and their royal counterparts are now busily arresting those who wished so hard to “put one over on us!” It has allowed our partners to take over a number of U.S.-headquartered banks and their counterparts in Europe. We expect that the initial distributions are primed to proceed and the first part of the vast wealth can be given to many who have waited so long to receive their promised earnings. The rest of this complicated procedure, likewise, is gradually moving toward its thrilling conclusion. The future is bright for the Light and its numerous associates. Stay patient! The best is yet to come!

It is important for you to truly realize that the present situations to which you are witness are only a ruse. The NESARA Republic is shortly to be declared, and prodigious sums have been set aside for all the exchanges and for the promised prosperity funds. Use this sacred time to divinely ready your mind for what is about to happen. You are destined to receive funds that are only meant temporarily to let you get used to the power and terror that money symbolized in this realm. The rising consciousness in you is to look beyond these beliefs, and in a short time, various devices such as our trans-matter processor are designed to make money obsolete. Nevertheless, people need to go through a period when they can clear their minds of the vast and ridiculous beliefs about money and wealth. Money was invented by the Anunnaki long ago to emphasize the difference between you and their minions. This exercise is to release you of the lies and misperceptions that you have long held about wealth. Do what you truly wish, and you will learn some basic truths about this particular subject.

Your realm has long suffered from the false divisions that wealth and power have caused. It has created class distinctions and developed the insane concept of privilege. The current exercise of wealth redistribution is a case in point. Right now, you are busily being raised in consciousness as a prelude for several Ascension protocols. These heavenly procedures are needed for preliminary changes to alter you at the right time for the greater transformations to occur in your Crystal Light Chamber. This project has many stages. First, you need to collectively experience a general prosperity to understand how these funds can rapidly transform this world. Second, you need to experience the general bliss created by this process. Finally, you need to realize just how powerful and magnificent you are as an interconnected group. This process is to open you to receive new perceptions of each other, allowing this realm to function in a whole new way. You are empowering your world to become a true global enterprise! It is this new perception that frees you to easily accept each other!

It is at this point that your freedom, prosperity and new governance join together and allow us to gently intervene. Our mentors are then to see how well you each have performed. This next level is to use your new self-knowledge to begin to develop a new inner dossier for yourselves. Your experiences need to be evaluated from your own perspectives, and in the light of your now-known past histories from Atlantis to the present. Together, you and your mentor are to decide how this collection of data fits together. This process is to create a profile that enables you, finally, to get the “big picture” of how you fit in. That is, to understand how your inner perceptions dovetail succinctly into this newly reformed realm. This is a process that needs deep exploration and frank evaluation, which is why you are so carefully examined every night by our medical teams. This is the physical data that needs to be recombined with the spiritual data you and your mentor piece together. This process requires some joint inner work, followed by a basic overview of how it fits into the collective. Hoorah! Hoorah! Hoorah!

Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! The world that surrounds you is changing quickly. Heaven is moving vast amounts of sacred fire into the Gaia plane. This energy is transforming the life fields that encompass you. These energies, in turn, are affecting how your inner aura fields operate. These divine flashes of energy are preparing you to consciously alter your perceptions about how this global society works. This process is to allow you before long to see the validity in transmuting the old de facto government into the new de jure NESARA one. This change is planned to occur shortly and can permit this new government to formally announce the reality of the Inner Earth realm of Agartha, as well as the formal disclosure of your galactic family. These series of actions are also to launch the formal establishment of the new global banking system and the new treasury bank monies. These blessed actions are a result of the great visions that you have held. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!

What your dreams and visions have accomplished is being positively reflected back to you in a series of heavenly acts. Those who have worked diligently to manifest this began with the vast sums of monies created by our fellow Masters. This is to be swiftly followed by the glorious fruits promised you by NESARA. Heaven wishes to free you from the evil ones who arrogantly run this presently illegal American government and its many Allies. This excessive corruption is to be capped by the formal rise of the NESARA Republic and a new, and fairer, banking system. Blessedly, our sacred associates have procured a means to permit such a momentous change to materialize. Use this freedom and prosperity to make possible your dreams and your pursuit of inner happiness. Throw off all the fears and worries that somehow still encircle you. Let this new time define who you truly are!

In this new realm, you are at last to break free of the perceived limitations imposed first upon you by the Anunnaki and then by their minions. These lackeys are to be arrested and isolated from you. Let the force of your Heart and the path provided by Spirit be your Soul’s guide. Come together and shape a whole new reality based upon inner cooperation. Cooperation that creates a world that transforms hatred and division into spiritual unity and leads you back to the incredible Spirit and Love that is at the Heart of all humanity. It is this sacred society that We Masters have been slowly constructing since our Sisterhoods and Brotherhoods were first mandated by AEON. We are encouraged by some of the events of this time. It is a moment when a whole new world can be built that sets the stage for your rise from to planetary humans, to galactic and Spiritual Humans! Hallelujah!

Today we continued with our weekly reports. Some of you believe that what we say is hypothetical. Instead, our words depict a land that is now being born in selected places across this vast globe. It is to this promise that we joyfully dedicate these reports. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!

12/8/16The Arcturians via Daniel Scrantonhttp://danielscranton.com

Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

We have taken as many steps as we can to ensure the smoothest possible transition for humanity. We have only advice and suggestions for you at this point. There is an opportunity for all of you to shift completely within the next several months. This is a collective decision that you will make, and you will also be deciding as individuals whether you want to be on that timeline with this collective.

You can decide to be with a collective that takes it a bit slower. It is entirely up to you. Now we hear all of you saying that you want to be on the timeline that gets there the soonest, but you also have to take into consideration whether that serves you in your evolution.

So as you consider the best possible timeline for yourself, recognize that you want to get to the fifth dimension as the whole you, as your higher self. You don’t want to bring any baggage with you that then manifests at an exponential rate. So you will continue to work through what you need to work through as a fourth dimensional being.

There are no timelines that require you to do something in order to be on them. This is not about taking an action to get you to where you want to go. This is about feeling the essence of that timeline within yourself. This is about becoming the timeline that you want to experience. And as you make that decision and you feel for the energy of that timeline, you will need to face any of that baggage that you have, and you will need to process and clear whatever is holding you down energetically.

As you reassemble all of your various parts, you will find that there is strength within you that you did not know you had. You will find that your ability to elevate your frequency has never been more attuned. You are all in a place now of receiving higher-frequency information and downloads, and you are ready to use that which you have accessed to put you on the timeline that serves you most.

It is all about feeling your way there. It is all about deciding what type of reality you want to experience and what type of person you want to be.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.